2020 Kia Soul Owner's Manual

2020 Owner's Manual

Owner's Manual | 영어/미국 WARNING – California Proposition 65

“Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- vehicle.”

FOREWORD

Dear Customer, Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle. As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with excep- tional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations. If technical assistance is needed on your vehicle, authorized Kia dealerships factory- trained technicians, recommended special tools, and genuine Kia replacement parts. This Owner's Manual will acquaint you with the operation of features and equipment that are either standard or optional on this vehicle, along with the maintenance needs of this vehicle. Therefore, you may find some descriptions and illustrations not applicable to your vehicle. You are advised to read this publication carefully and follow the instructions and recommendations. Please always keep this manual in the vehicle for your, and any subsequent owner's, reference. All information contained in this Owner's Manual was accurate at the time of publication. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the company reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at any time without notice and without incurring any obligations. Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!

( 2019 KIA MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.

Printed in Korea

How to use this manual You will find various WARNINGs, CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this man- We want to help you get the great- ual. These WARNINGs were pre- est possible driving pleasure from pared to enhance your personal your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual safety. You should carefully read can assist you in many ways. and follow ALL procedures and rec- We strongly recommend that you ommendations provided in these read the entire manual. In order to WARNINGs, CAUTIONs and NOTICEs. minimize the chance of death or injury, you must read the WARNING WARNING and CAUTION sections in the man- A WARNING indicates a situation in ual. which harm, serious bodily injury or Illustrations complement the words death could result if the warning is in this manual to best explain how ignored. to enjoy your vehicle. By reading your manual, you learn about features, important safety information, CAUTION and driving tips under various road A CAUTION indicates a situation in conditions. which damage to your vehicle could The general layout of the manual is result if the caution is ignored. provided in the Table of Contents. Use the index when looking for a NOTICE specific area or subject, it has an alphabetical listing of all information A NOTICE indicates interesting or in your manual. helpful information is being provided. Chapters: This manual has nine chapters plus an index. Each chapter begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that chapter has the information you want.

Table of Contents

Introduction 1

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4

Driving your vehicle 5

What to do in an emergency 6

Maintenance 7

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting 8 safety defects

Abbreviation A

Index I

Introduction 1

Introduction Fuel requirements ...... 1-2 Vehicle break-in process ...... 1-4 Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle...... 1-5 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ...... 1-5 Introduction Fuel requirements

INTRODUCTION Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Fuel requirements Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alco- Your new vehicle is designed to use hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- only unleaded fuel having a pump taining methanol (also known as octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 wood alcohol) are being marketed (Research Octane Number 91) or along with or instead of leaded or higher. (Do not use methanol blend- unleaded gasoline. ed fuels.) Pursuant to EPA regulations, etha- Your new vehicle is designed to nol may be used in your vehicle. obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- Do not use gasohol containing more mize exhaust emissions and spark than 15% ethanol, and do not use plug fouling. gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Ethanol provides less Never add any fuel system cleaning energy than gasoline and it attracts agents to the fuel tank other than water, and it is thus likely to reduce what has been specified. (Consult an your fuel efficiency and could lower authorized Kia dealer for details.) your MPG results. • Tighten the cap until it clicks one time, otherwise the Check Engine Methanol may cause drivability light will illuminate. problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system. WARNING Discontinue using gasohol of any Refueling kind if drivability problems occur. • Do not "top off" after the nozzle - automatically shuts off. Attempts Vehicle damage or drivability prob to force more fuel into the tank lems may not be covered by the can cause fuel overflow onto you manufacturer's warranty if they and the ground causing a risk of result from the use of: fire. 1. Gasoline or gasohol containing • Always check that the fuel cap is methanol. installed securely to prevent fuel 2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. spillage, especially in the event of 3. Gasohol containing more than an accident. 15% ethanol.

1 2 Introduction Fuel requirements

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp comprised of 85% ethanol and 15% (MIL) may illuminate. gasoline, and is manufactured 1 exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel NOTICE Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible Damage to the fuel system or per- with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may formance problem caused by the result in poor engine performance use of these fuels may not be cov- and damage to your vehicle's engine ered by your New Vehicle Limited and fuel system. Kia recommends Warranty. that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15%. Gasoline containing MMT NOTICE Some gasoline contains harmful Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty manganese- based fuel additives does not cover damage to the fuel Such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadi- system or any performance prob- eny l Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia lems caused by the use of "E85" does not recommend the use of fuel. gasoline containing MMT. This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission NOTICE control system. The Malfunction Never use any fuel containing meth- Indicator Lamp on the cluster may anol. Discontinue use of any metha- come on. nol containing product which may inhibit proper drivability. Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol (wood Other fuels alcohol) should not be used in your vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si), vehicle performance and damage MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene components of the fuel system, (Fe), and Other metalic additives, engine control system and emission - may cause vehicle and engine dam control system. age or cause misfiring, poor acceleration, engine stalling, catalyst melting, clogging, abnormal corrosion, life cycle reduction, etc.

1 3 Introduction Vehicle break-in process

Fuel Additives Vehicle break-in process Kia recommends that you use good No special break-in period is needed. quality gasolines treated with By following a few simple precau- detergent additives such as TOP tions for the first 600 miles (1,000 TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help km) you may add to the perfor- prevent deposit formation in the mance, economy and life of your engine. These gasolines will help the vehicle. engine run cleaner and enhance • Do not race the engine. performance of the Emission Con- trol System. • While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per For more information on TOP TIER minute) between 2,000 rpm and Detergent Gasoline, please go to the 4,000 rpm. website (www.toptiergas.com) For • Do not maintain a single speed for customers who do not use TOP TIER long periods of time, either fast or Detergent Gasoline regularly, and slow. Varying engine speed is have problems starting or the needed to properly break-in the engine does not run smoothly, addi- engine. tives that you can buy separately • Avoid hard stops, except in emer- may be added to the gasoline. gencies, to allow the brakes to If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is seat properly. not available, one bottle of additive • Don't tow a trailer during the first should be added to the fuel tank at 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera- every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or tion. every engine oil change is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to: • Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance. • Deter- mine that acceptable fuel is available.

1 4 Introduction Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle

Risk of burns when parking or Vehicle data collection and event stopping vehicle data recorders • Do not park or stop the vehicle This vehicle is equipped with an 1 near flammable items such as event data recorder (EDR). The main leaves, paper, oil, and tire. Such purpose of an EDR is to record, in items placed near the exhaust certain crash or near crash-like sit- system can become a fire hazard. uations, such as an air bag deploy- • When an engine idles at a high ment or hitting a road obstacle, rpm with the rear side of the data that will assist in understand- vehicle in close proximity of the ing how a vehicle's systems per- wall, heat of the exhaust gas can formed. The EDR is designed to cause discoloration or fire. Keep record data related to vehicle enough space between the rear dynamics and safety systems for a part of the vehicle and the wall. short period of time, typically 30 • Be sure not to touch the exhaust/ seconds or less. The EDR in this catalytic systems while the vehicle is designed to record such engine is running or right after data as: the engine is turned off. There is • How various systems a risk of burns since the systems in your are extremely hot. vehicle were operating; • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gen-

1 5 Introduction Vehicle data collection and event data recorders der, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data rou- tinely acquired during a crash investigation. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

1 6 Your vehicle at a glance 2

Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview...... 2-2 Interior overview...... 2-5 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-7 Engine compartment ...... 2-9 Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview

YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE

Exterior overview

Front view

OSK3018001NR * The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Hood 4-29 2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) 4-89 Head lamp (Maintenance) 7-64 3. Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle) 4-93 Front fog lamp (Maintenance) 7-66 4. Wheel and tire (Maintenance) 7-34 Wheel and tire (Specification) 8-4 5. Outside rearview mirror 4-44 6. Sunroof 4-34

2 2 Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview

7. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your vehicle) 4-96 Front windshield wiper blades (Maintenance) 7-29 8. Windows 4-24 9. Parking assist system 4-84

2 3 Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview

Rear view

OSK3018002NR * The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Door locks 4-17 2. Fuel filler lid 4-31 3. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance) 7-67, 7-68 4. High mounted stop lamp (Maintenance) 7-69 5. Rear window wiper blade 4-99, 7-31 6. Liftgate 4-21 7. Antenna 4-146 8. Rearview camera 4-88 9. Parking assist system (Rear) 4-81, 4-84

2 4 Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview

Interior overview

OSK3018005NR * The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Inside door handle 4-18 2. Power window switch 4-25 3. Central Door lock/unlock switch 4-19 4. Power window lock switch 4-27 5. Outside rearview mirror control 4-44 6. Outside rearview mirror folding 4-45 7. Fuel filler lid open lever 4-31 8. Instrument panel illumination control switch 4-47 9. LKA system On/OFF button 5-127 10.BCW On/Off button 5-101 11.Head-Up Display shutter On/Off button 4-78 12.ISG Off button 5-95 13.Parking distance warning On/Off button 4-81, 4-84

2 5 Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview

14.ESC Off button 5-44 15.Steering wheel 4-38 16.Tilt and telescopic steering control lever 4-40 17.Inner fuse panel 7-49 18.Hood release lever 4-29 19.Transmission shift lever 5-18, 5-21, 5-27 20.Seat 3-5

2 6 Your vehicle at a glance Instrument panel overview

Instrument panel overview

OSK3018004NR * The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Audio remote control buttons Steering wheel audio controls (Refer to the "CAR MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM USER'S MANUAL".) 2. Driver's front air bag 3-53 3. Horn 4-41 4. Cruise control button 5-75, 5-79 5. Instrument cluster 4-46 6. Lighting control lever 4-90 7. Wiper and washer control lever 4-96 8. Ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP button 5-9, 5-12 9. Audio (Refer to the "CAR MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM USER'S MANUAL".) 10.Hazard warning flasher 6-3 11.Climate control system 4-115

2 7 Your vehicle at a glance Instrument panel overview

12.Front seat warmer / Seat air ventilation 4-133, 4-135 13.Power outlet 4-136 14.Heated steering wheel On/Off button 4-40 15.Drive mode button 5-99 16.Center console storage box 4-130 17.Parking brake 5-40 18.Glove box 4-130 19.Passenger's front air bag 3-53 20.USB charger 4-137

2 8 Your vehicle at a glance Engine compartment

Engine compartment

Gasoline Engine (Gamma 1.6 TGDI)

OSK3078001NR Gasoline Engine (Nu 2.0L MPI)

OSK3078053NR * The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Engine coolant reservoir 7-21 2. Engine oil filler cap 7-19 3. Brake / clutch fluid reservoir 7-24 4. Air cleaner 7-26 5. Fuse box 7-50 6. Negative battery terminal 6-7, 7-31 7. Positive battery terminal 6-7, 7-31 8. Engine oil dipstick 7-19 9. Radiator cap 6-8, 7-21 10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7-25

2 9

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Safety features of your vehicle Important safety precautions ...... 3-3 Seat ...... 3-5 • Feature of Seat Leather...... 3-8 • Front seat adjustment - manual seat...... 3-8 • Front seat adjustment - power seat...... 3-10 • Headrest for front seat...... 3-11 • Seatback pocket (if equipped) ...... 3-14 • Headrest for rear seat ...... 3-14 • Armrest...... 3-15 • Folding the rear seat...... 3-15 Seat belts ...... 3-19 • Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-19 • Driver's seat belt warning...... 3-20 • Front passenger's seat belt warning ...... 3-21 • Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor ...... 3-22 • Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system with combination locking retractor...... 3-23 • Stowing the rear seat belt...... 3-26 • Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 3-26 • Seat belt precautions...... 3-28 • Care of seat belts ...... 3-30 Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-31 • Children always in the rear...... 3-31 • Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-33 • Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 3-35 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system...... 3-41 • How does the air bag system operate? ...... 3-42 3 Safety features of your vehicle

• Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger's seat ...... 3-43 • Air bag warning light...... 3-44 • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) components and functions ...... 3-44 • Occupant Detection System (ODS)...... 3-47 • Driver's and passenger's front air bag...... 3-53 • Side air bag ...... 3-55 • Curtain air bag...... 3-57 • Air bag collision sensors ...... 3-59 • Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)...... 3-60 • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Care...... 3-62 • Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped vehicle ...... 3-62 • Air bag warning label ...... 3-63 Safety features of your vehicle Important safety precautions

SAFETY FEATURES OF YOUR Air bag hazards VEHICLE While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal inju- Important safety precautions ries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly You will find many safety precau- restrained. Infants, young children, tions and recommendations and shorter adults are at the great- throughout this section, and est risk of being injured by an inflat- throughout this manual. ing air bag. Follow all instructions The safety precautions in this sec- and warnings in this manual. 3 tion are among the most important. Driver distraction Always wear your seat belt Driver distraction presents a serious A seat belt is your best protection in and potentially deadly danger, espe- all types of accidents. Air bags are cially for inexperienced drivers. designed to supplement seat belts, Safety should be the first concern not replace them. So even though when behind the wheel and drivers your vehicle is equipped with air need to be aware of the wide array bags, ALWAYS make sure you and of potential distractions, such as your passengers wear your seat drowsiness, reaching for objects, belts, and wear them properly. eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular Restrain all children phones. All children under age 13 should ride Drivers can become distracted when in your vehicle properly restrained in they take their eyes and attention a rear seat, not the front seat. off the road or their hands off the Infants and small children should be wheel to focus on activities other restrained in an appropriate child than driving. To reduce your risk of restraint. Larger children should use distraction or getting into an acci- a booster seat with the lap/shoulder dent: belt until they can use the seat belt • ALWAYS set up your mobile properly without a booster seat. devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped.

3 3 Safety features of your vehicle Important safety precautions

• ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and when conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most states have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some states and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones. • NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.

Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

3 4 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Seat

OSK3038001NR

Front seat WARNING 1. Forward and backward 2. Seatback angle Loose objects 3. Seat cushion height Do not place anything in the driver's 4. Lumbar support (if equipped) footwell or under the front seats. 5. Head rest Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the opera- Rear seat tion of the foot pedals. 6. Seatback folding 7. Headrest *: if equipped

3 5 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

WARNING WARNING Uprighting seat Seat cushion Do not press the release lever on a Occupants should never sit on after- manual seatback without holding market seat cushions or sitting and controlling the seatback. The cushions. The passenger ODS sys- seatback will spring upright possibly tem may not operate properly, or impacting you or other passengers. passenger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. WARNING Driver responsibility for passengers WARNING Driver's seat • Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control of your vehicle. • Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback. Storing items against the seatback could result in seri- ODEEV058002NR ous or fatal injury in a sudden - The driver must advise the passen stop or collision. gers to keep the seatback in an • Sit as far back as possible from upright position whenever the vehi- the steering wheel while still cle is in motion. If a seat is reclined maintaining comfortable control during an accident, the restraint of the your vehicle. A distance of system's ability to restrain will be at least 10 in (25 cm) from your greatly reduced. chest to the steering wheel is recommended. Failure to do so can result in air bag inflation injuries to the driver.

3 6 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

WARNING WARNING Rear seatbacks Luggage and Cargo Always lock the rear seatback Do not stack pile or stack luggage or before driving. Failure to do so could cargo higher than the seatback in result in passengers or objects being the cargo area. In an accident the thrown forward injuring vehicle cargo could strike and injure a pas- occupants. senger. If objects are large, heavy or must be piled, they must be secured in the cargo area. WARNING 3 Unexpected Seat Movement WARNING After adjusting a manual seat, always check that it is locked by Cargo Area shifting your weight to the front Do not allow passengers to ride in and back. Sudden or unexpected the cargo area under any circum- movement of the driver's seat could stance. The cargo area is solely for cause you to lose control of the the purpose of transporting luggage vehicle. or cargo.

WARNING WARNING Seat adjustment Small Objects • Do not adjust the seat while Use extreme caution when picking wearing seat belts. Moving the up small objects trapped under the seat forward will cause strong seats or between the seat and the pressure on the abdomen. center console. Your hands might be • Do not place your hand near the cut or injured by the sharp edges of seat bottom or seat track while the seats mechanism. adjusting the seat. Your hand could get caught in the seat mechanism.

3 7 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Feature of Seat Leather Front seat adjustment - manual Leather is made from the outer skin seat of an animal, which goes through a The front seat can be adjusted by special process to be available for using the control levers located on use. Since it is a natural substance, the outside of the seat cushion. each part differs in thickness or density. • Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity. • The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort. • The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting OSK3038002NR area is high which provides driving comfort and stability. Forward and backward Adjust the seat before driving, and CAUTION make sure the seat is locked • Belts with metallic accessories, securely by trying to move forward zippers or keys inside the back and backward without using the pocket may damage the seat fab- lever. If the seat moves, it is not ric. locked properly. • Make sure not to wet the seat. It To move the seat forward or back- may change the nature of natural ward: leather. 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment • Jeans or clothes which could lever up and hold it. bleach may contaminate the sur- 2. Slide the seat to the position you face of the seat covering fabric. desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. NOTICE Wrinkles or abrasions may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of product. Wrinkles or abrasions are not covered by warranty.

3 8 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Seatback angle • To lower the seat cushion, push down the lever several times. • To raise the seat cushion, pull up the lever several times.

WARNING Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the 3 - OSK3038003NR protections of your restraint sys To recline the seatback: tem (seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever. seatback. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat Seat belts must be snug against and adjust the seatback of the your hips and chest to work prop- seat to the position you desire. erly. When the seatback is reclined, 3. Release the lever and make sure the shoulder belt cannot do its job the seatback is locked in place. because it will not be snug against (The lever MUST return to its your chest. Instead, it will be in front original position for the seatback of you. During an accident, you could to lock.) be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. Seat cushion height (if equipped) The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.

OSK3038004NR To change the height of the seat cushion, push the lever upwards or downwards.

3 9 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Front seat adjustment - power To move the seat forward or back- seat (if equipped) ward: The front seat can be adjusted by • Push the control switch forward using the control switches located or backward to move the seat to on the outside of the seat cushion. the desired position. Release the switch once the seat reaches the Before driving, adjust the seat to desired position. the proper position so you can easily control the steering wheel, pedals Seatback angle and switches on the instrument panel.

CAUTION Power seating adjustments • The power seating controls function by electronic motor. Exces- sive operation may cause damage to the electrical equipment.

• Do not operate two or more OSK3038006NR power seat control switches at To recline the seatback: the same time. Doing so may • Push the control switch forward damage the power seat motor or or backward to move the seat- electrical components. back to the desired angle. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position. Forward and backward Seat cushion height

OSK3038005NR

OSK3038007NR

3 10 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

To change the height of the seat: Headrest for front seat - • Pull the front portion of the con The driver's and front passenger's trol switch up to raise or press seats are equipped with a headrest down to lower the front part of for the occupant's safety and com- the seat cushion. Pull the rear fort. portion of the control switch up to raise or press down to lower the seat cushion. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position. 3 Lumbar support for driver's seat (if equipped)

ODEEV058006NR The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger, but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a rear collision. For maximum effectiveness in case OSK3038008NR of an accident, the headrest should The lumbar support can be adjusted be adjusted so the middle of the by pressing the lumbar support headrest is at the same height of switch on the side of the seat. the center of gravity of an occu- 1. Press the front portion of the pant's head. Generally, the center of switch to increase support, or the gravity of most people's head is rear portion of the switch, to similar with the height of the top of decrease support. 2. Release the switch once it their eyes. reaches the desired position. Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended.

3 11 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

WARNING NOTICE Headrest removal/adjustment If you recline the seatback towards • Do not operate the vehicle with the front with the headrest and the headrests removed. Head- seat cushion raised, the headrest rests can provide critical neck and may come in contact with the sun head support in a crash. visor or other parts of the vehicle. • Do not adjust the headrest height while the vehicle is in motion. Driver may lose control of the vehicle.

CAUTION Excessive pulling or pushing may damage the headrest.

ODEEV058008NR

Adjusting the height up and down Removal Type A

OSK3038010NR To raise the headrest: 1. Pull it up to the desired position OSK3038011NR (1). 2. To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support. 3. Lower the headrest to the desired position (3).

3 12 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Type B Reinstallation Type A

OSK3038012NR

To remove the headrest: OSK3038013NR 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the Type B recline lever or switch (1). 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. 3. Press the headrest release button (3) while pulling the headrest up (4).

WARNING Headrest Removal NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat with the headrest removed or reversed. Headrests can provide OSK3038014NR critical neck and head support in a To reinstall the headrest: crash. 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the recline lever or switch (3). 3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height.

3 13 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

WARNING Headrest for rear seat The rear seat is equipped with Headrest Reinstallation headrests in all the seating positions To reduce the risk of injury to the for the occupant's safety and com- head or neck, always make sure the fort. headrest is locked into position and adjusted properly after reinstalling.

Seatback pocket (if equipped) The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger's seatback.

ODEEV058014NR The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision. For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should

OSK3038015NR be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of WARNING the center of gravity of an occu- Seatback pockets pant's head. Generally, the center of Do not put heavy or sharp objects in gravity of most people's heads is the seatback pockets. In an accident similar with the height as the top of they could come loose from the their eyes. pocket and injure vehicle occupants. Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended.

3 14 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Adjusting the height up and down while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position.

Armrest (if equipped) To use the armrest, pull it forward from the seatback. 3

OSK3038020NR • To raise the headrest, pull it up to the desired position (1). • To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position (3).

Removal and reinstallation OSK3038019NR

Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.

OSK3038021NR • To remove the headrest, raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) While pulling the headrest upward (2). • To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes

3 15 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

WARNING stowed luggage and cargo. Then, the seat belt webbing should be Folded Seatback placed in the webbing guide to The purpose of the fold-down rear prevent the seat belt from being seatbacks is to allow you to carry damaged by loaded cargo, etc. If longer objects that could not other- the seat belt is loose, it may wise be accommodated. cause damage or noise. In that case, return the seatback to the • Never allow a passenger to sit on upright position and put the web- top of the folded down seatback bing out from the guide to realign while the car is moving. This is not it. a proper seating position since no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop.

To fold down the rear seatback 1. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward. OSK3038016NR 2. Lower the rear headrests to the 4. Pull on the seatback folding lever, lowest position. then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle. When you WARNING return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has Objects locked into position by pushing on Objects carried on the folded down the top of the seatback. seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.

3. When folding the seatback, insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion then make sure both

seat belts do not interfere with OSK3038018NR

3 16 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull WARNING the seatback backward by lifting up seatback. Pull the seatback Uprighting seat firmly until it clicks into place. When you return the seatback to its Make sure the seatback is locked upright position, hold the seatback in place. and return it slowly. If the seatback 6. Return the rear seat belt to the is returned without holding it, the proper position. back of the seat could spring forward, resulting in injury caused by To unfold the rear seat being struck by the seatback. 3

WARNING Rear Seatback To ensure maximum protection in the event of an accident or sudden stop, when returning the rear seat to the upright position: • Be careful not to damage the seat OSK3038050NR belt webbing or buckle. 1. To use the rear seat, lift and pull • Do not allow the seat belt web- the seatback backward. Pull the bing or buckle to become pinched seatback firmly until it clicks into or caught in the rear seat. place. Make sure the seatback is • Ensure the seatback is completely locked in place. When you return locked into its upright position by the seatback to its upright posi- pushing on the top of the seat- tion, always be sure it has locked back. into position by pushing on the top of the seatback. Failure to adhere to any of these If you cannot see the red line at instructions could result in serious the bottom of folding lever, it injury or death in the event of a means the seatback is locked crash. completely. 2. Return the rear seat belt to the proper position. 3. When the seatback is completely installed, check the seatback folding lever again.

3 17 Safety features of your vehicle Seat

CAUTION WARNING Damaging rear seat belt buckles Cargo When you fold the rear seatback, Cargo should always be secured to insert the buckle between the rear prevent it from being thrown about seatback and cushion. Doing so can the vehicle in a collision and causing prevent the buckle from being dam- injury to the vehicle occupants. Do aged by the rear seatback. not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit the front seat CAUTION occupants in a collision. Rear seat belts When returning the rear seatbacks Cargo loading to the upright position, remember Make sure the engine is off, the to return the rear shoulder belts to transmission is in P (Park) and the their proper position. parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps WARNING may allow the vehicle to move if the Unless the driver's position is prop- shift lever is inadvertently moved to erly set according to the driver's another position. physical figure, do not fold the rear seat. It may increase bodily injuries in a sudden stop or collision.

CAUTION Be careful when loading cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior.

3 18 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Seat belts • Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of the lap/ The following explains seat belts shoulder belt. precautions and how to fasten seat belts. WARNING Seat belt restraint system Damaged seat belt For maximum restraint system pro- Replace the entire seat belt assem- tection, the seat belts must always bly if any part of the webbing or be used whenever the vehicle is hardware is damaged as you can no 3 moving. longer be sure that a damaged seat • A properly positioned shoulder belt will provide protection in a belt should be positioned midway crash. over your shoulder across your collarbone. Seat belts are designed to bear upon • Ne ver allow children to ride in the the bony structure of the body, and front passenger seat. See "Child should be worn low across the front Restraint System (CRS)" on page of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, 3-31 for further discussion. as applicable; wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdomi- WARNING nal area must be avoided. Twisted seat belt Seat belts should be adjusted as Make sure your seat belt is not firmly as possible, consistent with twisted when worn. A twisted seat comfort, to provide the protection belt may not properly protect you in for which they have been designed. an accident and could even cut into your body. A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer. Care should be taken to avoid con- WARNING tamination of the webbing with pol- Shoulder Belt ishes, oils and chemicals, and • Never wear the shoulder belt particularly battery acid. Cleaning under your arm or behind your may safely be carried out using mild back. An improperly positioned soap and water. The belt should be shoulder belt cannot protect the replaced if webbing becomes frayed, occupant in a crash. contaminated or damaged.

3 19 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

• No modifications or additions Driver's seat belt warning should be made by the user which As a reminder to the driver, the would either prevent the seat belt driver's seat belt warning lights will adjusting devices from operating illuminate for approximately 6 sec- to remove slack, or prevent the onds each time you turn the ignition seat belt assembly from being switch ON regardless of belt fasten- adjusted to remove slack. ing. If the seatbelt is not fastened, • When you fasten the seat belt, be the warning chime will sound for careful not to latch the seat belt about 6 seconds. in buckles of other seats. It is very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly. • Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage. ODEEV058023NR • When fastening the seat belt, If you start to drive without the make sure that the seat belt does seat belt fastened or you unfasten not pass over objects that are the seat belt when you drive over 5 hard or can break easily. mph (9 km/h) and less than 12 mph (20 km/h), the corresponding warn- WARNING ing light will illuminate. The warning light will turn off when the vehicle Seat belt buckle speed drops below 5 mph (9 km/h). Do not allow foreign material (gum, crumbs, coins, liquids, etc.) to If you start to drive without the obstruct the seat belt buckle. This seat belt fastened or you unfasten may prevent the seat belt from fas- the seat belt when you drive 12 tening securely. mph (20 km/h) and faster, the warning light will blink and warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds. When the seat belt is unfastened during driving, the warning light will illuminate when

3 20 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts the speed is under 12 mph (20 km/ If you start to drive without the h). When the speed is 12 mph (20 passenger seat belt fastened or you km/h) and faster, the warning light unfasten the seat belt when you will blink and warning chime will drive 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster, sound for approximately 100 sec- the warning light will blink and onds. warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds. When Front passenger's seat belt warn- the passenger seat belt is unfas- ing tened during driving, the warning light will illuminate when the speed 3 is under 12 mph (20 km/h). When the speed is 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster, the warning light will blink and warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds.

NOTICE • Even if the front passenger seat

OSK3038024NR is not occupied, the seat belt As a reminder to the front passen- warning light will illuminate for 6 ger, the front passenger's seat belt seconds. warning lights will illuminate for • The front passenger's seat belt approximately 6 seconds each time warning may operate when lug- you turn the ignition switch ON gage is placed on the front pas- regardless of belt fastening. If you senger seat. start to drive without the passenger seat belt fastened or the passenger unfastens the seat belt when you drive over 5 mph (9 km/h) and less than 12 mph (20 km/h), the corresponding warning light will illuminate. The warning light will turn off when the vehicle speed drops below 5 mph (9 km/h).

3 21 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system WARNING with emergency locking retractor You should place the lap belt portion The following explains how to fas- as low as possible and snugly across ten and adjust the driver's seat belt. your hips. If the lap belt is located too high on your waist, it may To fasten your seat belt: increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision. The arm closest to the seat belt buckle should be over the belt while the other arm should be under the belt as shown in the illustration. Never wear the seat belt under the arm closest to the door.

The seat belt automatically adjusts

ODEEV058025NR to the proper length only after the • Pull it out of the retractor and lap belt portion is adjusted manually insert the metal tab (1) into the so that it fits snugly around your buckle (2). hips. If you lean forward in a slow, There will be an audible "click" easy motion, the belt will extend when the tab locks into the and let you move around. If there is buckle. a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. Then you will be able to pull the belt out ODEEV058026NR smoothly.

3 22 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Height adjustment WARNING You can adjust the height of the Shoulder belt positioning shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 Verify the shoulder belt anchor is positions for maximum comfort and locked into position at the appropri- safety. ate height. Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident. 3 WARNING Seat belt replacement Replace your seat belts after being in an accident. Failure to replace ODEEV058027NR seat belts after an accident could The height of the adjusting seat belt leave you with damaged seat belts should not be too close to your neck. that will not provide protection in The shoulder portion should be the event of another collision. adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck. Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system with To adjust the height of the seat belt combination locking retractor anchor, lower or raise the height - adjuster into an appropriate posi- The following explains how to fas tion. ten the passenger's and rear seat • To raise the height adjuster, pull it belt. up (1). • To lower it, push it down (3) while To fasten your seat belt: - pressing the height adjuster but Combination retractor type seat ton (2). belts are installed in the rear seat Release the button to lock the positions to help accommodate the anchor into position. Try sliding the installation of child restraint sys- height adjuster to make sure that it tems. Although a combination has locked into position. retractor is also installed in the Improperly positioned seat belts can front passenger seat position, it is cause serious injuries in an accident. strongly recommended that children

3 23 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts always be seated in the rear seat. NOTICE NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the Although the combination retractor - vehicle. provides the same level of protec tion for seated passengers in either This type of seat belt combines the emergency or automatic locking features of both an emergency modes, have the seated passengers locking retractor seat belt and an use the emergency locking feature automatic locking retractor seat for improved convenience. The belt. automatic locking function is • Pull it out of the retractor and intended to facilitate child restraint insert the metal tab into the installation. To convert from the buckle. There will be an audible automatic locking feature to the "click" when the tab locks into the emergency locking operation mode, buckle. When not securing a child allow the unbuckled seat belt to restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's fully retract. seat belt (emergency locking retractor type). CAUTION It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt Do NOT fold down the left portion of portion of the seat belt is adjusted the rear seatback when the rear manually so that it fits snugly center seat belt is buckled. ALWAYS around your hips. UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt before folding down the left portion When the seat belt is fully extended of the rear seatback. If the rear cen- from the retractor to allow the ter seat belt is buckled when the - installation of a child restraint sys left portion of the rear seatback is tem, the seat belt operation folded down, distortion and damage changes to allow the belt to retract, to the top portion of the seatback but not to extend (automatic locking and seat belt garnish may result, retractor type). Refer to "Securing a causing the seatback to lock into the child restraint with a lap/shoulder folded down position. belt" on page 3-39.

3 24 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

The seat belt should be locked into When using the rear center seat the buckle on each seat cushion to belt, the buckle with the "CENTER" be properly fastened. mark must be used.

OSK3038022NR OSK3038023NR 1. Rear right seat belt fastening buckle To release the seat belt: 2. Rear center seat belt fastening buckle 3. Rear left seat belt fastening buckle

WARNING Prior to fastening the rear seat belts, ensure the latch matches the seat belt buckle. Forcefully fastening the left or right seat belt to the ODEEV058078NR center buckle can result in an • The seat belt is released by improper fastening scenario that pressing the release button (1) on will not protect you in an accident. the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to make sure it is not twisted, then try again.

3 25 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Stowing the rear seat belt

ODEEV058033NR

OSK3038053NR The pre-tensioner seat belts may If the center seat belt is not in use, be activated, when a frontal collision always lock the latch plate into the is severe enough, together with the buckle as above illustration. air bags. The rear seat belt buckles can be When the vehicle stops suddenly, or stowed in the pocket between the if the occupant tries to lean forward rear seatback and cushion when not too quickly, the seat belt retractor in use. may lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner WARNING will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the Rear center seat belt occupant's body. Do not separate the mini tongue (1) 1. Retractor Pre-tensioner and mini buckle (2) even if there is The purpose of the retractor pre- not an occupant. tensioner is to make sure that the If it is separated, It may hit the rear shoulder belts fit in tightly against - seat occupants in a collision or sud the occupant's upper body in cer- den stops. tain frontal collisions. 2. EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) Pre-tensioner seat belt The purpose of the EFD is to Your vehicle is equipped with driver's make sure that the pelvis belts fit and front passenger's pre-tensioner in tightly against the occupant's seat belts (retractor pre-tensioner lower body in certain frontal colli- and EFD (Emergency Fastening sions. Device)).

3 26 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

If the system senses excessive ten- 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly sion on the driver or passenger's 3. SRS control module seat belt when the pre-tensioner 4. Emergency fastening device (EFD) system activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner WARNING will release some of the pressure on Skin Irritation the affected seat belt. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which NOTICE the pre-tensioner seat belts were When the pre-tensioner seat belts activated. The fine dust from the 3 are activated, a loud noise may be pre-tensioner activation may cause heard and fine dust, which may skin irritation and should not be appear to be smoke, may be visible inhaled for prolonged periods. in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous. NOTICE • Both the driver's and front pas- The seat belt pre-tensioner system senger's seat belt pre-tensioner consists mainly of the following systems may be activated not components. Their locations are only in certain frontal collisions, shown in the illustration: but also in certain side collisions or rollovers, if the vehicle is equipped with a side or curtain air bag. • Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds ODEEV058034NR after the ignition switch has been * The actual position of seat belt turned to the ON position, and pre-tensioner system compo- then it should turn off. nents may differ from the illustra- • If the pre-tensioner seat belt sys- tion. tem is not working properly, this 1. SRS air bag warning light warning light will illuminate even

3 27 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

if there is not a malfunction with be replaced. If the pre-tensioner the SRS air bag. If the SRS air bag must be replaced, contact an autho- warning light does not illuminate rized Kia dealer. when the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position, or if it Seat belt precautions remains illuminated after illumi- Take the following precautions nating for approximately 6 sec- when using seat belts. onds, or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the Infant or small child pre-tensioner seat belt and SRS All 50 states have child restraint air bag system as soon as possi- laws. You should be aware of the ble. specific requirements in your state. Child and/or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the NOTICE rear seat. For more information about the use of these restraints, Do not attempt to service or repair refer to "Child Restraint System the pre-tensioner seat belt system (CRS)" on page 3-31. in any manner. Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre-ten- NOTICE sioner seat belts yourself. This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer. Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat WARNING by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Fed- Hot pre-tensioner eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat Before buying any child restraint belt assemblies for several minutes system, make sure that it has a after they have been activated. label certifying that it meets Federal When the pre-tensioner seat belt Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. mechanism fires during a collision The restraint must be appropriate the pre-tensioner becomes hot and for your child's height and weight. can burn you. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to "Child Pre-tensioners are designed to Restraint System (CRS)" on page 3- operate only one time. After activa- 31. tion, pre-tensioner seat belts must

3 28 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Larger children WARNING Children who are too large for child Small children restraint systems should always Do not allow small children to ride in occupy the rear seat and use the the vehicle without an appropriate available lap/shoulder belts. The lap child restraint system. If the shoul- portion should be fastened and snug der belt comes in contact with your on the hips as low as possible. Check child's neck or face your child is too periodically to insure that the belt small to ride in the vehicle. In a crash fits. A child's squirming could put the the seat belt will inflict injury to belt out of position. Children are 3 your child's neck, throat and face. given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint Restraint of pregnant women system in the rear seat. If a larger Pregnant women should wear lap/ child (over age 13) must be seated shoulder belt assemblies whenever in the front seat, the child should be possible according to specific rec- securely restrained by the available ommendations by their doctors. The lap/shoulder belt and the seat lap portion of the belt should be should be placed in the rearmost worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS position. Children age 13 and under POSSIBLE. should be restrained securely in the rear seat. NEVER place a child age 13 and under in the front seat. WARNING NEVER place a rear facing child seat Pregnant women in the front seat of a vehicle. Pregnant women must never place If the shoulder belt portion slightly the lap portion of the seat belt touches the child's neck or face, try above or on the abdomen where the placing the child closer to the center fetus is located. The force of the seat belt during a collision will crush of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt the fetus. still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system.

3 29 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Injured person WARNING A seat belt should be used when an Pinched seat belt injured person is being transported. Make sure that the webbing and/or When this is necessary, you should buckle does not get caught or consult a physician for recommen- pinched in the rear seat when dations. returning the rear seatback to its upright position. A caught or pinched One person per belt webbing/buckle may become dam- Two people (including children) aged and could fail during a collision should never attempt to use a single or sudden stop. seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident. WARNING Seatbelts can become hot in a vehi- Do not lie down cle that has been closed up in sunny To reduce the chance of injuries in weather. They could burn infants the event of an accident and to and children. achieve maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers Periodic inspection should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an All seat belts should be inspected upright position when the vehicle is periodically for wear or damage of moving. A seat belt cannot provide any kind. Any damaged parts should proper protection if the person is be replaced as soon as possible. lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear seats are in a reclined Keep belts clean and dry position. Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can Care of seat belts be cleaned by using a mild soap Seat belt systems should never be solution and warm water. Bleach, disassembled or modified. In addi- dye, strong detergents or abrasives tion, care should be taken to assure should not be used because they that seat belts and belt hardware may damage and weaken the fabric. are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.

3 30 Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

When to replace seat belts Child Restraint System (CRS) The entire in-use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced Children always in the rear if the vehicle has been involved in an Children under age 13 must always accident. This should be done even if ride in the rear seats and must no damage is visible. Additional always be properly restrained to questions concerning seat belt minimize the risk of injury in an operation should be directed to an accident, sudden stop or sudden authorized Kia dealer. maneuver. 3 WARNING Restraint Location Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger's seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating airbag and seriously injured.

WARNING Hot Child Restraint A child restraint system can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day. Be sure to check the seat cover, buckles and latches before placing a child in the restraint system.

According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Even with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child restraint must use the seat belts provided.

3 31 Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

All 50 states have child restraint WARNING laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices. Child Restraint Installation The laws governing the age or An improperly secured child height/weight restrictions at which restraint can increase the risk of - seat belts can be used instead of serious injury or death in an acci - child restraints differs among dent. Always take the following pre states, so you should be aware of cautions when using a child restraint the specific requirements in your system: state, and where you are travelling. • Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instruc- Child restraint systems must be tions for installation and use. properly placed and installed in the • Always properly restrain your rear seat. You must use a commer- child in the child restraint. cially available child restraint sys- • If the vehicle head restraint pre- tem that meets the requirements of vents proper installation of a child the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety seat (as described in the child Standards (FMVSS). restraint system manual), the Child restraint systems are gener- head restraint of the respective ally designed to be secured in a seating position shall be read- vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a justed or entirely removed. lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH • Do not use an infant carrier or a system in the rear seats of the child safety seat that "hooks" vehicle. over a seatback as it may not provide adequate protection in an Child restraint system (CRS) accident. Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate NOTICE rear-facing or forward-facing CRS After an accident, have a Kia dealer that has first been properly secured check the child restraint system, to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read seat belts, tether anchors and lower and comply with the instructions for anchors. installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the CRS.

3 32 Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

Selecting a Child Restraint System WARNING (CRS) Unattended Children When selecting a CRS for your child, always: Never leave children unattended in a vehicle. The car can heat up very • Make sure the CRS has a label quickly, resulting in injuries to the certifying that it meets applicable child in the vehicle. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213). • Select a child restraint based on WARNING your child's height and weight. 3 The required label or the instruc- Seat Belt Use tions for use typically provide this Do not use one seat belt for two information. occupants at the same time. This • Select a child restraint that fits will eliminate any safety benefit the vehicle seating position where provided by the seat belt to the it will be used. occupants. • Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the Child restraint system types child restraint system. There are three main types of child restraint systems: rear-facing WARNING seats, forward-facing seats, and booster seats. They are classified Holding Children according to the child's age, height Never hold a child in your arms or and weight. lap when riding in a vehicle. The vio- lent forces created during a crash Rear-facing child seats will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car's interior. Always use a child restraint system which is appropriate for your child's height and weight.

ODEEV058035NR

3 33 Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

A rear-facing child seat provides A forward-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface restraint for the child's body with a against the back of the child. The harness. Keep children in a forward- harness system holds the child in facing child seat with a harness until place, and in an accident, acts to they reach the top height or weight keep the child positioned in the seat limit allowed by your child and reduces the stress to the neck restraint's manufacturer. and spinal cord. Once your child outgrows the for- All children under age one must ward- facing child restraint, your always ride in a rear-facing infant child is ready for a booster seat. child restraint. Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats Booster seats typically have higher height and A booster seat is a restraint weight limits for the rear-facing designed to improve the fit of the position, allowing you to keep your vehicle's seat belt system. A booster child rear-facing for a longer period seat positions the seat belt so that of time. it fits properly over the lap of your Continue to use a rear-facing child child. seat for as long as your child will fit Keep your child in a booster seat within the height and weight limits until they are big enough to sit in - allowed by the child seat manufac the seat without a booster and still turer. It's the best way to keep have the seat belt fit properly. For a - them safe. Once your child has out seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt grown the rear-facing child must lie snugly across the upper restraint, your child is ready for a thighs, not the stomach. The shoul- forward-facing child restraint with a der belt should lie snug across the harness. shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age Forward-facing child restraints 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury.

ODEEV058036NR

3 34 Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

Installing a Child Restraint System Lower Anchors and Tether for Chil- (CRS) dren (LATCH) System After selecting a proper child seat The LATCH system holds a child for your child, check to make sure it restraint during driving and in an fits properly in your vehicle. accident. This system is designed to Follow the instructions provided by make installation of the child - the manufacturer when installing restraint easier and reduce the pos the child seat. Note these general sibility of improperly installing your steps when installing the seat to child restraint. The LATCH system your vehicle: uses anchors in the vehicle and 3 • Properly secure the child restraint attachments on the child restraint. to the vehicle. All child restraints The LATCH system eliminates the must be secured to the vehicle need to use seat belts to secure the with the lap part of a lap/shoulder child restraint to the rear seats. belt or with the LATCH system. Lower anchors are metal bars built • Make sure the child restraint is into the vehicle. There are two lower firmly secured. After installing a anchors for each LATCH seating child restraint to the vehicle, push position that will accommodate a and pull the seat forward and child restraint with lower attach- from side-to-side to verify that it ments. is securely attached to the seat. A To use the LATCH system in your child restraint secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly vehicle, you must have a child as possible. However, some side- restraint with LATCH attachments. to-side movement can be The child seat manufacturer will expected. provide you with instructions on • Secure the child in the child how to use the child seat with its restraint. Make sure the child is attachments for the LATCH lower properly strapped in the child anchors. restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.

3 35 Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

ODEEV058037NR OSK3038027NR LATCH anchors have been provided 1. Lower Anchor position indicator in the left and right outboard rear 2. Lower Anchor seating positions. Their locations are The LATCH anchors are located shown in the illustration. There are between the seatback and the seat no LATCH anchors provided for the cushion of the rear seat left and center rear seating position. right outboard seating positions.

WARNING To use the lower anchor, push the upper portion of the lower anchor LATCH Lower Anchors cover. Never attempt to attach a LATCH equipped seat in the center seating Securing a child restraint with the position. LATCH lower anchors are LATCH anchors system only to be used in the left and right To install a LATCH-compatible child rear outboard seating positions. You restraint in either of the rear out- may damage the anchors or the board seating positions: anchors may fail and break in a colli- 1. Move the seat belt buckle away sion if the seat is in the center seat- from the lower anchors. ing position. 2. Move any other objects away from the anchors that could pre- The lower anchor position indicator vent a secure connection between symbols are located on the left and the child restraint and the lower right rear seatbacks to identify the anchors. position of the lower anchors in 3. Place the child restraint on the your vehicle (see arrows in illustra- vehicle seat, then attach the seat tion). to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.

3 36 Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

- 4. Follow the child restraint instruc NOTICE tions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attach- The recommended maximum ments on the child restraint to weight for the LATCH system is 65 the lower anchors. lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper child restraint, consider that the WARNING maximum total weight of the child plus the child restraint should be Take the following precautions less than 65 lbs. (30 kg). when using the LATCH system: As a guide, the MAX child restraint • Read and follow all installation 3 weight should be determined by the instructions provided with your following calculation: child restraint system. • To prevent the child from reaching Child Restraint Weight = 65 - (child's and taking hold of the unused total weight in lbs.) seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts before the child is Securing a child restraint seat with placed into the vehicle. Lock each "Tether Anchor" system unused seatbelt following the instructions in the "automatic locking mode" subsection, and place the webbing behind the child seat or against an unused seatback. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens. • NEVER attach more than one child

restraint to a single anchor. This OSK3038028NR could cause the anchor or attach- First secure the child restraint with ment to come loose or break. the LATCH lower anchors or the • Always have the LATCH system seat belt. If the child restraint man- inspected by your authorized Kia ufacturer recommends that the top - dealer after an accident. An acci tether strap be attached, attach - dent can damage the LATCH sys and tighten the top tether strap to tem and may not properly secure the top tether strap anchor. the child restraint.

3 37 Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

Child restraint hook holders are To install the tether anchor: located on the shelf behind the rear seats.

WARNING Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap: • Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your child restraint system. • NEVER attach more than one child ODEEV058040NR restraint to a single tether anchor. 1. Route the child restraint tether This could cause the anchor or strap over the child restraint attachment to come loose or seatback. Route the tether strap break. under the head restraint and • Do not attach the tether strap to between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the anything other than the correct top of the vehicle seatback. Make tether anchor. It may not work sure the strap is not twisted. properly if attached to something 2. Connect the tether strap hook to else. the tether anchor, then tighten • Do not use the tether anchors for the tether strap according to the adult seat belts or harnesses, or child seat manufacturer's instruc- for attaching other items or tions to firmly secure the child equipment to the vehicle. restraint to the seat. • Always fasten the seat belts 3. Check that the child restraint is behind the child restraint seat securely attached to the seat by - when they are not used to secure pushing and pulling the seat for the child seat. Failure to do so ward and from side-to-side. may result in child strangulation.

3 38 Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

Securing a child restraint with a restraint manufacturer's instruc- lap/shoulder belt tions. When not using the LATCH system, Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted. all child restraints must be secured 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch to a vehicle rear seat with the lap into the buckle. Listen for the dis- part of a lap/shoulder belt. tinct "click" sound. Position the release button so Automatic locking mode that it is easy to access in case of an emergency. 3

ODEEV058041NR Since all passenger seat belts move ODEEV058042NR freely under normal conditions and 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the only lock under extreme or emer- seat belt all the way out. When gency conditions (emergency lock- the shoulder portion of the seat ing mode), you must manually pull belt is fully extended, it will shift the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the "automatic the retractor to the "automatic locking" (child restraint) mode. locking" mode to secure a child restraint. The "automatic locking" mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and com- promise the child restraint system. To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following: 1. Place the child restraint system on a rear seat and route the lap/ ODEEV058043NR shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the

3 39 Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion If your CRS manufacturer instructs of the seat belt to retract and lis- or recommends you to use a tether ten for an audible "clicking" or anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, "ratcheting" sound. This indicates refer to "Securing a child restraint - that the retractor is in the "auto with the LATCH anchors system" on matic locking" mode. If no distinct page 3-36 for more information. sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. NOTICE When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position, the retractor will automatically switch from the "automatic locking" mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.

WARNING ODEEV058044NR 5. Remove as much slack from the Auto lock mode belt as possible by pushing down Set the retractor to Automatic Lock on the child restraint system mode when installing any child while feeding the shoulder belt restraint system. If the retractor is back into the retractor. not in the automatic locking mode, 6. Push and pull on the child the child restraint can move when restraint system to confirm that your vehicle turns or stops sud- the seat belt is holding it firmly in denly. A child can be seriously place. If it is not, release the seat injured or killed if the child restraint belt and repeat steps 2 through 6. 7. Double check that the retractor is is not properly anchored in the car. in the "automatic locking" mode by attempting to pull more of the To remove the child restraint, press seat belt out of the retractor. If the release button on the buckle you cannot, the retractor is in the and then pull the lap/shoulder belt "automatic locking" mode. out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

3 40 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

OSK3038029NR * The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Driver's front air bag 2. Passenger's front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.

3 41 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

How does the air bag system oper- • When a rollover is detected, side ate? and/or curtain air bags will remain • Air bags are activated (able to inflated longer to help provide inflate if necessary) only when protection from ejection, espe- the ignition switch has been cially when used in conjunction turned to the ON position. with the seat belts. • The appropriate air bags inflate • In order to help provide protec- instantly in the event of a serious tion, the air bags must inflate frontal collision or side collision in rapidly. The speed of the air bag order to help protect the occu- inflation is a consequence of pants from serious physical extremely short time in which to injury. inflate the air bag between the • Generally, air bags are designed occupant and the vehicle struc- to inflate based upon the severity tures before the occupant of a collision and its direction, etc. impacts those structures. This These two factors determine speed of inflation reduces the risk whether the sensors produce an of serious or life-threatening inju- electronic deployment / inflation ries and is thus a necessary part signal. of the air bag design. However, air • Air bags will inflate based upon bag inflation can also cause inju- the severity of a collision and its ries which can include fascial direction, etc. But Air bags will not abrasions, bruises and broken inflate in every crash or collision bones because the inflation speed situation. also causes the air bags to expand • The front air bags will completely with a great deal of force. inflate and deflate in an instant. It • There are even circumstances is virtually impossible for you to under which contact with the see the air bags inflate during an steering wheel or passenger air accident. It is much more likely bag can cause fatal injuries, espe- that you will simply see the cially if the occupant is positioned deflated air bags hanging out of excessively close to the steering their storage compartments after wheel or passenger air bag. the collision. • In addition to inflating in serious side collisions, side and/or curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover.

3 42 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

WARNING WARNING Airbag inflation Hot components Sit as far back as possible from the Do not touch the air bag storage steering wheel while still maintain- area's internal components immedi- ing comfortable control of the vehi- ately after airbag inflation. The air cle. A distance of at least 10 in (25 bag related parts in the steering cm)25 cm (10 in) from your chest to wheel, instrument panel and the the steering wheel is recommended. roof rails above the front and rear Failure to do so can result in airbag doors are very hot. Hot components 3 inflation injuries to the driver. can result in burn injuries.

Noise and smoke WARNING When inflated, the air bags make a Do not install or place any accesso- loud noise and leave smoke and ries near air bag deployment areas, powder in the air inside the vehicle. such as the instrument panel, win- This is normal and is a result of the dows, pillars, and roof rails. ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing Do not install a child restraint on due to the contact of your chest the front passenger's seat with both the seat belt and the air Never place a rear-facing child bag, as well as from breathing the restraint in the front passenger's smoke and powder. Open your doors seat. and/or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder. Though smoke and powder are non- toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists. ODEEV058046NR

3 43 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

If the air bag deploys, it would have your vehicle checked by an impact the rear-facing child authorized Kia dealer. restraint, causing serious or fatal injury. In addition, do not place front-facing child restraints in the front passen- ODEEV068100NR ger's seat. If the front passenger air If any of the following conditions bag inflates, it could cause serious occur, this indicates a malfunction in or fatal injuries to the child. the air bag system. Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag WARNING system as soon as possible. • The light does not turn on briefly Air bag deployment when you turn the ignition switch When children are seated in the rear to the ON position. outboard seats of a vehicle equipped • The light stays on after illuminat- with side and/or curtain air bags, ing for approximately 6 seconds. install the child restraint system as • The light comes on while the vehi- far away from the door side as pos- cle is in motion. sible. Inflation of the side and/or • The light blinks when the ignition curtain air bags could impact the switch to the ON position. child.

Supplemental Restraint System Air bag warning light (SRS) components and functions The purpose of air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag system, which could include your side and/or curtain air bags used for rollover protection. If the air bag warning light is illuminated for more than 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned ODEEV058047NR to the ON position, or of it illumi- * The actual position of SRS compo- nates during vehicle operation, an nents may differ from the illustra- SRS component may not be function. tioning properly and you should

3 44 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

The SRS consists of the following When the SRSCM detects a suffi- components: ciently severe impact to the front of 1. Driver's front air bag module the vehicle, it will automatically 2. Passenger's front air bag module deploy the front air bags. 3. Side air bag modules Driver's front air bag (2) 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies (if equipped) 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM) 3 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors (if equipped) 10.Side pressure sensors (if equipped) 11.Occupant detection system (Front passenger's seat only) ODEEV058049NR 12.Front passenger's seat belt Upon deployment, tear seams buckle sensor molded directly into the pad covers 13.Retractor pre-tensioner assem- will separate under pressure from blies (if equipped) the expansion of the air bags. Fur- *: if equipped ther opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags. Driver's front air bag (1) Driver's front air bag (3)

ODEEV058048NR ODEEV058050NR The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger's panel above the glove box.

3 45 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

- A fully inflated air bag, in combina WARNING tion with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver's or the passenger's Flying objects forward motion, reducing the risk of Do not place any objects (an head and chest injury. umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door and the front seat. Such After complete inflation, the air bag objects may become dangerous immediately starts deflating, projectiles if the side airbag inflates. enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to • If an air bag deploys, there may steer or operate other controls. be a loud noise followed by a fine Passenger's front air bag dust released in the vehicle. These conditions are normal and are not hazardous - the air bags are packed in this fine powder. The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggravate asthma for some persons. Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold water and a mild soap after an accident in which ODEEV058051NR the air bags were deployed. • The SRS can function only when WARNING the ignition switch is in the ON Air bag obstructions position. If the SRS air bag warn- Do not install or place any accesso- ing light does not illuminate, or ries on the steering wheel, instru- continuously remains on after ment panel, or on the front illuminating for about 6 seconds passenger's panel above the glove when the ignition switch is turned box in a vehicle. Such objects may to the ON position, or after the become dangerous projectiles if the vehicle is in the ready mode, air bag deploys. comes on while driving, the SRS is not working properly. If this occurs, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

3 46 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

NOTICE Main components of the occupant detection system - Before you replace a fuse or discon • An detection device located within nect a battery terminal, change the the front passenger seat cushion. ignition switch to the OFF position. • An electronic system which Never remove or replace the air bag determines whether the passen- related fuse(s) when the ignition ger air bag systems should be switch is ON position. Failure to heed activated or deactivated. this warning will cause the SRS air • An indicator light located on the bag warning light to illuminate. instrument panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR 3 BAG " " indicates the front Occupant Detection System (ODS) passenger air bag system is deac- Your vehicle is equipped with an tivated. occupant detection system in the • The instrument panel air bag front passenger's seat. warning light is interconnected with the occupant detection system. If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of appropriate size, and he/she sits properly (sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on,

OSK3038031NR legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor), the PASSENGER The occupant detection system is AIR BAG " " indicator will turn designed to detect the presence of a properly-seated front passenger off and the front passenger's air bag will be able to inflate, if neces- and determine if the passenger's sary, in frontal crashes. front air bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not. Only the front You will find the PASSENGER AIR passenger front air bag is controlled BAG " " indicator on the cen- by the Occupant Detection System. ter fascia panel. This system detects the conditions 1~4 in the Do not put anything in front of the following table and activates or - passenger air bag " " indica deactivates the front passenger air tor. bag based on these conditions.

3 47 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

Always be sure that you and all 1. Failing to sit in an upright posi- vehicle occupants are seated and tion. restrained properly (sitting upright 2. Leaning against the door or with the seat in an upright position, center console. centered on the seat cushion, with 3. Sitting towards the sides or the the person's legs comfortably front of the seat. extended, feet on the floor, and 4. Putting legs on the dashboard wearing the safety belt properly) or resting them on other loca- for the most effective protection by tions which reduce the passen- the air bag and the safety belt. ger weight on the front seat. • The ODS (Occupant Detection 5. Improperly wearing the safety System) may not function prop- belt. erly if the passenger takes 6. Reclining the seatback. actions which can defeat the detection system. These include:

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system

Indicator/Warning light Devices Condition detected by the "PASSENGER occupant classification sys- SRS warning Front passenger AIR BAG OFF" tem light air bag indicator light 1. Adult*1 Off Off Activated 2. Child restraint system with child under 12 months On Off Deactivated old*2*3*4 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated 4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated *1. The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depend - ing on his/her physique and posture. *2. Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the sys - tem may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sit - ting position. *3. Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. *4. The PASSENGER AIR BAG " " indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

3 48 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

WARNING WARNING • Do not install a child restraint seat When the PASSENGER AIR BAG in the passenger seat when the " " symbol is illuminated, the seat is heavily soaked with any passenger air bag system will not type of liquid. operate. The passenger air bag sys- • Do not alter or remodel the ODS tem will operate when necessary if (Occupant Detection System). the symbol is not illuminated. This may damage the system and prevent its proper function in a collision. NOTICE 3 Do not modify or replace the front - NOTICE passenger seat. Don't place any thing on or attach anything such as • Do not use car seat cushions that a blanket, front seat cover or after cover up the surface of the seat market seat heater to the front and aftermarket manufactured passenger seat. This can adversely passenger seat heaters. affect the occupant detection sys- • After conducting car interior tem. cleaning using steam or detergent, the seat should be dried properly. Afterward, check for WARNING normal operation of the PASSEN- ODS System GER AIR BAG "OFF" and air bag Riding in an improper position warning lights. adversely affects the Occupant • Any service related to the pas- Detection System and may result in senger seat and the ODS must be the deactivation of the front pas- done at Kia service center. senger airbag. It is important for the • After the passenger seat has driver to instruct the passenger as been removed or installed for to the proper seating instructions as repair purposes, check for normal contained in this manual. operation of the PASSENGER AIR • Do not place a heavy load in the BAG " " and air bag warning front passenger seatback pocket lights with a person seated or not or on the front passenger seat. seated in the passenger seat.

3 49 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

ODEEV058055NR ODEEV058002NR • Do not place feet on the front • Never place feet on the dash- passenger seatback. board.

ODEEV058056NR ODEEV058059NR • Never sit with hips shifted • Never lean on the door or center towards the front of the seat. console. • Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

ODEEV058057NR • Never excessively recline the front passenger seatback. ODEEV058060NR

3 50 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

• Do not use car seat accessories • Wet Passenger Seat such as thick blankets and cush- Do not spill liquid in the passenger ions which cover up the car seat seat. Spilled liquid on the passen- surface. ger seat may cause the air bag • Do not sit on the passenger seat warning light to illuminate or mal- wearing heavily padded clothes function. If any liquid is spilled, such as ski wear and hip protec- make sure the seat has been tor. completely dried before driving the vehicle. 3

ODEEV058061NR • Do not place electronic devices ODEEV058063NR such as laptops, DVD player, or conductive materials such as Proper position water bottles on the passenger seat. • Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.

ODEEV058064NR When an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, if the PASSENGER AIR BAG " " indicator is on, change the ignition switch to the ODEEV058062NR OFF position and ask the passenger

3 51 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system to sit properly (sitting upright with NOTICE the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with The PASSENGER AIR BAG " " their seat belt on, legs comfortably indicator illuminates for about 4 extended and their feet on the seconds after the ignition switch is floor). Restart the vehicle and have turned to the ON position after the the person remain in that position. vehicle is started. If the front pas- This will allow the system to detect senger seat is occupied, the occu- the person and to enable the pas- pant detection sensor will then senger air bag. classify the front passenger after several more seconds. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG " " indicator is still on, ask the passen- • Even though your vehicle is ger to move to the rear seat. equipped with the occupant detection system, never install a WARNING child restraint system in the front passenger's seat. A deploying air PASSENGER AIR BAG " " light bag can forcefully strike a child Do not allow an adult passenger to resulting in serious injuries or ride in the front seat when the PAS- death. SENGER AIR BAG " " indicator Any child age 12 and under should is illuminated, because the air bag ride in the rear seat. Children too will not deploy in the event of a large for child restraints should use crash. The driver must instruct the the available lap/shoulder belts. No passenger to reposition himself in matter what type of crash, children the seat. Failure to properly position of all ages are safer when - yourself may lead to air bag deacti restrained in the rear seat. vation resulting in air bag non- deployment in a collision. If the PAS- If the occupant detection system is SENGER AIR BAG " " indicator not working properly, the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument remains illuminated after the pas- panel will illuminate because the senger repositions themselves passenger's front air bag is con- properly and the car is restarted, it nected with the occupant detection is recommended that passenger system. If there is a malfunction of move to the rear seat because the passenger's front air bag will not the occupant detection system, the - deploy. PASSENGER AIR BAG " " indi cator will not illuminate and the

3 52 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system passenger's front air bag will inflate The indication of the system's pres- in frontal impact crashes even if ence are the letters "AIR BAG" there is no occupant in the front located on the air bag pad cover on passenger's seat. the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above the Driver's and passenger's front air glove box. bag The SRS consists of air bags Your vehicle is equipped with an installed under the pad covers in the Advanced Supplemental Restraint center of the steering wheel and the (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder passenger's side front panel above 3 belts at both the driver and passen- the glove box. ger seating position. The purpose of the SRS is to provide Driver's front air bag the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity. The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver's and front passenger's seat belt usage and impact severity. The seat belt buckle sensor deter- OSK3038032NR mines if the front passenger's seat Passenger's front air bag belt is fastened. These sensors provide the ability to control the SRS deployment based on whether or not the seat belts are fastened, and how severe the impact is. The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity OSK3038033NR impacts. A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts.

3 53 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

The passenger's front air bag is free Customer Assistance center at designed to help reduce the injury of 1-800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does children sitting close to the instru- not endorse nor will it support any ment panel in low speed collisions. changes to any part or structure of However, children are safer if they the vehicle that could affect the are restrained in the rear seat. advanced air bag system, including the occupant detection system. According to the impact severity and seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS Control Module) controls the WARNING air bag inflation. Failure to properly Replacement/modifications wear seat belts can increase the risk The front passenger seat, dash- or severity of injury in an accident. board or door should not be replaced Additionally, your vehicle is equipped except by an authorized Kia dealer with an occupant detection system using original Kia parts designed for in the front passenger's seat. The this vehicle and model. Any other occupant detection system detects such replacement or modification the presence of a passenger in the could adversely affect the operation front passenger's seat and will turn of the occupant detection system off the front passenger's air bag and your advanced air bags. under certain conditions. For more detail, see "Occupant Detection Sys- Advanced air bags are combined tem (ODS)" on page 3-47. with pre-tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant WARNING protection in frontal crashes. Front air bags are not intended to deploy Modification to the seat structure in collisions in which sufficient pro- can cause the air bag to deploy at a tection can be provided by the seat - different level than should be pro belt. vided. NOTICE Manufacturers are required by government regulations to provide a Air bags can only be used once – contact point concerning modifica- have an authorized Kia dealer tions to the vehicle for persons with replace the air bag immediately disabilities, which modifications may after deployment. affect the vehicle's advanced air bag system. That contact is Kia's toll-

3 54 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

Front air bags are not intended to Additionally, never place or insert deploy in side-impact, rear-impact any object into any small opening or rollover crashes. However, when near side airbag labels attached to frontal deployment threshold is sat- the vehicle seats. isfied at side-impact, front air bags When the air bag deploys, the object may deploy. In addition, front air may affect the deployment and bags will not deploy in frontal result in unexpected accident or crashes below the deployment bodily harm. threshold. 3 WARNING Side air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side SRS Wiring air bag in each front seat. Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system. Doing so could result in injury, due to accidental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative.

WARNING No attaching objects No objects (such as crash pad cover, OSK3038035NR cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy. OSK3038036NR Do not place any objects over the air * The actual air bags in the vehicle bag or between the air bag and may differ from the illustration. yourself.

3 55 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

The purpose of the air bag is to pro- bag, both front seat occupants vide the vehicle's driver and/or the should sit in an upright position front passenger with additional pro- with the seat belt properly fas- tection than that offered by the tened. The driver's hands should seat belt alone. be placed on the steering wheel at • The side air bags are designed to the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The deploy during certain side-impact passenger's arms and hands collisions, depending on the crash should be placed on their laps. severity of impact. • The side air bags may deploy on WARNING the side of the impact or on both Deployment sides. Do not install any accessories • The side and/or curtain air bags including seat covers, on the side or on both sides of the vehicle will near the side air bag as this may deploy if a rollover or possible affect the deployment of the side rollover is detected. air bags. • The side air bags are not designed - to deploy in all side impact or roll • If seat or seat cover is damaged, over situations. have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia WARNING dealer. Inform the dealer that Unexpected deployment your vehicle is equipped with side - Avoid impact to the side impact air- air bags and an occupant detec bag sensor when the ignition switch tion system. is ON to prevent unexpected deployment of the side air bag. WARNING Flying objects • The side air bag is supplemental Do not place any objects (an to the driver's and the passen- umbrella, bag, etc.) between the ger's seat belt systems and is not front door and the front seat. Such a substitute for them. Therefore objects may become dangerous your seat belts must be worn at projectiles if the side airbag inflates. all times while the vehicle is in operation. • For best protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air

3 56 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

WARNING Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along No attaching objects both sides of the roof rails above • Do not place any objects over the the front and rear doors. air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar. • Do not put any objects between 3 the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy. • Never place or insert any object OSK3038037NR into any small opening near side airbag labels attached to the vehicle seats. When the air bag deploys, the object may affect the deployment and result in unexpected accident or bodily harm. • Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.

OSK3038038NR * The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. They are designed to help protect occupants in certain side impacts and to help prevent them from ejecting out of the vehicle as a result of a rollover, especially when the seatbelts are also in use.

3 57 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

• The curtain air bags are designed WARNING to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on No attaching objects the severity of impact. However, • Do not place any objects over the when side deployment threshold air bag. Also, do not attach any is satisfied at front-impact, side objects around the area the air air bags may deploy. bag inflates such as the door, side • The curtain air bags may deploy door glass, front and rear pillar, on the side of the impact or on roof side rail. both sides. • Do not hang hard, breakable, or • Also, the curtain air bags on both heavy objects on the coat hooks sides of the vehicle will deploy in for safety reasons. certain rollover situations. • The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations. Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies against the doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side impact and/or curtain air bags.

NOTICE Never try to open or repair any components of the side and curtain air bag system. This should only be done by an authorized Kia dealer.

3 58 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

Air bag collision sensors The air bag collision sensors are located in the following positions

OSK3038039NR

OSK3038040NR OSK3038041NR OSK3038042NR OSK3038043NR * The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration. 1. SRS control module / Rollover sensor 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side impact sensor 4. Side pressure sensor

3 59 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

WARNING Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and non-infla- Air bag sensors tion conditions of the air bag) • Do not hit or allow any objects to There are many types of accidents impact the locations where air in which the air bag would not be bags or sensors are installed. expected to provide additional pro- This may cause unexpected air tection. bag deployment, which could result in serious personal injury or These include rear impacts, second death. or third collisions in multiple impact • If the installation location or angle accidents, as well as low speed of the sensors is altered in any impacts. way, the air bags may deploy when they should not or they Air bag inflation conditions may not deploy when they should. Front air bags Therefore, do not try to perform Front air bags are designed to - maintenance on or around the air inflate in a frontal collision depend bag sensors. Have the vehicle ing on the severity of impact of the checked and repaired by an front collision. authorized Kia dealer. Side and/or curtain air bags Side and/or curtain air bags are Problems may arise if the sensor designed to inflate when an impact installation angles are changed due is detected by side collision sensors to the deformation of the front depending on the severity of impact bumper, front end module, body or resulting from a side impact colli- front doors where side collision sen- sion. sors are installed. Have the vehicle Also, the side and curtain air bags checked and repaired by an autho- are designed to inflate when a roll- rized Kia dealer. over is detected by a rollover sensor. Although the front air bags (driver's Installing bumper guards (or side and front passenger's air bags) are step or running board) or replacing a primarily designed to inflate in fron- bumper (or front door module) with tal collisions, they may inflate in non-genuine parts may adversely other types of collisions if the front affect your vehicle's collision and air impact sensors detect a sufficient bag deployment performance. frontal force in another type of impact.

3 60 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

Similarly, although side and curtain be able to provide any additional air bags are designed to inflate in benefit. certain side impact collisions, they • Front air bags may not inflate in may inflate in other types of colli- side impact collisions, because sions where a side force is detected occupants move to the direction by the sensors. For instance, side air of the collision, and thus in side bag and/or curtain air bags may impacts, frontal air bag deploy- inflate if rollover sensors indicate ment would not provide additional the possibility of a rollover occurring occupant protection. (even if none actually occurs) or in • In an angled collision, the force of other situations, including when the impact may direct the occupants 3 vehicle is tilted while being towed. in a direction where the air bags Even if side and/or curtain air bags would not be able to provide any do not provide impact protection in additional benefit, and thus the a rollover, they will deploy to pre- sensors may not deploy any air vent ejection of occupants, espe- bags. cially those who are restrained with • Just before impact, drivers often seat belts. brake heavily. Such heavy braking If the vehicle chassis is impacted by lowers the front portion of the bumps or objects on unimproved vehicle causing it to "ride" under a roads, the air bags may deploy. vehicle with a higher ground Drive carefully on unimproved roads clearance. Air bags may not or on surfaces not designed for inflate in this "under-ride" situa- vehicle traffic to prevent unintended tion because deceleration forces air bag deployment. that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such Air bag non-inflation conditions "under-ride" collisions. ront air bags may not inflate in • In certain low-speed collisions the • F all rollover accidents when the air bags may not deploy. The air SRSCM indicates that the front air bags are designed not to deploy in bag deployment would not pro- such cases because they may not vide additional occupant protec- provide benefits beyond the pro- tion. tection of the seat belts in such • Air bags may not inflate if the collisions. vehicle collides with objects such • Air bags are not designed to as utility poles or trees, where the inflate in rear collisions, because point of impact is concentrated to occupants are moved backward one area and the full force of the by the force of the impact. In this - case, inflated air bags would not impact is not delivered to the sen sors.

3 61 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

Supplemental Restraint System WARNING (SRS) Care Tampering with SRS The SRS is virtually maintenance- free and so there are no parts you Do not tamper with or disconnect can safely service by yourself. SRS wiring, or other components of the SRS system. Doing so could If the SRS air bag warning light does result in the accidental inflation of not illuminate, or continuously the air bags or by render the SRS remains on, have your vehicle inoperative. immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Any work on the SRS system, such WARNING as removing, installing, repairing, or Towing Vehicle any work on the steering wheel, the Always have the ignition off when front passenger's panel, front seats your vehicle is being towed. The side and roof rails must be performed by air bags may inflate if the vehicle is an authorized Kia dealer. Improper tilted such as when being towed handling of the SRS system may because of the rollover sensors in result in serious personal injury. the vehicle. For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use only a soft, dry cloth or one Adding equipment to or modifying which has been moistened with your air bag-equipped vehicle plain water. Solvents or cleaners If you modify your vehicle by chang- could adversely affect the air bag ing your vehicle's frame, bumper covers and proper deployment of system, front end or side sheet the system. metal or ride height, this may affect If components of the air bag system the operation of your vehicle's air must be discarded, or if the vehicle bag system. must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. An authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury.

3 62 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system

Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels, some required by the U.S. National High- way Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to the sun visor to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

OSK3038049NR

3 63

Features of your vehicle 4

Features of your vehicle Keys ...... 4-6 Smart key...... 4-7 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules...... 4-10 Remote keyless entry...... 4-10 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules...... 4-12 • Battery replacement ...... 4-12 • Immobilizer system (if equipped)...... 4-13 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules...... 4-14 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-15 • Armed stage...... 4-15 • Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-16 • Disarmed stage...... 4-16 Door locks...... 4-17 Liftgate...... 4-21 • Opening the liftgate...... 4-21 • Closing the liftgate...... 4-22 • Opening the liftgate in emergency ...... 4-22 Windows...... 4-24 • Window opening and closing ...... 4-25 • Power window lock switch...... 4-27 Hood ...... 4-29 • Opening the hood ...... 4-29 • Hood open warning ...... 4-29 • Closing the hood ...... 4-30 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-31 • Opening the fuel filler lid...... 4-31 • Closing the fuel filler lid...... 4-31 4 Features of your vehicle

Sunroof ...... 4-34 • Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-35 • Tilting the sunroof...... 4-36 • Sunshade...... 4-37 • Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-37 • Sunroof open warning ...... 4-38 Steering wheel...... 4-38 • Electronic power steering ...... 4-38 • Tilt & telescopic steering wheel ...... 4-39 • Adjusting steering wheel angle and height...... 4-40 • Heated steering wheel ...... 4-40 • Horn ...... 4-41 Mirrors ...... 4-42 • Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-42 • Outside rearview mirror...... 4-44 Instrument cluster...... 4-46 • Instrument cluster control...... 4-47 • Gauges...... 4-47 • Transmission shift indicator ...... 4-50 LCD display...... 4-51 • LCD Display Control ...... 4-51 • LCD Display Modes ...... 4-52 LCD displays...... 4-60 • Trip information (Trip computer)...... 4-60 • Service Mode ...... 4-63 • Driving info display...... 4-63 • LCD display messages ...... 4-64 Warning and indicator lights ...... 4-68 • Warning lights ...... 4-68 Features of your vehicle 4

• Indicator lights ...... 4-74 Head-Up Display (HUD)...... 4-78 Parking distance warning-reverse...... 4-81 Parking distance warning...... 4-84 Rear view monitor ...... 4-88 Lighting...... 4-89 • Battery saver function ...... 4-89 • Headlight escort function ...... 4-89 • Daytime running light...... 4-90 • Lighting control...... 4-90 • Operating high beam ...... 4-91 • Operating turn signals and lane change signals ...... 4-92 • Operating front fog light...... 4-93 • High Beam Assist...... 4-93 Wipers and washers...... 4-96 • Operating windshield washer...... 4-98 • Operating rear window wiper and washer switch...... 4-99 Interior lights...... 4-100 • Automatic turn off function...... 4-100 • Room lamp ...... 4-100 • Map lamp ...... 4-101 • Liftgate room lamp...... 4-102 • Vanity mirror lamp...... 4-102 • Glove box lamp...... 4-102 Welcome system ...... 4-103 Defroster...... 4-103 • Operating rear window defroster ...... 4-103 • Outside mirror defroster ...... 4-104 4 Features of your vehicle

Manual climate control system...... 4-105 • Heating and air conditioning...... 4-106 • System operation...... 4-110 • Climate control air filter ...... 4-112 • Air Conditioning refrigerant label...... 4-113 • Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant ...... 4-113 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-115 • Heating and air conditioning automatically ...... 4-116 • Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-117 • Mode selection ...... 4-118 • Temperature control...... 4-119 • Controlling air intake...... 4-120 • Controlling fan speed ...... 4-121 • Air conditioning ...... 4-121 • Turning off the front air climate control...... 4-122 • Automatic ventilation ...... 4-122 • System operation...... 4-122 • Climate control air filter ...... 4-124 • Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant ...... 4-125 • Air Conditioning refrigerant label...... 4-126 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-126 • Manual climate control system...... 4-127 • Automatic climate control system...... 4-127 • Defogging logic...... 4-128 Storage compartment ...... 4-129 • Center console storage...... 4-130 • Glove box...... 4-130 Features of your vehicle 4

• Sunglass holder...... 4-130 • Luggage net holder ...... 4-131 • Increase cargo space...... 4-131 Interior features ...... 4-132 • Cup holder...... 4-132 • Seat warmer ...... 4-133 • Air ventilation seat...... 4-135 • Sun visor ...... 4-135 • Power outlet ...... 4-136 • USB charger...... 4-137 • Wireless smart phone charging system...... 4-138 • Coat hook...... 4-141 • Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 4-142 • Cargo area cover...... 4-143 Exterior features ...... 4-144 • Roof rack...... 4-144 Audio system...... 4-146 • Shark fin antenna...... 4-146 • USB port...... 4-146 • How vehicle radio works...... 4-146 Declaration of Conformity ...... 4-149 • FCC ...... 4-149 Features of your vehicle Keys

FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE Key operations

Folding key Keys To unfold the key, press the release button then the key will unfold Record your key number automatically. - The key code num Folding key ber is stamped on the key code tag attached to the key set. Should you lose your keys, this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily. Remove the key code tag and store it in a safe place. Also, record the key code number and keep it in a safe and handy place, but not in the vehicle. OSK3048401NR To fold the key, fold the key manu- WARNING ally while pressing the release but- Aftermarket keys ton. Use only Kia original parts for the ignition key in your vehicle. If an CAUTION aftermarket key is used, the ignition Key button operation switch may not return to ON after Do not fold the key without pressing START. If this happens, the starter the release button. This may dam- will continue to operate causing age the key. possible fire due to excessive current in the wiring.

4 6 Features of your vehicle Smart key

Smart key Smart key (if equipped) To remove the mechanical key, With a smart key, you can lock or press and hold the release button unlock a door and even start the and remove the mechanical key. engine without inserting the key. Smart key

OSK3048094NR OSK3048400NR The functions of the buttons on a To reinstall the mechanical key, put smart key are similar to the remote the key into the hole and push it keyless entry. (Refer to "Remote until a click sound is heard. keyless entry (if equipped)" on page 4-10) WARNING

Ignition key Smart key functions Never leave the keys in your vehicle Carrying the smart key, you may with unsupervised children. Leaving lock and unlock the vehicle doors. children unattended in a vehicle with Also, you may start the engine. a manual ignition key or a smart key Refer to the following, for more is dangerous. details. Children copy adults and they could place the key in the ignition switch or press the start button. The key would enable children to operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious bodily injury or death.

4 7 Features of your vehicle Smart key

Locking Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver's outside door handle with all doors closed and locked, unlocks the driver's door. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that the driver's door is unlocked. Pressing the button in the front passenger's outside door handle with all doors closed and locked,

OSK3048047NR unlocks all the doors. The hazard warning lights will blink and the Pressing the button of the front chime will sound twice to indicate outside door handles with all doors that all doors are unlocked. The but- closed and any door unlocked, locks ton will only operate when the all the doors (and hood, liftgate). smart key is within 28~40 in (0.7~1 The hazard warning lights will blink m) from the outside door handle. once to indicate that all doors are locked. The button will only operate Liftgate unlocking when the smart key is within 28~40 in (0.7~1 m) from the outside door If you are within 28~40 in (0.7~1 m) handle. If you want to make sure from the outside liftgate handle, that a door has locked or not, you with your smart key in possession, should check the door lock button the liftgate will unlock and open inside the vehicle or pull the outside when you press the liftgate handle door handle. switch. In some instances, when the outside The hazard warning lights will blink door button is pressed the doors will twice to indicate that the liftgate is not lock and the chime will sound for unlocked. 3 seconds if any of the following Also, once the liftgate is opened and occurs: then closed, the liftgate will lock • The smart key is in the vehicle. automatically. • The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position. • Any door except the liftgate is opened.

4 8 Features of your vehicle Smart key

Smart key precautions active such as making calls, • If you lose your smart key, you receiving calls, text messaging, will not be able to start the and/or sending/receiving emails. engine. Tow the vehicle, if neces- Avoid placing the smart key and sary, and contact an authorized your cell phone or smart phone in Kia dealer. the same pants or jacket pocket • A maximum of 2 smart keys can and maintain adequate distance be registered to a single vehicle. If between the two devices. you lose a smart key, you should • Do not leave the smart key near immediately take the vehicle and metallic objects such as golf bags, key to your authorized Kia dealer metal cases and so on. to protect it from potential theft. • Door Lock/Unlock failure or poor • The smart key will not work if any starting can occur when the of following occurs: smart key is placed near metallic 4 - The smart key is close to a objects. radio transmitter such as a • Always carry your smart key radio station or an airport when you leave the car. An unat- which can interfere with normal tended smart key close to the operation of the smart key. vehicle can cause the vehicle bat- - The smart key is near a mobile tery to be discharged. two-way radio system or a cel- • Internal circuit damage may occur lular phone. when the key comes into contact - Another vehicle's smart key is with moisture (beverage, water being operated close to your etc.) or heat. Damage to the vehicle. smart key due to exposure to liquids or heat is not covered by the When the smart key does not work manufacturer's vehicle warranty. correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, con- CAUTION tact an authorized Kia dealer. Transmitter • If the smart key is in close prox- Keep the smart key away from imity to your cell phone or smart water or any liquid as it can become phone, the signal from the smart damaged and not function properly. key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone. This is especially important when the phone is

4 9 Features of your vehicle Remote keyless entry

This device complies with Part 15 Remote keyless entry (if of the FCC rules. equipped) Operation is subject to the following Using the remote keyless entry, you two conditions: can lock and unlock the doors 1. This device may not cause harm- remotely. ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any Remote keyless entry system interference received, including operations interference that may cause undesired operation. Type A

NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party OSK3048093NR responsible for compliance, it will Type B not be covered by your manufacturer's vehicle warranty.

OSK3048094NR

Lock (1) All doors are locked if the lock button is pressed. If all doors are closed, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once (for

4 10 Features of your vehicle Remote keyless entry

Type B) to indicate that all doors are Depending on the vehicle, the driver locked. can turn off or set the 2-press Also, if the lock button is pressed unlock setting function. once more within 4 seconds, the hazard warning lights will blink and NOTICE the chime will sound once to confirm - that the door is locked. If the keyless entry system is inop However, if any door remains open, erative due to exposure to water or the hazard warning lights (and/or liquids, it will not be covered by your the chime) will not operate. But if all manufacturer's vehicle warranty. doors are closed after the lock button is pressed, the hazard warning lights will blink once. Liftgate open (3) The liftgate is opened if the button Unlock (2) is pressed for more than 1 second. 4 The driver's door is unlocked if the Once the liftgate is opened and then - unlock button is pressed once. The closed, the liftgate will lock auto hazard warning lights will blink twice matically. and the chime will sound twice (for Type B) to indicate that the driver's Panic alarm (4) door is unlocked. The horn sounds and the hazard All doors are unlocked if the unlock warning lights blink for about 30 button is pressed once more within seconds if this button is pressed for 4 seconds. The hazard warning more than 0.5 seconds. To stop the lights will blink (for smart key, the horn and lights, press any button on chime also sounds) twice again to the transmitter. indicate that all doors are unlocked. After pressing this button, the doors Transmitter precautions will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds. The transmitter (or smart key) will If you attempt to lock or unlock the not work if any of following occurs: door by pressing the door lock/ • The ignition key is in the ignition unlock button in any of the following switch. states, the door will not be locked or • You exceed the operating dis- unlocked. tance limit (about 90 feet [30 m]). • When you want to lock or unlock • The battery in the transmitter (or the door in the ACC or ON state. smart key) is weak. • When you want to lock a door in a • Other vehicles or objects may be car with one or more doors open. blocking the signal. • The weather is extremely cold.

4 11 Features of your vehicle Remote keyless entry

• The transmitter (or smart key) is NOTICE close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport Changes or modifications not which can interfere with normal expressly approved by the party operation of the transmitter. responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate When the transmitter (or smart the equipment. If the keyless entry key) does not work properly, open system is inoperative due to and close the door with the ignition changes or modifications not key. If you have a problem with the expressly approved by the party transmitter (or smart key), contact responsible for compliance, it will an authorized Kia dealer. not be covered by your manufac- - • If the transmitter is in close prox turer's vehicle warranty. imity to your cell phone or smart phone, the signal from the transmitter could be blocked by normal Battery replacement operation of your cell phone or A battery should last for several smart phone. This is especially years, but if the transmitter or important when the phone is smart key is not working properly, active such as making calls, try replacing the battery with a new receiving calls, text messaging, one. and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following OSK3048402NR two conditions: If you are unsure how to use or 1. This device may not cause harm- replace the battery, contact an ful interference, and authorized Kia dealer. 2. This device must accept any interference received, including 1. Pry open the transmitter cover. 2. Replace the battery with a new interference that may cause battery (CR2032). When replac- undesired operation.

4 12 Features of your vehicle Remote keyless entry

ing the battery, make sure the Your immobilizer system is com- battery position is correct. prised of a small transponder in the 3. Install the battery in the reverse ignition key and electronic devices order of removal. inside the vehicle. The transmitter or smart key is With the immobilizer system, when- - designed to give you years of trou ever you insert your ignition key - ble- free use, however it can mal into the ignition switch and turn it function if exposed to moisture or to ON, it checks and determines and static electricity. If you are unsure verifies that the ignition key is valid. how to use or replace the battery, contact an authorized Kia dealer. If the key is determined to be valid, the engine will start. Using the wrong battery can cause If the key is determined to be the transmitter or smart key to 4 malfunction. Be sure to use the cor- invalid, the engine will not start. rect battery. To deactivate the immobilizer sys- An inappropriately dis- tem: posed battery can be harmful to the environ- Insert the ignition key into the key - ment and human health. cylinder and turn it to the ON posi Dispose the battery according to tion. your local law(s) or regulation. To activate the immobilizer sys- CAUTION tem: Turn the ignition key to the OFF Transmitter damage position. The immobilizer system The transmitter or smart key can activates automatically. Without a malfunction if dropped, exposed to valid ignition key for your vehicle, moisture, static electricity, heat or the engine will not start. direct sunlight. Your Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should Immobilizer system (if equipped) be kept confidential. Do not leave Your vehicle may be equipped with this number anywhere in your vehi- an electronic engine immobilizer cle. system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use.

4 13 Features of your vehicle Remote keyless entry

NOTICE CAUTION Keep each key separately in order to Immobilizer alterations avoid a starting malfunction. Do not change, alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer system to NOTICE malfunction. In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your This device complies with Part 15 immobilizer password is a customer of the FCC rules. unique password should be kept Operation is subject to the following confidential. Do not leave this num- two conditions: ber anywhere in your vehicle. 1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and Do not put metal accessories near 2. This device must accept any the ignition switch. interference received, including interference that may cause Metal accessories may interrupt the undesired operation. transponder signal and may prevent the engine from being started. NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys, consult an authorized Kia Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party dealer. responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate CAUTION the equipment. If the keyless entry Immobilizer damage system is inoperative due to Do not expose your immobilizer changes or modifications not system to moisture, static electric- expressly approved by the party ity or rough handling. This may responsible for compliance, it will damage your immobilizer. not be covered by your manufacturer's vehicle warranty.

4 14 Features of your vehicle Theft-alarm system

Theft-alarm system (if handle with the smart key in your equipped) possession. After completion of the steps This system is designed to provide above, the hazard warning lights protection from unauthorized entry will operate once to indicate that into the vehicle. the system is armed. If any door (or liftgate) or hood remains open, the hazard warning lights and the chime will not operate and the theft-alarm will not arm. If all doors and liftgate and hood are closed after the lock button is pressed, the hazard warning lights blink once. The system can also be armed by 4 locking the doors with the key from the front doors; however, This system is operated in three the hazard warning lights will not stages: the first is the "Armed" blink using this method. stage, the second is the "Theft- 4. Lock the doors by pressing the lock button on the smart key. alarm" stage, and the third is the After completion of the steps "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, the above, the hazard warning lights system provides an audible alarm will operate once to indicate that with blinking of the hazard warning the system is armed. lights. Using the transmitter Armed stage Park the vehicle and stop the engine. Arm the system as Using the smart key described below. Park the vehicle and stop the 1. Turn off the engine and remove engine. Arm the system as the ignition key from the ignition described below. switch. - 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Make sure that all doors (and lift 2. Make sure that all doors, the hood gate), the engine hood are closed and liftgate are closed and and latched. latched. 3. Lock the doors by pressing the 3. Lock the doors by pressing the lock button on the transmitter. button of the front outside door

4 15 Features of your vehicle Theft-alarm system

After completion of the steps above, The horn will sound and the hazard the hazard warning lights will blink warning lights will blink continuously once to indicate that the system is for approximately 27 seconds, and armed. repeat the horn 3 times unless the system is disarmed. To turn off the If any door (and liftgate) or engine system, unlock the doors with the hood remains open, the hazard transmitter (or smart key). warning lights won't operate and theft-alarm will not arm. After this, if all doors (and liftgate) and engine Disarmed stage hood are closed, the hazard warning The system will be disarmed when: lights blink once. Transmitter NOTICE • The door unlock button is Do not arm the system until all pas- pressed. sengers have left the vehicle. If the • The engine is started. (within 3 system is armed while a passen- seconds) ger(s) remains in the vehicle, the • The ignition switch is in the "ON" alarm may be activated when the position for 30 seconds or more. remaining passenger(s) leaves the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or Smart key hood is opened within 30 seconds • The door unlock button is after the system enters the armed pressed. stage, the system will be disarmed • The button of the front outside to prevent unnecessary alarm. door is pressed while carrying the smart key. • The engine is started. (within 3 Theft-alarm stage seconds) The alarm will be activated if any of After pressing the unlock button, - the following occurs while the sys the hazard warning lights will blink tem is armed. and the chime will sound twice (in • A front or rear door is opened smart key) to indicate that the sys- without using the smart key. tem is disarmed. • The liftgate is opened without using the smart key. After pressing the unlock button, if • The hood is opened. any door (or liftgate) is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed.

4 16 Features of your vehicle Door locks

NOTICE Door locks • Avoid trying to start the engine Operating door locks from outside while the alarm is activated. The the vehicle vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft-alarm stage. If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter, insert the key into the ignition switch, turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds. Then the system will be disarmed. • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer. 4

OSK3048065NR To remove the cover: CAUTION 1. Pull out the door handle. Adjusting alarm system 2. Press the lever (1) located inside Do not change, alter or adjust the the bottom part of the cover with theft alarm system in your vehicle. a key or flat-head screwdriver. Improper installation of the alarm 3. Push out the cover (2) while system could damage the vehicle or pressing the lever. cause the system to malfunction. Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to lock (A) and toward the front of the vehicle to unlock (B). NOTICE • If you lock the driver's door with a Malfunctions caused by improper key, only the driver's door will alterations, adjustments or modifi- lock/unlock. • From the driver's door, turn the cations to the theft-alarm system key toward the front of the vehi- are not covered by your vehicle cle once to unlock the driver's manufacturer warranty. door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors. • Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the smart key. • Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.

4 17 Features of your vehicle Door locks

• When closing the door, push the CAUTION door by hand. Make sure the doors are closed securely. Do not unnecessarily open and close the door repeatedly or with exces- NOTICE sive force. Such action can damage the vehicle door. • In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing NOTICE conditions. Always turn the ignition switch to • If the door is locked/unlocked OFF position, engage the parking multiple times in rapid succession brake, close all windows, and lock all with either the vehicle key or door doors when leaving your vehicle lock switch, the system may stop unattended. operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components. Operating door locks from inside the vehicle

WARNING With the door lock button • Securely close your door before you begin driving. Failure to fully close your door may cause it to open during vehicle operation. • Keep your body out of the way of the closing door to prevent injuries.

WARNING OSK3048037NR If adult passengers must remain in • To unlock a door, push the door the vehicle while it is very hot or cold lock button (1) to the "Unlock" outside, there is risk of injuries or position. The red mark on the danger to life. Do not lock the vehi- door lock button will be visible. cle from the outside when there are • To lock a door, push the door lock adult passengers in the vehicle. button (1) to the "Lock" position. If the door is locked properly, the

4 18 Features of your vehicle Door locks

red mark on the door lock button With central door lock switch will not be visible. Driver side • To open a door, pull the door handle (2) outward. • If the inner door handle of the driver's (or front passenger's) door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button will unlock and the door will open. • Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and a door is open. OSK3048066NR Passenger side 4 Door lock malfunction If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle, try one or more of the following techniques to exit: • Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle. • Operate the other door locks and OSK3048087NR handles, front and rear. • Lower a front window and use the Operate by pressing the central door lock switch. key to unlock the door from out- • When pressing the right portion side. (1) for driver side or the upper portion (1) for passenger side of WARNING the switch, all vehicle doors will Do not pull the inner door handle of lock. driver's (or passenger's) door while • When pressing the left portion (2) the vehicle is moving. for driver side or the lower portion (2) for passenger side of the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.

4 19 Features of your vehicle Door locks

• If the smart key is in the vehicle Door lock/unlock features and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the right Impact sensing door unlock system portion (1) for driver side or upper All doors will automatically unlock portion (1) for passenger side of when an impact causes the air bags the central door lock switch is to deploy. pressed. Speed sensing door lock system WARNING All doors will automatically lock after the vehicle speed exceeds 10 Doors mph (15 km/h). • The doors should always be fully You can activate or deactivate the closed and locked while the vehicle auto door lock/unlock features in is in motion to prevent accidental the vehicle. Refer to "User settings opening of the door. mode" on page 4-54. • Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcy- Child-protector rear door locks cles, bicycles or pedestrians The child safety lock is provided to approaching the vehicle in the help prevent children from acciden- path of the door. Opening a door tally opening the rear doors from when something is approaching inside the vehicle. The rear door can cause damage or injury. safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. WARNING The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When Unattended children/animals the child safety lock is in the lock Never leave children or animals position (1), the rear door will not unattended in your vehicle. An open if the inner door handle (2) is enclosed vehicle can become pulled. extremely hot, causing death or severe injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle.

4 20 Features of your vehicle Liftgate

Liftgate When you open the liftgate, you will see a space where you can load the cargo.

Opening the liftgate The liftgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key, smart key or OSK3048067NR central door lock/unlock switch. To lock the child safety lock, insert a key (or screwdriver) into the hole CAUTION and turn it to the lock position. 4 Liftgate lift To allow a rear door to be opened Make certain that you close the lift- from inside the vehicle, unlock the gate before driving your vehicle. child safety lock. Possible damage may occur to the liftgate lift cylinders and attached WARNING hardware if the liftgate is not closed Rear door locks prior to driving. Use the rear door safety locks whenever children are in the vehicle. If a child accidently opens the rear doors while the vehicle is moving, he or she may fall out.

OSK3048068NR • Only the liftgate is unlocked if the liftgate unlock button on the transmitter or smart key is pressed for approximately 1 second.

4 21 Features of your vehicle Liftgate

• If unlocked, the liftgate can be Make sure your hands, feet and opened by pressing the handle other parts of your body are safely and pulling it up. out of the way before closing the • Once the liftgate is opened and liftgate. then closed, the liftgate locks automatically. (All doors must be WARNING locked.) Exhaust Fumes NOTICE The liftgate should always be kept completely closed while the vehicle In cold and wet climates, door lock is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, and door mechanisms may not work poisonous exhaust gases may enter properly due to freezing conditions. the car and serious illness or death may result. WARNING The liftgate swings upward. Make Opening the liftgate in emergency sure no objects or people are near Your vehicle is equipped with the the rear of the vehicle when opening emergency liftgate safety release the liftgate. lever located on the bottom of the liftgate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage com- Closing the liftgate partment. Lower and push down the liftgate firmly. Make sure that the liftgate is securely latched.

OSK3048035NR

OSK3048069NR

4 22 Features of your vehicle Liftgate

The liftgate can be opened by doing WARNING as follows: 1. Input the mechanical key into the Do not grasp the part supporting hole. the liftgate (gas lifter), as this may 2. Push the mechanical key to the cause serious injury. right (1). 3. Push up the liftgate.

WARNING • No one should be allowed to occupy the cargo area of the vehicle at any time. The cargo area is a very dangerous location in the 4 event of a crash. - • Use the release lever for emer OSK3048036NR gencies only. Use with extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.

CAUTION Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before opening or closing the liftgate. Wait until the liftgate is open fully and stopped before loading or unloading cargo from the vehicle.

4 23 Features of your vehicle Windows

Windows The doors of this vehicle are equipped with power windows that can be operated by a switch.

OSK3048038NR 1. Driver's door power window switch 2. Front passenger's door power window switch 3. Rear door (left) power window switch 4. Rear door (right) power window switch 5. Window opening and closing 6. Automatic power window up/down (if equipped) 7. Power window lock switch * if equipped

4 24 Features of your vehicle Windows

NOTICE mal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following In cold and wet climates, power win- actions. If the noise occurs with one dows may not work properly due to or both of the rear windows down, freezing conditions. partially lower both front windows approximately 1 in (2.5 cm). If you The ignition switch must be in the experience the noise with the sun- ON position for power windows to roof open, slightly reduce the size of operate. the sunroof opening. Each door has a power window - switch that controls the door's win CAUTION dow. The driver has a power window lock switch which can block the Do not install any accessories in the operation of rear passenger win- vehicle that extend into the open 4 dows. The power windows can be window area. Such objects will operated for approximately 10 min- impact the proper function of the utes after the ignition key is Automatic reversal "jam protection" removed or set to the ACC or LOCK feature. position. However, if the front doors are opened, the power windows cannot be operated even within the Window opening and closing 10 minutes period. The driver's door has a master Type A power window switch that controls To open or close a window, press all the windows in the vehicle. down or pull up the front portion of If the window cannot be closed the corresponding switch to the because it is blocked by objects, first detent position (5). remove the objects and close the window.

NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if equipped) in an open (or partially open position), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or - pulsation noise. This noise is a nor OSK3048089NR

4 25 Features of your vehicle Windows

Type B - Auto down window (if pletely lowers or raises the window equipped) even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch. If the power window does not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. OSK3048091NR 2. Close the window and continue Pressing the power window switch pulling up the power window momentarily to the second detent switch for at least 1 second after position (6) completely lowers the the window is completely closed. window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the Automatic reversal for Type C desired position while the window is in operation, pull up the switch If the upward movement of the briefly to the opposite direction of window is blocked by an object or the window movement. part of the body, the window will detect the resistance and will stop Type C - Auto up/down window (if upward movement. The window will equipped) then lower approximately 11.8 in (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared.

OSK3048090NR Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the ODEEV068020NR second detent position (6) com-

4 26 Features of your vehicle Windows

If the window detects the resistance WARNING while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window The automatic reverse feature will stop upward movement then doesn't activate while resetting lower approximately 1 in (2.5 cm). power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are If the power window switch is pulled safely out of the way before closing - up continuously again within 5 sec the windows to avoid injuries. onds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature, the automatic window reversal WARNING will not operate. Do not install any accessories in the vehicle that extend into the open NOTICE window area. Such objects could 4 The automatic reverse feature for prevent the automatic reverse fea- the window is only active when the ture from functioning. "auto up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch. The automatic reverse feature will not operate if Power window lock switch the window is raised using the half- The driver can disable the power way position on the power window window switches on the rear pas- switch. sengers' doors by pressing the power window lock switch to the lock position (pressed). WARNING Always check for obstructions before raising any window to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. If an object less than 0.16 in (4 mm) in diameter is caught between the window glass and the upper window channel, the automatic reverse window may not detect the resistance - and will not stop and reverse direc OSK3048039NR tion. When the power window lock switch is pressed:

4 27 Features of your vehicle Windows

• The driver's master control can WARNING operate the front passenger's power window and the rear pas- Power windows sengers' power windows. • Do not allow children to play with • The front passenger's control can the power windows. Keep the operate the front passenger's power window lock switch (on the power window. driver's door) in the LOCK • The rear passengers' control can- (pressed) position. not operate the rear passengers' • Do not extend a face or arms out- power window. side the window opening while the vehicle is in motion. Doing so could CAUTION result in significant bodily injury. Opening/closing Window To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.

Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window. If the window cannot be close because it is blocked by objects, remove the objects and close the window.

4 28 Features of your vehicle Hood

Hood 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push the The hood serves as a cover for the secondary latch (1) up side and lift engine compartment. Open the the hood (2). hood if maintenance works needs to be performed in the engine compartment or if you need to look at the compartment.

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly. 4 OSK3048041NR 3. Raise the hood. It will completely rise by itself after it has been raised about halfway.

Hood open warning A warning message will appear on the LCD display when hood is open.

OSK3048040NR

WARNING Open the hood after turning off the engine on a flat surface, shifting the shift lever to the P (Park) position for Dual Clutch Transmission/Intelli- gent Variable Transmission and to the 1st (First) gear or R (Reverse) for Manual Transmission, and set- OSK3048102NR ting the parking brake. The warning chime will operate when the vehicle is being driven above 2 mph (3 km/h) with the hood open.

4 29 Features of your vehicle Hood

Closing the hood WARNING 1. Before closing the hood, check the following: Unsecured hood • All filler caps in the engine com- Always double check to be sure that partment must be correctly the hood is firmly latched before installed. driving away. If it is not latched, the • Gloves, rags or any other com- hood could fly open while the vehicle bustible material must be is being driven, causing a total loss removed from the engine com- of visibility, which might result in an partment. accident. 2. Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place. 3. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure. • If the hood can be raise slightly, it is not properly engaged. • Open it again and close it with a little more force.

CAUTION Hood obstruction Before closing the hood, ensure that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening. Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in severe personal injury or properly damage.

WARNING Fire risk Do not leave gloves, rags or any other combustible material in the motor compartment. Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire.

4 30 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid

Fuel filler lid

Opening the fuel filler lid The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel filler lid opener.

OSK3048050NR 4. To remove the cap turn the fuel filler cap (2) counterclockwise. 5. Refuel as needed. 4

Closing the fuel filler lid 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise OSK3048049NR until it "clicks" one time. This indi- If the fuel filler lid does not open cates that the cap is securely because ice has formed around it, tightened. tap lightly or push on the lid to 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it break the ice and release the lid. Do lightly and make sure that it is not pry on the lid. If necessary, securely closed. spray around the lid with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use WARNING radiator anti-freeze) or move the Refueling vehicle to a warm place and allow Always remove the fuel cap care- the ice to melt. fully and slowly. If the cap is venting 1. Stop the engine. fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, 2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the wait until the condition stops before fuel filler lid opener up. completely removing the cap. 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully open. If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and subject you to the risk of fire and burns.

4 31 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid

NOTICE away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source. When refueling on unlevel ground, • Do not get back into a vehicle the fuel gauge may not point to the once you have begun refueling F position. It is not a malfunction. If since you can generate static you move your vehicle to a level electricity by touching, rubbing or ground, the fuel gauge will move to sliding against any item or fabric the full position. (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge NOTICE can ignite fuel vapors resulting in Tighten the cap until it clicks one rapid burning. If you must reenter time, otherwise the fuel cap open the vehicle, you should once again warning indicator light will illumi- eliminate potentially dangerous nate. static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehi- Always check that the fuel cap is cle, away from the fuel filler neck, installed securely to prevent fuel nozzle or other gasoline source. spillage in the event of an accident.

WARNING WARNING Fire/explosion risk Portable fuel container Read and follow all warnings posted When using an approved portable at the gas station facility. Failure to fuel container, be sure to place the follow all warnings will result in container on the ground prior to severe personal injury, severe burns refueling. Static electricity discharge or death due to fire or explosion. from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refueling has begun, contact with the vehicle WARNING should be maintained until the filling is complete. Use only approved por- Static electricity table plastic fuel containers • Before touching the fuel nozzle, designed to carry and store gaso- you should eliminate potentially line. dangerous static electricity discharge by touching another metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance

4 32 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid

- WARNING If the fuel filler cap requires replace ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or Cell phone fires the equivalent specified for your Do not use cellular phones while vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap refueling. Electric current and/or can result in a serious malfunction electronic interference from cellular of the fuel system or emission con- phones can potentially ignite fuel trol system. vapors causing a fire. CAUTION WARNING Exterior paint - Refueling & Vehicle fires Do not spill fuel on the exterior sur faces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel When refueling, always shut the spilled on painted surfaces may 4 engine off. Sparks produced by elec- damage the paint. trical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refueling is complete, check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed, before starting the engine.

WARNING Smoking DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling. Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can, when ignited, result in fire.

Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to "Fuel requirements" on page 1-2.

4 33 Features of your vehicle Sunroof

Sunroof (if equipped) The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted If your vehicle is equipped with a while in an open or slide position. sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch located on the overhead con- CAUTION sole. To prevent damage to the sunroof, periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail.

CAUTION Sunroof control lever Do not continue to press the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. OSK3048051NR Damage to the motor or system The sunroof can only be opened, components could occur. closed, or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position. The sunroof can be operated for WARNING approximately 10 minutes after the Sunroof operation ignition switch is turned to the ACC When closing the sunroof, make or OFF position. sure there are no body parts in the However, if the front door is opened, movement range of the sliding roof. the sunroof cannot be operated Parts of the body could become even within the 10 minutes period. trapped or crushed.

NOTICE WARNING - In cold and wet climates, the sun Never adjust the sunroof or sunroof may not work properly due to shade while driving. This could result freezing conditions. in loss of control and an accident After the vehicle is washed or in a that may cause death, serious rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any injury, or property damage. water that is on the sunroof before operating it.

4 34 Features of your vehicle Sunroof

CAUTION or forward to the first detent position. Make sure the sunroof is fully closed • To open the sunroof (autoslide when leaving your vehicle. If the feature), push the sunroof control sunroof is opened, rain or snow may switch backward to the second leak through the sunroof and wet detent position. - the interior as well as increase the The sunroof will slide to the rec risk of theft. ommended open position before the maximum slide open position. To stop the sunroof sliding at any WARNING point, push the sunroof control switch momentarily. Roof cargo • To open the sunroof to the maxi- Do not operate the sun roof while mum slide open position, press using the roof rack to transport the switch towards the rear of 4 cargo. This may cause the cargo to the vehicle once again and hold it come loose and distract the driver. until the sunroof slide all the way open.

WARNING NOTICE Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. To reduce wind noise while driving, It may cause vehicle damage. we recommend you to drive at the recommended position before the maximum slide open position. Sliding the sunroof • To close the sunroof (autoslide feature), move the sunroof control switch forward to the second detent position. The sunroof will close all the way. To stop the sunroof sliding at any point, pull or push the sunroof control switch momentarily.

OSK3048052NR • To open or close the sunroof (manual slide feature), push the sunroof control switch backward

4 35 Features of your vehicle Sunroof

CAUTION Tilting the sunroof Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.

Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detected while the sunroof is closing OSK3048053NR automatically, it will reverse direc- • To tilt open the sunroof, push the tion, and then stop. sunroof control switch upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position. • To close the sunroof, push the sunroof switch forward until the sunroof moves to the desired position.

WARNING Sunroof

ODEEV068027NR Do not extend the face, neck, arms The auto reverse function will not or body outside through the sunroof work if a small obstacle is caught in opening while driving or operating the sunroof. You should always the sunroof. make sure that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it. CAUTION Sunroof motor damage If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, the glass or the motor could be damaged.

4 36 Features of your vehicle Sunroof

CAUTION Resetting the sunroof Reset the sunroof when: Sunroof Operation • The battery is discharged or dis- When closing the sunroof, make connected or the sunroof fuse has sure there are no body parts in the been replaced or disconnected. movement range of the sliding roof. • The sunroof control switch is not Parts of the body could become operating correctly. trapped or crushed Reset the sunroof as described below. Sunshade 1. The ignition switch must be in the The sunshade will be opened with ON position. 2. Close the sunroof completely. the glass panel automatically when 3. Release the control switch. the glass panel is opened. You will 4 4. Push the control switch forward have to close it manually if you want until the sunroof tilts and slightly it closed. moves up. Then, release switch. 5. Push the control switch forward until the sunroof is operated as follows: 1)TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE 2)Then, release the control switch.

NOTICE Do not release the switch until the ODEEV068029NR operation is completed. CAUTION If you release the switch during operation, try again from step 2. The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade. Do not 6. Release the sunroof control pull or push the sunshade by hand switch. (The sunroof system has as such action may damage the been reset.) sunshade or cause it to malfunction. * For more detailed information, contact an authorized Kia dealer.

4 37 Features of your vehicle Steering wheel

NOTICE Steering wheel If the sunroof is not reset when the The steering wheel of this vehicle is vehicle battery is disconnected or equipped with electronic power discharged, or related fuse is blown, steering. the sunroof may operate improperly. Electronic power steering Power steering uses an electric motor to assist you in steering the Sunroof open warning vehicle. If the driver turns off the ignition If the vehicle is off or if the power switch or START/STOP button when steering system becomes inopera- the sunroof is not fully closed, the tive, the vehicle may still be steered, warning chime will sound for but it will require increased steering approximately a few seconds and a effort. message will appear on the LCD window. Electronic power steering is controlled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor. The steering effort becomes heavier as the vehicle's speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle's speed decreases for better control of the steering wheel. OSK3048103NR Should you notice any change in the Close the sunroof securely when effort required to steer during nor- leaving your vehicle. mal vehicle operation, have the power steering checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 38 Features of your vehicle Steering wheel

NOTICE If the Electronic Power Steering System does not operate normally, The following symptoms may occur the warning light will illuminate on during normal vehicle operation: the instrument cluster. The steering • The EPS warning light does not wheel may become difficult to con- illuminate. trol or operate abnormally. In this • The steering gets heavy immedi- case, have the system inspected by ately after turning the ignition an authorized Kia dealer. switch is ON position. This hap- When you operate the steering pens as the system performs the wheel in low temperature, the EPS system diagnostics. When steering effort may be high and the diagnostics are completed, abnormal noise could occur. If tem- the steering wheel will return to perature rises, the noise will disap- its normal condition. pear. This is a normal condition. 4 • A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after turning the When the vehicle is stationary, and ignition switch is turned to the ON the steering wheel is turned all the or LOCK position. way to the left or right continu- • A motor noise may be heard when ously, the steering wheel becomes the vehicle is at a stop or at a low harder to turn. The power assist is driving speed. limited to protect the motor from • If the Electronic Power Steering overheating. - System does not operate nor As time passes, the steering wheel - mally, the warning light will illumi will return to its normal condition. nate on the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may become Tilt & telescopic steering wheel difficult to control or operate abnormally. Take your vehicle to A tilt and telescopic steering wheel an authorized Kia dealer and have allows you to adjust the steering the vehicle checked as soon as wheel before you drive possible. You can also raise it to give your - • When the charging system warn legs more room when you exit and ing light comes on due to the low enter the vehicle. voltage (when the alternator or battery does not operate nor- The steering wheel should be posi- mally or malfunctions), the steer- tioned so that it is comfortable for ing wheel may require increased you to drive, while permitting you to steering effort. see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges.

4 39 Features of your vehicle Steering wheel

WARNING NOTICE Steering wheel adjustment After adjustment, sometimes the Never adjust the angle and height of lock-release lever may not lock the the steering wheel while driving. You steering wheel. may lose steering control. It is not a malfunction. This occurs when two gears engage. In this case, adjust the steering wheel Adjusting steering wheel angle and again and then lock the steering height wheel.

Heated steering wheel (if equipped) With the ignition switch in the ON position, pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate.

OSK3048055NR 1. To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock release lever (1). 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2) and height (3). 3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place. 4. Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position OSK3048056NR before driving. To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button once again. The indicator on the button will turn off.

4 40 Features of your vehicle Steering wheel

NOTICE Horn To sound the horn, press the area The heated steering wheel will turn indicated by the horn symbol on off automatically approximately 30 your steering wheel (see illustra- minutes after the heated steering tion). wheel is turned on.

CAUTION • Do not install any type of grip cover for the steering wheel, it may impair the function of the heated steering wheel system. • When cleaning the heated steer- 4 ing wheel, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, OSK3048057NR benzene, alcohol and gasoline. The horn will operate only when this Doing so may damage the surface area is pressed. Check the horn reg- of the steering wheel. ularly to be sure it operates prop- • If the surface of the steering erly. wheel is damaged by a sharp object, damage to the heated steering wheel components could occur.

WARNING If the steering wheel becomes too warm, turn the system off. The heated steering wheel may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time.

4 41 Features of your vehicle Mirrors

Mirrors CAUTION - This vehicle is equipped with a rear Cleaning mirror view mirrors inside and outside to When cleaning the mirror, use a provide views of objects behind the paper towel or similar material vehicle. dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the Inside rearview mirror mirror. It may cause the liquid Adjust the rearview mirror so that cleaner to enter the mirror housing. the center view through the rear window is seen. Make this adjustment before you start driving. Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped) Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision through the rear window.

WARNING Mirror adjustment Do not adjust the rearview mirror while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control. OSK3048058NR * (1): Day, (2): Night WARNING Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night Do not modify the inside mirror in lever is in the day position (1). any manner, including installing a wide mirror. Doing so could result in Pull the day/night lever toward you injury during an accident or deploy- (2) to reduce the glare from the ment of the air bag. headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

4 42 Features of your vehicle Mirrors

Day/night rearview mirror with Telematics buttons are also located Telematics function (if equipped) on the mirror. 1. Virtual Assist button For day and night function: 2. UVO (Voice local search) button 3. Roadside assist button

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with UVO service (if equipped)

4 ODEEV068034NR * (1): Day, (2): Night Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever (1) is in the day position. OSK3048097NR Pull the day/night lever (2) toward The electric rearview mirror auto- you to reduce the glare from the matically controls the glare from headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. the headlights of the vehicles behind Remember that you lose some you in nighttime or low light driving rearview clarity in the night position. conditions. The sensor (4) mounted in the mirror senses the light level For Telematics button function: around the vehicle, and automatically controls the headlight glare from the vehicles behind you. When the engine is running, the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror. Telematics buttons are also located on the mirror. 1. Virtual Assist button OSK3048088NR 2. UVO (Voice local search) button 3. Roadside assist button

4 43 Features of your vehicle Mirrors

Outside rearview mirror Adjusting the outside rearview mir- Your vehicle is equipped with both rors left-hand and right-hand outside rearview mirrors. Be sure to adjust the mirror angles before driving. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street. OSK3048059NR CAUTION Adjusting the rearview mirrors: Rearview mirrors 1. Move the L (Front left side) or R (Fron Do not scrape ice off the mirror t right side) switch (1) to face; this may damage the surface select the rearview mirror you of the glass. If ice should restrict the would like to adjust. movement of the mirror, do not 2. Use the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror force the mirror for adjustment. To (2) up, down, left or right. remove ice, use a de-icer spray, a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water. CAUTION • The mirrors stop moving when If the mirror is jammed with ice, do they reach the maximum adjust- not adjust the mirror by force. Use ing angles, but the motor contin- - an approved spray de-icer (not radi ues to operate while the switch is - ator antifreeze) to release the fro pressed. Do not press the switch zen mechanism or move the vehicle longer than necessary, the motor to a warm place and allow the ice to may be damaged. melt. • Do not attempt to adjust the out- WARNING side rearview mirror by hand. Doing so may damage the parts. Mirror adjustment Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control.

4 44 Features of your vehicle Mirrors

Folding the outside rearview mirror With folding key & smart key Manual type • The mirror will fold or unfold 1. To fold the outside rearview mir- when the door is locked or ror, grasp the housing of the mir- unlocked by the key. ror and then fold it toward the With smart key rear of the vehicle. • The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle. (if equipped) The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows: • The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or 4 unlocked by the smart key. • The mirror will fold or unfold OSK3048060NR when the door is locked or Electric type unlocked by the button on the • The outside rearview mirror can outside door handle. be folded or unfolded by pressing • The mirror will unfold when you the switch when the ignition approach the vehicle (all doors switch is in the ON position as closed and locked) with a smart below. key in possession when the Wel- come Mirror function is activated in User Settings. (if equipped)

CAUTION The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFF. However, to prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while OSK3048061NR the engine is not running. 1. To fold the outside rearview mirror depress the button (1). Do not fold an electric type outside 2. To unfold it, depress the button rearview mirror by hand as this (1) again. could cause motor failure.

4 45 Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster

Instrument cluster

Type A

OSK3048100NR Type B

OSK3048101NR * The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights 6. LCD display

4 46 Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster

Instrument cluster control Gauges The brightness of the instrument The gauges display various informa- panel illumination is changed by tion such as the speed of the vehi- pressing the illumination control cle, the amount of charge of the button ("+" or "-") when ignition battery, and so on. switch is ON, or the taillights are turned on. Speedometer

OSK3048048NR OSK3048106NR • If you hold the illumination control The speedometer indicates the button ("+" or "-"), the brightness speed of the vehicle and is cali- will be changed continuously. brated in miles per hour (mph) and/ or kilometers per hour (km/h).

Tachometer

OSK3048104NR • If the brightness reaches to the maximum or minimum level, an alarm will sound. OSK3048107NR The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).

4 47 Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster

Use the tachometer to select the WARNING correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the Never remove the radiator cap when - engine. the engine is hot. The engine cool ant is under pressure and could CAUTION severely burn. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the Do not operate the engine within reservoir. the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage. Fuel Gauge

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

OSK3048110NR This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in OSK3048108NR the fuel tank. This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the NOTICE ignition switch or ENGINE START/ STOP button is ON. • The fuel tank capacity is given in "Recommended lubricants and CAUTION capacities" on page 8-6. • The fuel gauge is supplemented If the gauge pointer moves beyond by a low fuel warning light, which the normal range area toward the will illuminate when the fuel tank "H" position, it indicates overheating is nearly empty. that may damage the engine. • On inclines or curves, the fuel Do not continue driving with an gauge pointer may fluctuate or overheated engine. If your vehicle the low fuel warning light may overheats, refer to "If the engine come on earlier than usual due to overheats" on page 6-8. the movement of fuel in the tank.

4 48 Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster

- WARNING driven and should be used to deter mine when periodic maintenance Fuel Gauge should be performed. - Running out of fuel can expose vehi • Odometer range: 0~999,999 miles cle occupants to danger. or 1,599,999 kilometers. You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the Outside Temperature Gauge warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the "E" level.

CAUTION 4 Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter. OSK3048113NR This gauge indicates the current NOTICE outside air temperatures by 1 /F (1 /C). The fuel display may not be accurate if the vehicle is on an incline. • Temperature range: -40~211 /F (-40~85 /C) The outside temperature on the Odometer display may not change immediately like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being distracted. To change the temperature unit (from /F to /C or from /C to /F) The temperature unit can be changed by using the "User Set- tings" mode of the LCD display.

OSK3048112NR * For more details, refer to "LCD dis- The odometer Indicates the total play" on page 4-51. distance that the vehicle has been

4 49 Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster

Transmission shift indicator Manual transmission shift Indica- Transmission shift indicator displays tor (if equipped) gear information depending on your This indicator informs which gear is vehicle's transmission type. desired while driving to save fuel.

Intelligent variable transmission shift indicator (if equipped) This indicator displays which automatic transmission shift lever is selected.

OSK3048129NR • Shifting up: ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6 • Shifting down: ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, ▼5 For example • ▲3: Indicates that shifting up to OSK3048128NR the 3rd gear is desired (currently • Park: P the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st • Reverse: R gear). • Neutral: N • ▼4: Indicates that shifting down • Drive: D to the 4th gear is desired (cur- • Sports Mode: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 rently the shift lever is in the 5th or 6th gear). When the system is not working properly, the indicator is not displayed.

4 50 Features of your vehicle LCD display

Dual clutch transmission shift indi- LCD display cator (if equipped) The LCD display shows trip com- This indicator displays which shift puter and other information. lever is selected. LCD Display Control The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.

OSK3048161NR • Park: P • Reverse: R • Neutral: N • Drive: D • Sports Mode: S OSK3048143NR 1. : MODE button for changing modes 2. / : MOVE switch for changing items 3. OK: SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

4 51 Features of your vehicle LCD display

LCD Display Modes The LCD display provides 5 modes. You can switch modes by pressing the Mode button.

Mode

Trip Computer Turn By Turn Assist User Settings Master warning (TBT) Fuel Economy Route Guidance Lane Safety Head-Up Display The Master Accumulated Driver Attention Driver Assis- Warning mode Destination Info - Info Warning tance displays warn ing messages Drive Info Door related to the Speedometer Smart Cruise Lights vehicle when Transmission Control with one or more Sound Up/Down Temperature Stop & Go systems is not operating nor- Convenience mally. Service Interval TPMS Other features Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

4 52 Features of your vehicle LCD display

Trip computer mode Assist mode

OSK3048114NR OSK3048116NR The trip computer mode displays This mode displays the state of: information related to vehicle driv- • Lane Safety system 4 ing parameters including fuel econ- • Driver Attention Warning (DAW) omy, tripmeter information and • Smart Cruise Control with Stop & vehicle speed. Go • Tire Pressure * For more details, refer to "Trip information (Trip computer)" on * For more details, refer to each page 4-60. system information in "Driving your vehicle" on page 5-7. Turn By Turn (TBT) mode Tire pressure status * For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page 6-9.

OSK3048115NR This mode displays the state of the navigation.

4 53 Features of your vehicle LCD display

Master warning mode If the warning situation is resolved, the master warning light will be turned off and the Master Warning icon will disappear.

Transmission temperature gauge for dual clutch transmission This mode displays the transmission temperature.

OSK3048117NR This warning light informs the driver the following situations. • LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped) • Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system malfunction (if equipped)

• Forward Collision-Avoidance OSK3048118NR Assist radar blocked (if equipped) • Blind-Spot Collision Warning sys- User settings mode tem malfunction (if equipped) In this mode, you can change the • Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar settings of the instrument cluster, blocked (if equipped) doors, lamps, etc. • Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go malfunction (if equipped) • Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go radar blocked (if equipped) • Lamp malfunction • High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped) At this time, a Master Warning icon ( ) will appear beside the User

Settings icon ( ), on the LCD dis- OSK3048119NR play. 1. Head-Up Display 2. Driver Assistance

4 54 Features of your vehicle LCD display

3. Door 4. Lights 5. Sound 6. Convenience 7. Service Interval 8. Other features 9. Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

Shift to P to edit settings / Engage parking brake to edit settings 4 This warning message appears if you try to adjust the User Settings while driving.

OSK3048130NR • Dual Clutch Transmission / Intelli- gent Variable Transmission: For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and moving the shift lever to P (Park). • Manual Transmission: For your safety, change the User Settings after engaging the parking brake.

4 55 Features of your vehicle LCD display

1. Head-Up Display (if equipped)

Explanation Display Height Adjust the height (1~20) of the HUD image on the HUD screen. Rotation Adjust the degree (-5~+5) of the HUD rotation. Brightness Adjust the intensity (1~20) of the HUD brightness. If below items are checked, the items will be activated. • Audio/Video info • Driving assist info Contents Selection • Lane safety info • Blind-spot safety info • Turn By Turn • Traffic Info Speedometer size • Small/Medium/Large Speedometer color • White/Orange/Green

2. Driver Assistance (if equipped)

Explanation • Slow/Normal/Fast To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system. SCC response * For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control (if equipped)" on page 5-79. • High sensitivity / Normal sensitivity / Off To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver Attention Warning. Driver Attention Warning * For more details, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) (if equipped)" on page 5-123. • Normal/Later Warning timing To select the Warning time • High/Medium/Normal/Off Warning volume To select the Warning volume • Active assist, Warning only, Off Forward Safety To select the functions. • LKA/LDW/Off Lane Safety To select the functions. • Rear cross-traffic safety / Warning only / Off Blind-spot safety To select the functions. * The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

4 56 Features of your vehicle LCD display

3. Door

Explanation

• Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. • Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h). Auto Lock • Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. • Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. • Vehicle Off / Key out (if equipped): All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch Auto Unlock or the Engine Star/Stop button is set to the OFF position. • On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the gear is shifted to the P (Park) position. 4 * The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

4. Lights

Explanation • Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. • 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times One touch turn indicator when the turn signal lever is moved slightly. * For more details, refer to "Lighting" on page 4-89. Head Lamp Delay If this item checked, the head lamp delay function will be activated. * The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

5. Sound

Explanation

Welcome sound If this item checked, the welcome sound function will be activated. * The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

4 57 Features of your vehicle LCD display

6. Convenience (if equipped)

Explanation

Welcome Mirror If this item checked, the welcome Mirror function will be activated. Wiper/Lights Display If this item checked, the Wiper/Lights Display will be activated. Auto rear wiper (reverse) If this item checked, the Auto rear wiper will be activated. If this item is checked, the Gear position pop-up display will be acti- Gear Position Pop-up vated. Icy road warning If this item is checked, the Icy road warning display will be activated. * The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

7. Service Interval

Explanation

Enable Service Interval If this item is checked, the Service Interval function will be activated. If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and Adjust Interval distance. Reset To reset the service interval function. If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. • Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. • Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed. If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. • The battery cable is disconnected. • The battery is discharged.

4 58 Features of your vehicle LCD display

8. Other features (if equipped)

Explanation

If this item checked, the average fuel economy will reset automatically Fuel Economy Auto Reset after refueling or after ignition. • US gallon, UK gallon Fuel Economy Unit To select the Fuel economy unit. * For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter. • /F / /C Temperature Unit To select the Temperature unit. • psi, kPa, bar Tire Pressure Unit To select the Tire Pressure Unit • N6m, lbf6ft Torque Unit To select the Torque Unit 4 • psi, kPa, bar Turbo boost pressure Unit To select the Turbo boost pressure Unit * The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

9. Reset

Explanation

You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the Reset User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.

4 59 Features of your vehicle LCD displays

LCD displays (if equipped) Trip Modes LCD displays show the following To change the trip mode, scroll the information to drivers. toggle the switch ( / ) on the steering wheel.

OSK3048142NR • Trip information • LCD modes • Warning messages

Trip information (Trip computer) The trip computer is a microcom- puter-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving. * 1) for vehicle equipped with dual clutch transmission NOTICE Fuel Economy Some driving information stored in the trip computer resets if the battery is disconnected.

OSK3048146NR

4 60 Features of your vehicle LCD displays

Average Fuel Economy (1) NOTICE • The average fuel economy is cal- The average fuel economy is not culated by the total driving dis- displayed for more accurate calcula- tance and fuel consumption since tion if the vehicle does not drive the last average fuel economy more than 10 seconds or 0.03 miles reset. (50 meters) since the ignition switch - Fuel economy range: 0~99.9 or ENGINE START/STOP button is mpg or L/100 km turned to ON. • The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and auto- Instant Fuel Economy (2) matically. Manual reset • This mode displays the instant To clear the average fuel economy fuel economy during the last few manually, press the OK button on seconds when the vehicle speed is 4 the steering wheel for more than 1 more than 6.2 mph (10 km/h). second when the average fuel econ- - Fuel economy range: omy is displayed. 0.0~50.0 mpg or 0.0~30 km/L, Automatic reset L/100 km To automatically reset the average fuel economy select either menu Accumulated Info display from the 'Fuel economy auto reset' This display shows the accumulated in the User Settings mode on the trip distance (1), the average fuel LCD display. efficiency (2), and the total driving • OFF - You may set to default time (3). manually by using the trip switch reset button. • After ignition - The vehicle will automatically set to default once 4 hours pass after the Ignition is in OFF. • After refueling - After refueling more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters) and driving over 1 mph (1 km/h), the vehicle will reset to default automatically. OSK3048145NR • Accumulated information is calculated after the vehicle has run for more than 0.19 miles (300 meters).

4 61 Features of your vehicle LCD displays

• If you press "OK" button for more • The Driving Information will be than 1 second after the Cumula- reset 4 hours after ignition has tive Information is displayed, the been turned off. So, when the information will be reset. vehicle ignition is turned on within • If the engine is running, even 4 hours, the information will not when the vehicle is not in motion, be reset. - the information will be accumu • If you press "OK" button for more lated. than 1 second after the Driving Information is displayed, the NOTICE information will be reset. The vehicle must be driven for a • If the engine is running, even minimum of 0.19 miles (300 when the vehicle is not in motion, - meters) since the last ignition key the information will be accumu cycle before the average accumulated. lated driving information is recalculated. NOTICE The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 Drive Info display meters) since the last ignition key This display shows the trip distance cycle before the driving information (1), the average fuel efficiency (2), is recalculated. and the total driving time (3) information once per one ignition cycle. Digital speedometer This digital speedometer display shows the speed of the vehicle.

OSK3048147NR • Fuel efficiency is calculated after the vehicle has run for more than

0.19 miles (300 meters). OSK3048331NR

4 62 Features of your vehicle LCD displays

Service Mode NOTICE This mode reminds you of scheduled If any of the following conditions maintenance information. occurs, the mileage and days may be incorrect. Service in • The battery cable is disconnected. It calculates and displays when you • The battery is discharged. need a scheduled maintenance service (mileage or days). Driving info display If the remaining mileage or time At the end of each driving cycle, the reaches 900 miles (1,500 km) or 30 Driving Info message is displayed. days, "Service in" message is displayed for several seconds each 4 time you set the ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.

Service required If you do not have your vehicle serviced according to the already inputted service interval, "Service OSK3048147NR required" message is displayed for This display shows the trip distance several seconds each time you set (1), average energy consumption the ignition switch or ENGINE (2), driving time (3). - START/STOP button to the ON posi This information is displayed for a tion. few seconds when you turn off the To reset the service interval to the vehicle, and then goes off automati- mileage and days you inputted cally. The information is calculated before: for each time the vehicle is turned • Press the OK button (Reset) for on. more than 1 second. NOTICE • If sunroof open warning is displayed in the cluster, the Driving Information message may not be displayed.

4 63 Features of your vehicle LCD displays

LCD display messages Check Steering Wheel Lock System for smart key system Engine has overheated This warning message illuminates if This warning message illuminates there is malfunction in steering when the engine coolant tempera- wheel lock system when the ENGINE ture is above 248 /F (120 /C). This START/STOP button changes to the mean that the engine is overheated OFF position. and may be damaged. * If your vehicle is overheated, refer Press clutch pedal to start engine for smart key system and manual to "If the engine overheats" on transmission page 6-8. This warning message illuminates if the ENGINE START/STOP button Low Key Battery for smart key system changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly This warning message illuminates if without depressing the clutch pedal. the battery of the smart key is discharged when the ENGINE START/ It means that you should depress STOP button changes to the OFF the clutch pedal to start the engine. position. Key not in vehicle for smart key Press START button while turning system wheel for smart key system This warning message illuminates if It means that you should press the the smart key is not in the vehicle - ENGINE START/STOP button while when the ENGINE START/STOP but turning the steering wheel right and ton is in the ON position. left. It means that you should always have the smart key with you. Steering wheel unlocked for smart key system Key not detected for smart key This warning message illuminates if system the steering wheel is not lock when This warning message illuminates if the ENGINE START/STOP button the smart key is not detected when changes to the OFF position. you press the ENGINE START/STOP button.

4 64 Features of your vehicle LCD displays

Door, Hood, Liftgate open warning Sunroof open warning display (if display equipped)

OSK3048121NR OSK3048103NR This warning is displayed if any door This warning is displayed if you turn 4 or the hood or the liftgate is left off the vehicle when the sunroof is open. The warning will indicate open. which door is open in the display. Close the sunroof securely before leaving your vehicle. CAUTION Low Pressure warning display Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/hood/ liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.

OSK3068004NR This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated. * For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page 6-9.

4 65 Features of your vehicle LCD displays

Lights mode You can activate or deactivate Wiper/Lights Display function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.

Shift to P or N to start engine for smart key system This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N

OSK3048123NR (Neutral) position. This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the light- Press brake pedal to start engine ing control. for smart key system You can activate or deactivate This warning message illuminates if Wiper/Lights Display function from the ENGINE START/STOP button the User Settings mode in the clus- changes to the ACC position twice ter LCD display. by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal. Wiper mode It means that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine.

Battery discharging due to external electrical devices The vehicle can detect self-discharge of the battery due to over- current that is generated by unauthorized electrical devices such as black box mounting during parking. OSK3048124NR Please note that functions such as This indicator displays which wiper Idle Stop and Go (ISG) are limited speed is selected using the wiper and battery discharge problems control. may occur.

4 66 Features of your vehicle LCD displays

If the warning continues even after Check DAW System (if equipped) external electrical devices are This warning message is displayed if removed, have your vehicle there is a problem with the Driver inspected by an authorized Kia Attention Alert System. In this case, dealer. have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Press START button again for * For more information, refer to smart key system "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) (if This warning message illuminates if equipped)" on page 5-123. you cannot operate the ENGINE START/STOP button when there is a Check BCW System (if equipped) problem with the ENGINE START/ This warning message is displayed if STOP button system. 4 there is a problem with the Blind- It means that you could start the Spot Collision Warning (BCW) sys- engine pressing the ENGINE by tem. In this case, have the vehicle START/STOP button once more. inspected by an authorized Kia If the warning illuminates each time dealer. you pr ess the ENGINE START/STOP * For more information, refer to button, have the vehicle inspected "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (if by an authorized Kia dealer. equipped)" on page 5-101.

Press START button with key for Icy Road Warning (if equipped) smart key system This warning message illuminates if you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while the warning message "Key not detected" is illuminating. At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.

OSK3048141NR This warning is to warn the driver the road may be icy.

4 67 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

When the following conditions occur, Warning and indicator lights the warning light (including Outside The warning light and indicator light Temperature Gauge) blinks 5 times indicate a situation where the driver and then illuminates, and also warn- should be careful and whether the ing chime sounds once. various functions are activated. • The temperature on the Outside Temperature Gauge is below Warning lights approximately 40 /F (4 /C). The warning light indicates situa- NOTICE tions that require the driver to pay attention. If the icy road warning appears while driving, you should drive more NOTICE attentively and safely refraining from over-speeding, rapid accelera- Warning lights tion, sudden braking or sharp turn- Make sure that all warning lights are ing, etc. OFF after starting the vehicle. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.

Air bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates: • Once you set the ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the SRS. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 68 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

Seat Belt Warning Light still found, the warning light remains on, or the brakes do not This warning light informs the driver operate properly, do not drive the that the seat belt is not fastened. vehicle. * For more details, refer to "Seat In this case, have your vehicle belts" on page 3-19. towed to an authorized Kia dealer and inspected. Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warn- Dual-diagonal braking system ing Light Your vehicle is equipped with dualdi- agonal braking systems. This means This warning light illuminates: you still have braking on two wheels • Once you set the ignition switch even if one of the dual systems or ENGINE START/STOP button to should fail. 4 the ON position. With only one of the dual systems - It illuminates for approximately working, greater pedal pressure are 3 seconds required to stop the vehicle. - It remains on if the parking Also, the vehicle will require brake is applied. increased stopping distance with only a portion of the brake system • When the parking brake is applied. working. • When the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low. WARNING - If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning released, it indicates the brake Light fluid level in reservoir is low. Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking If the brake fluid level in the reser- Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light voir is low: illuminates with the parking brake 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe released, it indicates that the brake location and stop your vehicle. fluid level is low. 2. With the vehicle stopped, check In this case, have your vehicle the brake fluid level immediately inspected by an authorized Kia and add fluid as required (For dealer. more details, refer to "Brake fluid" on page 7-24). Then check all brake components for fluid leaks. If any leak on the brake system is

4 69 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) WARNING Warning Light Electronic Brake force Distribution This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System Warning Light When both ABS and Parking Brake & • Once you set the ignition switch Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, or ENGINE START/STOP button to the brake system will not work nor- the ON position. mally and you may experience an - It illuminates for approximately unexpected and dangerous situation 3 seconds and then goes off. during sudden braking. • When there is a malfunction with the ABS (The normal braking sys- In this case, avoid high speed driving tem will still be operational with- and abrupt braking. out the assistance of the anti- Have your vehicle inspected by an lock brake system). authorized Kia dealer as soon as In this case, have your vehicle possible. inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Warning Light Electronic Brake force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light This warning light illuminates: • Once you set the ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP button to These two warning lights illuminate the ON position. at the same time while driving: - It remains on until the vehicle is • When the ABS and regular brake started. system may not work normally. - When there is a malfunction In this case, have your vehicle with the EPS. inspected by an authorized Kia • When there is a malfunction with dealer. the EPS. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 70 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

Charging System Warning Light CAUTION Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) - This warning light illuminates: Driving with the Malfunction Indica - • Once you set the ignition switch tor Lamp (MIL) on may cause dam or ENGINE START/STOP button to age to the emission control systems the ON position. which could effect drivability and/or • When there is a malfunction with fuel economy. either the alternator or electrical charging system. CAUTION If there is a malfunction with either If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp the alternator or electrical charging (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic system: converter damage is possible which 4 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe could result in loss of engine power. location and stop your vehicle. In this case, have the vehicle 2. Turn the engine off and check the inspected by an authorized Kia alternator drive belt for looseness dealer. or breakage. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light dealer.

This warning light illuminates: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) • Once you set the ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position. This warning light illuminates: - It remains on until the engine is • Once you set the ignition switch started. or ENGINE START/STOP button to • When the engine oil pressure is the ON position. low. - It remains on until the engine is started. • When there is a malfunction with the emission control system. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 71 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

If the engine oil pressure is low: Low Fuel Level Warning Light 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. This warning light illuminates: 2. Turn the engine off and check the When the fuel tank is nearly empty. engine oil level (For more details, refer to "Engine oil and filter" on If the fuel tank is nearly empty: page 7-19. If the level is low, add Add fuel as soon as possible. oil as required. If the warning light remains on CAUTION after adding oil or if oil is not available, have the vehicle Low Fuel Level inspected by an authorized Kia Driving with the Low Fuel Level dealer. warning light on or with the fuel level below "E" can cause the engine CAUTION to misfire and damage the catalytic converter. (if equipped) Engine Overheating Do not continue driving with the engine overheated. Otherwise the Low Tire Pressure Warning Light engine may be damaged. (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates: CAUTION • Once you set the ignition switch Engine damage or ENGINE START/STOP button to If the engine is not stopped immedi- the ON position. ately after the engine oil pressure - It illuminates for approximately warning light is illuminated and 3 seconds and then goes off. stays on while the engine is running, • When one or more of your tires serious engine damage may result. are significantly under inflated. (The location of the underinflated tires are displayed on the LCD display). * For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page 6-9.

4 72 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

This warning light remains on after Master Warning Light blinking for approximately 60 seconds or repeats blinking on and off This warning light informs the at the intervals of approximately 3 driver the following situations seconds: • LED headlamp malfunction (if • When there is a malfunction with equipped) the TPMS. • Blind-Spot Collision Warning sys- In this case, have your vehicle tem malfunction (if equipped) inspected by an authorized Kia • Smart Cruise Control with Stop & dealer. Go malfunction (if equipped) * For more details, refer to "Tire • Forward Collision-Avoidance Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page 6-9. Assist system malfunction (if equipped) 4 WARNING • Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped) Low tire pressure • Smart Cruise Control with Stop & • Significantly low tire pressure Go radar blocked (if equipped) makes the vehicle unstable and • Forward Collision-Avoidance can contribute to loss of vehicle Assist radar blocked (if equipped) - control and increased braking dis • Lamp malfunction tances. • High Beam Assist malfunction (if • Continued driving or low pressure equipped) - tires will cause the tires to over To identify the details of the warn- heat and fail. ing, look at the LCD display.

WARNING LED Headlamp Warning Light Safe Stopping (if equipped) • The TPMS cannot alert you to This warning light illuminates: severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors. • Once you set the ignition switch • If you notice any vehicle instabil- or ENGINE START/STOP button to ity, immediately take your foot the ON position. off the accelerator pedal, apply - It illuminates for approximately the brakes gradually with light 3 seconds and then goes off. force, and slowly move to a safe • When there is a malfunction with position off the road. the LED headlamp.

4 73 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

In this case, have your vehicle vehicle inspected by an authorized inspected by an authorized Kia Kia dealer. dealer. * For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA This warning light blinks: Sensor fusion type (front Camera + • When there is a malfunction with front radar type) (if equipped)" on a LED headlamp related part. page 5-62. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia Door Ajar Warning Light (if dealer. equipped) CAUTION This warning light illuminates: LED Headlamp Warning Light When a door is not closed securely. Continuous driving with the LED Headlamp Warning Light on or blink- Liftgate Open Warning Light ing can reduce LED headlamp (low (if equipped) beam) life. This warning light illuminates: When the liftgate is not closed Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist securely. (FCA) System Warning Light (if equipped) Washer Fluid Warning Light (if This indicator light illuminates: equipped) • Once you set the ignition switch This warning light illuminates: or ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position. • When the washer fluid level in the - It illuminates for approximately reservoir is nearly empty. 3 seconds and then goes off. In this case, you should refill the • When the FCA system is turned washer fluid. off. • When the radar sensor or cover is Indicator lights blocked with dirt or snow. Check The indicator light indicates the sensor and cover and clean whether the various functions are them by using a soft cloth. activated. • When there is a malfunction with FCA. If this occurs, have your

4 74 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Immobilizer Indicator Light (With- Indicator Light out Smart Key) This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When the vehicle detects the • Once you set the ignition switch immobilizer in your key properly or ENGINE START/STOP button to while the ignition switch is ON. the ON position. - At this time, you can start the - It illuminates for approximately engine. 3 seconds and then goes off. - The indicator light goes off • When there is a malfunction with after starting the engine. the ESC system. In this case, have your vehicle This indicator light blinks: inspected by an authorized Kia When there is a malfunction with 4 dealer. the immobilizer system. In this case, have the vehicle This indicator light blinks: inspected by an authorized Kia While the ESC is operating. dealer. * For more details, refer to "Elec- tronic stability control (ESC)" on Immobilizer Indicator Light (With page 5-44. Smart Key)

This indicator light illuminates for Electronic Stability Control (ESC) up to 30 seconds: OFF Indicator Light • When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle properly This indicator light illuminates: while the ENGINE START/STOP • Once you set the ignition switch button is ACC or ON. or ENGINE START/STOP button to - At this time, you can start the the ON position. engine. - It illuminates for approximately - The indicator light goes off 3 seconds and then goes off. after starting the engine. • When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF This indicator light blinks for a few button. seconds: * For more details, refer to "Elec- • When the smart key is not in the tronic stability control (ESC)" on vehicle. page 5-44. - At this time, you cannot start the engine.

4 75 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

This indicator light illuminates for 2 NOTICE seconds and goes off: • When the vehicle cannot detect When the engine automatically the smart key which is in the starts by the ISG system, warning vehicle while the ENGINE START/ lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or STOP button is ON. Parking brake warning light) may In this case, have your vehicle turn on for a few seconds. inspected by an authorized Kia This happens because of the low dealer. battery voltage. It does not mean the system is malfunctioning. This indicator light blinks: • When the battery of the smart Turn Signal indicator Light key is weak. • When there is a malfunction with This indicator light blinks: the immobilizer system. • When you turn the turn signal In this case, have your vehicle light on. inspected by an authorized Kia If any of the following occurs, there dealer. may a malfunction with the turn signal system. Auto stop indicator In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia This indicator will illuminate when dealer. the engine enters the Idle Stop • The indicator light does not blink mode of the ISG (Idle Stop and Go) but illuminates. system. • The indicator light blinks more When the automatic starting rapidly. - occurs, the auto stop indicator on • The indicator light does not illumi the cluster will blink for 5 seconds. nate at all. * For more details, refer to "ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system" on page 5- Low Beam Indicator Light (if 95. equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: • When the headlights are on.

4 76 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

High Beam Indicator Light LKA (Lane Keeping Assist) System Indicator (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: The LKA indicator will illuminate • When the headlights are on and in when you turn the lane keeping the high beam position. assist system on by pressing the • When the turn signal lever is LKA button. pulled into the Flash-to-Pass If there is a problem with the sys- position. tem, the yellow LKA indicator will illuminate. High beam assist indicator (if * For more details, refer to "Lane equipped) Keeping Assist (LKA) System (if equipped)" on page 5-127. This warning light illuminates: 4 • When the High-Beam is on with Cruise Indicator Light (if the light switch in the AUTO light equipped) position. • If your vehicle detects oncoming This indicator light illuminates: or preceding vehicles, the high • When the cruise control system is beam assist system will switch enabled. the high beam to low beam auto- * For more details, refer to "Smart matically. Cruise Control (if equipped)" on * For more details, refer to "High page 5-79. Beam Assist (if equipped)" on page 4-93. SPORT Mode Indicator Light (if equipped) Light ON Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When the tail lights or headlights • When you select "SPORT" mode are on. as drive mode. * For more details, refer to "Drive mode integrated control system (if Front Fog Indicator Light (if equipped)" on page 5-99. equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: • When the front fog lights are on.

4 77 Features of your vehicle Head-Up Display (HUD)

ECO Mode Indicator Light Head-Up Display (HUD) (if (if equipped) equipped) The Head-Up Display is a transpar- This indicator light illuminates: ent display which projects a shadow • When you select "ECO" mode as of some information of the instru- drive mode. ment cluster and navigation on the * For more details, refer to "Drive HUD screen. mode integrated control system (if equipped)" on page 5-99.

OSK3048062NR

Head-Up Display screen operation The hidden screen will go up when you press the screen operation switch on the left side of the lower part of crash pad and if you press the switch again, the screen will return to its original hidden position.

OSK3048063NR

4 78 Features of your vehicle Head-Up Display (HUD)

- • The Head-Up Display closes auto WARNING matically when the door is locked with the smart key in the vehicle Head-Up Display OFF state. • Do not place any accessories on • For smart key vehicles, the lock/ the Head-Up Display shutter. It unlock button on the outside han- might fall into Head-Up Display dle of the front door automati- and can damage to Head-Up Dis- cally closes the Head-Up Display play. when the door is locked. • Do not attach stickers or accesso- • If you do not lock the door in the ries to the Head-Up Display and vehicle OFF state, the Head-Up the crash pad. Display closes automatically after • Do not manually adjust the shut- about 5 minutes. ter and combiner. The images • The Head-Up Display image on may not be visible due to finger- 4 the HUD screen may not be visible prints. Excessive external force when: during operation may cause dam- - Sitting posture is bad. age. - Wearing a polarized sunglasses. • Do not place any objects near the - There is an object on the cover Head-Up Display. Interference of the Head-Up Display. with the object during operation - Driving on a wet road. may damage it. - Lighting is turned on inside the • Do not place any objects around vehicle. the Head-Up Display. It might - Any light comes from the out- enter the narrow gap of the cover side. and affects operation. - Wearing inadequate glasses for • Do not place any liquids around your eyesight. the Head-Up Display. Water or • If the Head-Up Display image is other liquids can break when it not shown well, adjust the height, flows into the Head-Up Display. rotation or illumination of the • Do not expose the combiner to Head-Up Display in the cluster. strong light. The combiner may be • When the Head-Up Display needs deformed. inspection or repair, have your • Do not use organic solvents, vehicle inspected or repaired by detergents or abrasive cloths to an authorized Kia dealer. clean the Head-Up Display. Wipe it off with a soft cloth. Do not strongly wipe Head-Up Display shutter. it might be damaged.

4 79 Features of your vehicle Head-Up Display (HUD)

• For safety, be sure to adjust the Head-Up Display Setting settings when vehicle stopped. On the LCD display, you can change • When opening, closing and height the Head-Up Display settings as fol- adjusting the Head-Up Display, lows. noise may be generated by the 1. Display height motor and gear. 2. Rotation 3. Brightness 4. Content selection Head-Up Display Information 5. Speedometer size 6. Speedometer color * For more details, refer to "LCD Dis- play Modes" on page 4-52

OSK3048332NR 1. Turn By Turn navigation information 2. Road signs 3. Speedometer 4. Cruise setting speed 5. Smart Cruise Control (SCC) information 6. Lane Keeping Assist information 7. Blind-Spot Collision Warning information 8. Warning lights (Low fuel) 9. AV mode information * Road Sings and Turn By Turn navigation information are available depending on the region.

4 80 Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning-reverse

Parking distance warning- WARNING reverse (if equipped) Parking distance warning-reverse The parking distance warning- Never rely solely on the parking dis- reverse assists the driver during tance warning-reverse. Always per- backward movement of the vehicle form a visual inspection to make by chiming if any object is sensed sure the vehicle is clear of all within a distance of 47 in (120 cm) obstructions before moving the behind the vehicle. vehicle in any direction. Stop immediately if you are aware of a child anywhere near your vehicle. Some objects may not be detected by the sensors, due to the object's size or material. 4

Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse

OSK3048001NR Operating condition - This system is a supplemental sys • This system will activate when tem and it is not intended to nor the indicator on the rear parking does it replace the need for extreme assist OFF button is not illumi- care and attention of the driver. The nated. If you desire to deactivate - sensing range and objects detect the rear parking assist system, - able by the back sensors (1) are lim press the rear parking assist OFF ited. Whenever backing-up, pay as button again. (The indicator on much attention to what is behind the button will illuminate.) To turn you as you would in a vehicle with- the system on, press the button out a parking distance warning- again. (The indicator on the but- reverse. ton will go off.) • This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch ON. If the vehicle is moving at a speed over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system may not be activated correctly.

4 81 Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning-reverse

• The sensing distance while the rial is removed or the sensor is no back-up warning system is in longer blocked.) operation is approximately 47 in 3. Driving on uneven road surfaces (120 cm) at the rear bumper cen- (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, ter area, 23.5 in (60 cm) at the gradient). rear bumper side area. 4. Objects generating excessive • When more than two objects are noise (vehicle horns, loud motor- sensed at the same time, the cycle engines, or truck air brakes) closest one will be recognized are within range of the sensor. first. 5. Rain or water spray exists. 6. Wireless transmitters or mobile Types of warning sound phones are within range of the • When an object is 47 in to 24 in sensor. (120 cm to 61 cm) from the rear 7. The sensor is covered with snow. bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit- 8. Trailer towing tently. • When an object is 24 in to 12 in The detecting range may decrease (60 cm to 31 cm) from the rear when: bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre- 1. The sensor is covered with foreign quently. matter such as snow or water. • When an object is within 16 in (40 (The sensing range will return to cm) of the rear bumper: normal when removed.) Buzzer sounds continuously. 2. Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold. Non-operational conditions of parking distance warning-reverse The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: The parking distance warning- 1. Sharp or slim objects such as reverse may not operate properly ropes, chains or small poles. when: 2. Objects which tend to absorb the 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. sensor frequency such as clothes, (It will operate normally once the sound absorbent material or moisture clears.) snow. 2. The sensor is covered with foreign 3. Undetectable objects smaller than matter, such as snow or water, or 40 in (1 m) in height and narrower the sensor cover is blocked. (It will than 6 in (14 cm) in diameter. operate normally when the mate-

4 82 Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning-reverse

Parking distance warning-reverse close to objects on the road, partic- precautions ularly pedestrians, and especially • The parking distance warning- children. Always visually check reverse system may not sound behind the vehicle when backing up. consistently depending on the Be sure to inform any drivers of the speed and shapes of the objects vehicle that may be unfamiliar with detected. the system regarding the system's • The parking distance warning- capabilities and limitations. reverse system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been mod- Self-diagnosis - ified or damaged. Any non-fac If you don't hear an audible warning tory installed equipment or sound or if the buzzer sounds inter- 4 accessories may also interfere mittently when shifting the gear to with the sensor performance. the R (Reverse) position, this may • The sensor may not recognize indicate a malfunction in the parking objects less than 15 in (40 cm) distance warning-reverse system. If from the sensor, or it may sense this occurs, have your vehicle an incorrect distance. Use caution. checked by an authorized Kia dealer - • When the sensor is frozen or cov as soon as possible. ered with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until NOTICE the material is removed using a soft cloth. Your new vehicle warranty does not • To prevent damage, do not push, cover any accidents or damage to scratch or strike the sensor. the vehicle or injuries to its occupants. Always drive safely and cau- NOTICE tiously. This system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors. It cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors. Pay close attention when the vehicle is driven

4 83 Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning

Parking distance warning (if vehicle without a parking distance equipped) warning. The parking distance warning WARNING assists the driver during movement of the vehicle by chiming if any The parking distance warning is a object is sensed within the distance supplemental system only. of 39 in (100 cm) in front and 47 in The operation of the parking dis- (120 cm) behind the vehicle. tance warning can be affected by several factors (including environ- Rear mental conditions). It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the front and rear views before and while parking.

Operation of the parking distance warning

Operating condition

OSK3048001NR Front

OSK3048002NR • This system activates when the OSK3048003NR parking distance warning button The sensing range and objects is pressed with the ignition switch detectable by the sensors (1) are or START/STOP button ON. limited. Whenever moving pay as • The indicator of the parking dis- much attention to what is in front tance warning button turns on and behind of you as you would in a automatically and activates the parking distance warning when

4 84 Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning

you shift the gear to the R • The side sensors are activated (Reverse) position. It will turn off when you shift the gear to the R automatically when you drive (Reverse) position. above 12.4 mph (20 km/h). • If the vehicle speed is above 12.4 • The sensing distance while back- mph (20 km/h), the system auto- ing up is approximately 47 in (120 matically turns off. To activate cm) when you are driving less again, push the button. than 6.2 mph (10 km/h). • The sensing distance while mov- NOTICE ing forward is approximately 39 in It may not operate if the vehicle's (100 cm) when you are driving distance from the object is already less than 6.2 mph (10 km/h). less than approximately 10 in (25 • When more than two objects are cm) when the system is activated. sensed at the same time, the 4 closest one will be recognized first.

Type of warning indicator and sound

Warning indicator Distance from object Warning sound When driving forward When driving rearward

39~24 inch Buzzer beeps intermit- Front - (100~61 cm) tently

47~24 inch Buzzer beeps intermit- Rear - (120~61 cm) tently

23~12 inch Front Buzzer beeps frequently (60~31 cm) Rear - Buzzer beeps frequently

Buzzer beeps continu- Front 11 inch ously (30 cm) Buzzer beeps continu- Rear - ously

4 85 Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning

NOTICE • Sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or • The actual warning sound and the sensor cover is blocked. (It will indicator may differ from the operate normally when the mate- illustration depending on the rial is removed or the sensor is no objects or sensor status. longer blocked.) • Do not wash the vehicle's sensor • Sensor is stained with foreign with high pressure water. matter such as snow or water. (Sensing range will return to normal when removed.) NOTICE • The parking assist button is off. • This system can only sense objects within the range and loca- There is a possibility of parking dis- tion of the sensors; It cannot tance warning malfunction when: detect objects in other areas • Driving on uneven road surfaces where sensors are not installed. such as unpaved roads, gravel, Also, small or slim objects, such as bumps, or gradient. poles or objects located between • Objects generating excessive sensors may not be detected by noise such as vehicle horns, loud the sensors. motorcycle engines, or truck air Always visually check behind the brakes can interfere with the vehicle when backing up. sensor. • Be sure to inform any drivers of • Heavy rain or water spray. the vehicle that may be unfamiliar • Wireless transmitters or mobile with the system regarding the phones present near the sensor. systems capabilities and limita- • Sensor is covered with snow. tions. Detecting range may decrease when: Non-operational conditions of • Outside air temperature is parking distance warning extremely hot or cold. • Undetectable objects smaller than Parking distance warning may not 4 in (1 m) and narrower than 5.5 operate normally when: in (14 cm) in diameter. • Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will operate normally when moisture melts.)

4 86 Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning

The following objects may not be NOTICE recognized by the sensor: • Sharp or slim objects such as This system can only sense objects ropes, chains or small poles. within the range and location of the • Objects, which tend to absorb sensors, it cannot detect objects in sensor frequency such as clothes, other areas where sensors are not spongy material or snow. installed. Also, small or slim objects, or objects located between sensors NOTICE may not be detected. Always visually check in front and - 1. The warning may not sound con behind the vehicle when driving. Be sistently depending on the speed sure to inform any drivers in the and shapes of the objects vehicle that may be unfamiliar with detected. the system regarding the systems 4 2. The parking distance warning capabilities and limitations. may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. Any non- NOTICE factory installed equipment or Pay close attention when the vehicle accessories may also interfere is driven close to objects on the with the sensor performance. road, particularly pedestrians, and 3. Sensor may not recognize objects especially children. Be aware that less than 12 in (30 cm) from the some objects may not be detected sensor, or it may sense an incor- by the sensors, due to the objects rect distance. Use with caution. distance, size or material, all of 4. When the sensor is frozen or which can limit the effectiveness of stained with snow or water, the the sensor. Always perform a visual sensor may be inoperative until inspection to make sure the vehicle the stains are removed using a is clear of all obstructions before soft cloth. moving the vehicle in any direction. 5. Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

4 87 Features of your vehicle Rear view monitor

Self-diagnosis Rear view monitor When you shift the gear to the R The rearview camera will activate (Reverse) position and if one or with the ignition switch or START/ more of the below occurs you may STOP button in the ON and the shift have a malfunction in the parking lever in the R (Reverse) position. distance warning system. • You don't hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently. • (blinks) is displayed.

If this occurs, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OSK3048004NR NOTICE Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants. Always drive safely and cautiously.

OSK3048005NR • This system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the inside/outside rearview mirrors and the area behind the vehicle before and while backing up. • Always keep the camera lens clean. If lens is covered with foreign matter, the camera may not operate normally.

4 88 Features of your vehicle Lighting

* If your vehicle is equipped with Lighting multimedia system, rearview dis- This vehicle is equipped with a vari- play image will show behind the ety of lights to illuminate the inte- vehicle through the multimedia rior and exterior of the vehicle. screen while backing-up. Refer to a separately supplied manual for Battery saver function detailed information. The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being dis- WARNING charged if the lights are left in the Backing & using camera ON position. The system automati- Never rely solely on the rear view cally shuts off the parking lights 30 camera. You must always use seconds after the vehicle is turned methods of viewing the area behind off and the driver's door is opened 4 you including looking over both and closed. shoulders as well as continuously With this feature, the parking lights checking all three rear view mirrors. will turn off automatically if the Due to the difficulty of ensuring driver parks on the side of the road that the area behind you remains at night and opens the driver's side clear, always back up slowly and door. - stop immediately if you even sus If necessary, to keep the parking pect that a person, and especially a lights on when the vehicle is turned child, might be behind you. off, perform the following: 1. Open the driver-side door. 2. Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column.

Headlight escort function (if equipped) If you turn the ignition switch or START/STOP button to the ACC or OFF position with the headlights ON, the headlights remain on for about 5 minutes. However, if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds.

4 89 Features of your vehicle Lighting

The headlights can be turned off by To operate the lights, turn the knob pressing the lock button on the at the end of the control lever to transmitter (or smart key) one one of the following positions: more or turning the light switch to 1. OFF position / DRL off position. the OFF position. 2. Auto light position 3. Parking & Tail light Daytime running light (if equipped) 4. Headlight position The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see Parking Tail light the front of your vehicle during the day. DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions, and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sun- set. The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when: • The headlight switch is on. • The taillight is in the ON position. ODEEV068132NR • The vehicle is off. When the light switch is in the park- • The front fog light is on. ing light position, the tail, license and • Engaging the Parking Brake instrument panel lights will turn ON.

Lighting control Headlight position The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position.

ODEEV068133NR

ODEEV068131NR

4 90 Features of your vehicle Lighting

- When the light switch is in the head CAUTION light position, the head, tail, license lights will turn ON. • Never place anything over the sensor (1) located on the instrument panel as this will ensure NOTICE better auto-light system control. The ignition switch or START/STOP • Don't clean the sensor using a button must be in the ON position to window cleaner, the cleaner may turn on the headlights. leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation. • If your vehicle has window tint or Auto light (if equipped) other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the Auto light system may not work prop- 4 erly.

Operating high beam

OSK3048083NR When the light switch is in the AUTO light position, the taillights and headlights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle. ODEEV068135NR When the light switch is positioned To turn on the high beam headlamp: at an auto light position, at first, the • Push the lever away from you. wiper will turn on and then, after 5 The lever will return to its original seconds the head lamp will turn on position. automatically. The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams If the head lamp has been turned on are switched on. due to this function of the vehicle, To prevent the battery from being - the head lamp will turn off 60 sec discharged, do not leave the lights onds after the wiper has been on for a prolonged time while the turned off. vehicle is off.

4 91 Features of your vehicle Lighting

WARNING Operating turn signals and lane change signals High beams Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles in front of or approaching your vehicle. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.

To flash the headlights: • Pull the lever towards you.

ODEEV068137NR The ignition switch or START/STOP button in the must be on for the turn signals to function. To turn on the turn signals: • Move the lever up or down (A). The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating. ODEEV068136NR They will self-cancel after a turn It will return to the normal (low is completed. If the indicator con- beam) position when released. tinues to flash after a turn, man- The headlight switch does not ually return the lever to the OFF need to be on to use this flashing position. feature. To signal a lane change: • Move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.

4 92 Features of your vehicle Lighting

NOTICE To turn off the fog lights: • Turn the fog light switch (1) to If an indicator flash is abnormally the OFF position. quick or slow, a bulb may be burned - out or have a poor electrical connec High Beam Assist (if equipped) tion in the circuit. The High Beam Assist is a system that automatically adjusts the One-touch lane change function headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) depending To activate an one-touch lane to the brightness of detected vehi- change function, move the turn sig- cles and certain road conditions. nal lever slightly and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3 times. 4

Operating front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are designed to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.

ODEEV068139NR

Operating High Beam Assist The High Beam Assist can be operated using the light switch. 1. Place the light switch in the AUTO position. 2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you. The ODEEV068138NR High Beam Assist ( ) indicator The fog lights will turn on when the will illuminate. fog light switch (1) is turned to the The High Beam Assist will turn on on position after the headlight is when vehicle speed is above 25 mph turned on. (40 km/h).

4 93 Features of your vehicle Lighting

The details of operation with the • When streetlights or other lights light switch while the High Beam are detected. Assist is on are below. • When the light switch is not in the • If the light switch is pushed away, AUTO position. the High Beam Assist will turn off • When the High Beam Assist is off. and the high beam will be on. • When vehicle speed is below 15 • If the light switch is pulled mph (24 km/h). towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will be on High Beam Assist warning light and without canceling the operation message of the High Beam Assist. (When When the High Beam Assist System you hands off, the lever will move is not working properly, a warning to the middle and the high beam message "Check High Beam Assist will turn off.) (HBA) system" will come on for a • If the light switch is pulled few second. towards you when the high beam is on by the High Beam Assist, the low beam will be on and the High Beam Assist will turn off. • If the light switch is turned to the headlamp position ( ) from AUTO position, the High Beam Assist will turn off and the low beam will be on.

When the High Beam Assist is oper- OSK3048162NR ating, the high beam switches to After the message disappears, the low beam in the following condi- master warning light ( ) will illu- tions. minate. Take your vehicle to an • When the headlamp is detected from the on-coming vehicle. authorized Kia dealer and have the • When the tail lamp is detected system checked. from the front vehicle. • When headlamp / tail lamp of bicycle/motorcycle is detected. • When the surrounding is so bright that high beams are not needed.

4 94 Features of your vehicle Lighting

CAUTION - When there is a temporary reflector or flash ahead (con- The High Beam Assist system may struction area). not work properly in the following - When the road conditions are situations: bad such as being wet, iced or • When the light from a vehicle is covered with snow. poor - When a vehicle suddenly - When the light from a vehicle is appears from a curve. not detected because of lamp - When the vehicle is tilted from damage, or because it is hidden a flat tire or being towed. from sight, etc. • When front visibility is poor - When the lamp of a vehicle is - When the lamp of the on-com- covered with dust, snow or ing or front vehicle is covered water. with dust, snow or water. 4 - When a vehicle's headlamps are - When the light from a vehicle is off but the fog lamps on and not detected because of etc. exhaust fume, smoke, fog, • When external conditions inter- snow, etc. vene - When the front window is cov- - When there is a lamp that has a ered with foreign substance. similar shape as a vehicle's - When it is hard to see because lamps. of fog, heavy rain or snow and - When the headlamp is not etc. repaired or replaced at an authorized dealer. - When headlamp aiming is not NOTICE properly adjusted. • Do not disassemble a front view - When driving on a narrow camera temporarily for tinted - curved road, rough road, down window or attaching any types of hill or uphill. coatings and accessories. If you - When only part of the vehicle in disassemble the camera and front is visible on a crossroad or assemble it again, take your vehi- curved road. cle to an authorized Kia dealer - When there is a traffic light, and have the system checked. reflecting sign, flashing sign or • When you replace or reinstall the mirror ahead. windshield glass take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.

4 95 Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers

• Be careful that water doesn't get Wipers and washers into the High Beam Assist unit The wipers and washers remove and do not remove or damage foreign substances from the wind- parts of the High Beam Assist shield and rear window, helping to system. maintain visibility. • Do not place objects on the dash board that reflect light such as Front windshield wiper/washer mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may not be able to function if sunlight is reflected. • At times, the High Beam Assist may not operate due to system limitations. The system is for your convenience only. It is the responsibility of the driver to drive safely and always check the road conditions. ODEEV068143NR • When the system does not oper- Rear windshield wiper/washer ate normally, change the lamp position manually between the high beam and low beam.

ODEEV068144NR A: Wiper speed control (front) • MIST – Single wipe • OFF – Off • INT – Intermittent wipe • LO – Low wiper speed • HI – High wiper speed B: Intermittent control wipe time adjustment

4 96 Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers

C: Wash with brief wipes (front) wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system. D: Rear wiper/washer control • HI – Continuous wipe • LO – Intermittent wipe Auto control (if equipped) • OFF – Off Type A E: Wash with brief wipes (rear)

Windshield washers Operates as follows when the ignition switch or START/STOP button is turned ON. MIST: For a single wiping cycle, move 4 the lever to this (MIST) position and release it. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in OSK3048084NR this position. The rain sensor (A) located on the OFF: Wiper is not in operation upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and INT: Wiper operates intermittently controls the wiping cycle for the at the same wiping intervals. Use proper interval. The more it rains, this mode in light rain or mist. To the faster the wiper operates. When vary the speed setting, turn the the rain stops, the wiper stops. speed control switch. To vary the speed setting, turn the LO: Normal wiper speed speed control knob (1). HI: Fast wiper speed If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is NOTICE ON, the wiper will operate once to If there is heavy accumulation of perform a self-check of the system. snow or ice on the windshield, Set the wiper to OFF (O) position defrost the windshield for about 10 when the wiper is not in use. minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation. If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the

4 97 Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers

WARNING blades. Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield When the ignition switch is ON and properly prior to operating the the windshield wiper switch is windshield wipers. placed in the AUTO mode, use caution in the following situations to avoid any injury to the hands or Operating windshield washer other parts of the body: Use this function when the wind- • Do not touch the upper end of the shield is dirty. windshield glass facing the rain sensor. • Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth. • Do not put pressure on the windshield glass.

CAUTION ODEEV068145NR • When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF (O) posi- 1. Move the wiper speed control switch to the OFF position. tion to stop the auto wiper opera- 2. Pull the lever gently toward you tion. to spray washer fluid on the The wiper may operate and be windshield and to run the wipers damaged if the switch is set in the 1-3 cycles. AUTO mode while washing the The spray and wiper operation vehicle. will continue until you release the • Do not remove the sensor cover lever. located on the upper end of the If the washer does not work, check passenger side windshield glass. the washer fluid level. If the fluid Damage to system parts could level is not sufficient, you will need occur and may not be covered by to add appropriate non-abrasive your vehicle warranty. windshield washer fluid to the • When starting the vehicle in win- washer reservoir. ter, set the wiper switch in the OFF (O) position. Otherwise, wip- The reservoir filler neck is located in ers may operate and ice may the front of the motor compart- damage the windshield wiper ment on the passenger side.

4 98 Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers

CAUTION Operating rear window wiper and washer switch Washer pump The rear window wiper and washer To prevent possible damage to the switch is located at the end of the washer pump, do not operate the wiper and washer switch lever. washer when the fluid reservoir is • Turn the switch to the desired empty. position to operate the rear wiper and washer. WARNING Obscured visibility Do not use the washer in freezing temperatures without first warming 4 the windshield with the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision.

ODEEV068146NR CAUTION • HI: Continuous wipe • LO: Intermittent wipe Wipers & windshields • OFF: OFF • To prevent possible damage to • Push the lever away from you to the wipers or windshield, do not spray rear washer fluid and to run operate the wipers when the the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. windshield is dry. • To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kero- sene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. • To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.

ODEEV068147NR The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever

4 99 Features of your vehicle Interior lights

Interior lights Room lamp This vehicle is equipped with lights Type A throughout the vehicle to illuminate the interior. Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the vehicle is off. It may cause battery discharge.

WARNING

Interior Lights ODEEV068148NR Do not use the interior lights when Type B driving in the dark. Accidents could happen because the view may be obscured by interior lights.

Automatic turn off function (if equipped) The interior lights automatically turn off approximately 20 minutes after the ignition switch or START/ OSK3048007NR STOP button is turned off, if the • : The light stays on at all times. lights are in the ON position. If your vehicle is equipped with the theft alarm system, the interior lights automatically turn off approximately 5 seconds after the system is armed.

4 100 Features of your vehicle Interior lights

Map lamp smart key as long as the doors Type A are not opened. - The map lamp and room lamp will stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the ignition switch or START/STOP button in the ACC or LOCK/OFF position. - The map lamp and room lamp will stay on continuously if the door is opened with the ignition switch or START/STOP button

OSK3048098NR in the ON position. Type B - The map lamp and room lamp 4 will go out immediately if the ignition switch or START/STOP button is changed to the ON position or all doors are locked. - To turn off the DOOR mode, press the DOOR button (2) once again (not pressed).

NOTICE The DOOR mode and ROOM mode OSK3048006NR cannot be selected at the same • Press the lens (1) to turn ON the time. map lamp. To turn the map lamp OFF press Front Room Lamp: the lens (1) again. • (2): DOOR mode • Type A - The map lamp and room lamp (3): Press this switch to turn come on when a door is opened. the front and rear room lamps on. The lamps go out after approx- (4): Press this switch to turn imately 30 seconds. the front and rear room lamps - The map lamp and room lamp off. come on for approximately 30 • Type B seconds when doors are (3): Press this switch to turn unlocked with a transmitter or the front and rear room lamps on and off.

4 101 Features of your vehicle Interior lights

Liftgate room lamp • : The lamp will turn on if this The liftgate room lamp comes on button is pressed. when the liftgate is opened. • : The lamp will turn off if this button is pressed.

CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sun visor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage

OSK3048008NR the sun visor.

NOTICE Glove box lamp (if equipped) The liftgate lamp comes on as long as the liftgate lid is open. To prevent The glove box lamp comes on when unnecessary charging system drain, the glove box is opened. close the liftgate lid securely after using the liftgate.

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

OSK3048009NR

CAUTION To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the glove box ODEEV068157NR securely after using the glove box. • Push the switch to turn the light on or off.

4 102 Features of your vehicle Welcome system

Welcome system (if equipped) Defroster The welcome system is a function The vehicle is equipped with a that illuminates the surroundings or defroster for removing frost or fog the interior when the driver from the rear window. approaches or exits the vehicle. CAUTION - Headlight (Headlamp) escort func Conductors tion To prevent damage to the conduc- The headlights (and/or taillights) tors bonded to the inside surface of - remain on for approximately 5 min the rear window, never use sharp utes after the vehicle is turned off. instruments or window cleaners However, if the driver's door is containing abrasives to clean the 4 opened and closed, the headlights window. are turned off after 15 seconds. The headlights can be turned off by If you want to defrost and defog the - pressing the lock button on the front windshield, refer to "Wind transmitter or smart key twice or shield defrosting and defogging" on turning off the light switch from the page 4-126. headlight or Auto light position. Operating rear window defroster Interior light The defroster heats the window to When the interior light switch is in remove frost, fog and thin ice from the DOOR position and all doors (and the rear window, while the vehicle is liftgate) are locked and closed, the on. room lamp will come on for 30 sec- If there is heavy accumulation of onds if any of the following occurs: snow on the rear window, brush it • With the smart key system off before operating the rear - When the door unlock button is defroster. pressed on the smart key. - When the button of the outside door handle is pressed. At this time, if you press the door lock button, the lamps will turn off immediately.

4 103 Features of your vehicle Defroster

Type A • Press the rear window defroster button again.

Outside mirror defroster If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

OSK3048313NR NOTICE Type B The rear window defroster may turn off in the below conditions. • Engine temperature is less than 77 /F (25 /C) and the vehicle speed is from 1~6 mph (1~10 km/ h) with the gear position in "D" or "R". If the vehicle stops or the vehicle speed is over 6 mph (10 km/h) the rear window defroster turns on OSK3048306NR again. To activate the rear window defroster: • Press the rear window defroster button located in the center fascia switch panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON. The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch or START/STOP button is turned off. To turn off the defroster:

4 104 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

Manual climate control system

OSK3048301NR 1. Fan speed control knob 4 2. Air intake control button 3. Mode selection knob 4. Rear window defroster button 5. Temperature control knob 6. Air conditioning button (if equipped)

CAUTION Operating the blower when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the engine is running.

4 105 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

Heating and air conditioning

OSK3048314NR 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; • Heating: • Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning (if equipped) system on.

4 106 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

Mode selection Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E) The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through Most of the air flow is directed to the ventilation system. the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters. 4

OSK3048303NR Instrument panel vents Air can be directed to the floor, The outlet vents can be opened or dashboard outlets, or windshield. closed separately using the thumb- Five symbols are used to represent wheel. To close the vent, rotate it Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost downward to the maximum posi- and Defrost air position. tion.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face OSK3048304NR and the floor. Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using Floor-Level (C, E, A, D) the vent control lever as shown. Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

4 107 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

Temperature control In this mode, the air conditioning The temperature control knob and the recirculated air position will allows you to control the tempera- be selected automatically. ture of the air flowing from the ventilation system. Controlling air intake The air intake control is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position.

OSK3048304NR To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment, turn the knob to the right for warm and OSK3048329NR hot air or to the left for cooler air. To change the air intake control position. MAX A/C selection • Put the control button To operate the MAX A/C, turn the Recirculated air position temperature knob to extreme left. Air flow is directed toward the With the recirculated air upper body and face. position selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled OSK3048305NR according to the function selected.

4 108 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

NOTICE Controlling fan speed The fan speed control knob allows Prolonged operation of the heater in you to control the fan speed of the the recirculated air position (without air flowing from the ventilation sys- air conditioning selected) may cause tem. fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the pas- The ignition switch must be in the senger compartment may become ON position for fan operation. stale. To change the fan speed: In addition, prolonged use of the air • Turn the knob to the right for conditioning with the recirculated air higher speed or left for lower position selected will result in speed. excessively dry air in the passenger compartment. 4

WARNING • Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure OSK3048307NR visibility. • Setting the fan speed control • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the knob to the "0" position turns off air conditioning or heating system the fan. on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature. • Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.

4 109 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

Turning off the blowers 2. Set the air intake control to the To turn off the blowers: outside (fresh) air position. • Turn the fan speed control knob 3. Set the temperature control to to the "0" position. the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

Heating 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.

OSK3048330NR 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. Air conditioning (A/C) 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position.

Operation Tips • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, tempo- OSK3048308NR rarily set the air intake control to • Press the A/C button to turn the the recirculated air position. Be air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate). sure to return the control to the - • Press the button again to turn the fresh air position when the irrita air conditioning system off. tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle. This will help keep System operation the driver alert and comfortable. • Air for the heating/cooling system Ventilation is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield. Care 1. Set the mode to the position. should be taken that these are

4 110 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

not blocked by leaves, snow, ice or CAUTION other obstructions. • To prevent interior fog on the • The refrigerant system should windshield, set the air intake con- only be serviced by trained and trol to the fresh air position and certified technicians to insure fan speed to the desired position, proper and safe operation. • The refrigerant system should be turn on the air conditioning sys- serviced in a well-ventilated place. tem, and adjust the temperature • The air conditioning evaporator control to desired temperature. (cooling coil) shall never be repaired or replaced with one Air conditioning removed from a used or salvaged Kia Air Conditioning Systems are vehicle and new replacement MAC evaporators shall be certified (and filled with environmentally friendly 4 refrigerant*. labeled) as meeting SAE Standard 1. Start the engine. Push the air J2842. conditioning button. 2. Set the mode to the position. NOTICE 3. Set the air intake control to the • When using the air conditioning outside air or recirculated air system, monitor the temperature position. gauge closely while driving up hills 4. Adjust the fan speed control and or in heavy traffic when outside temperature control to maintain temperatures are high. Air condi- maximum comfort. tioning system operation may * : Your vehicle is filled with R-134a cause engine overheating. Con- or R-1234yf according to the reg- tinue to use the blower fan but ulation in your country at the time turn the air conditioning system - of producing. You can find out off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating. which air conditioning refrigerant is • When opening the windows in applied your vehicle at the label humid weather air conditioning inside of engine room. Refer to may create water droplets inside "Refrigerant label" on page 8-10 the vehicle. Since excessive water - for more detail location of air con droplets may cause damage to ditioning refrigerant label. electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed.

4 111 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

Air conditioning system operation flow because of rapid cooling and tips humid air intake. This is a normal • If the vehicle has been parked in system operation characteristic. direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a Climate control air filter (if short time to let the hot air inside equipped) the vehicle escape. The climate control air filter • To help reduce moisture inside of installed behind the glove box filters the windows on rainy or humid the dust or other pollutants that days, decrease the humidity come into the vehicle from the out- inside the vehicle by operating the side through the heating and air air conditioning system. conditioning system. • During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal system operation characteristic. • Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance. ODEEV068230NR • When using the air conditioning A: Outside air system, you may notice clear B: Recirculated air water dripping (or even puddling) on the ground under the passen- C: Climate control air filter ger side of the vehicle. This is a D: Blower normal system operation charac- E: Evaporator core teristic. • Operating the air conditioning F: Heater core system in the recirculated air If dust or other pollutants accumu- - position provides maximum cool late in the filter over a period of ing, however, continual operation time, the air flow from the air vents in this mode may cause the air may decrease, resulting in moisture inside the vehicle to become stale. accumulation on the inside of the • During cooling operation, you may windshield even when the outside occasionally notice a misty air

4 112 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

(fresh) air position is selected. If this Each symbols and specification on happens, have the climate control air conditioning refrigerant label air filter replaced by an authorized means as below: Kia dealer. 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant NOTICE 3. Classification of Compressor lubricant • Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. You can find out which air condition- If the vehicle is being driven in ing refrigerant is applied your vehi- severe conditions such as dusty or cle at the label inside of the engine rough roads, more frequent air room. conditioner filter inspections and Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page changes are required. 8-10 for more detail location of air 4 • When the air flow rate suddenly conditioning refrigerant label. decreases, have the system checked by an authorized Kia Checking the amount of air condi- dealer. tioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant Air Conditioning refrigerant label When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air con- Example ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also has a bad influence on the air conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer.

OSK3068035NR * The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

4 113 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

WARNING Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf* Because the refrigerant is mildly inflammable and at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehicle and personal injury.

* : Your vehicle is filled with R- 1234yf according to the regulation in your country at the time of producing. You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied your vehicle at the label inside of engine room. Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page 8-10 for more detail location of air conditioning refrigerant label.

4 114 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Automatic climate control system

OSK3048302NR 1. Driver's temperature control knob 4 2. AUTO (automatic control) button 3. Front windshield defroster button 4. Rear window defroster button 5. Air conditioning button 6. Air intake control button 7. Blower OFF button 8. Fan speed control button 9. Mode selection button 10.Passenger's temperature control knob 11.SYNC button 12.A/C display

NOTICE Operating the blower when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the engine is running.

4 115 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Heating and air conditioning auto- time to deselect the front matically windshield defroster function. 1. Press the AUTO button. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate The modes, fan speeds, air intake on the information display once and air-conditioning will be con- again.) trolled automatically by setting - Air intake control button the temperature. - Fan speed control switch The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically. • For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 72 /F (22 /C).

OSK3048316NR 2. Turn the temperature control NOTICE - switch to the desired tempera Do not place anything over the sen- ture. sor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.

OSK3048317NR • To turn the automatic operation off, select any button or switch of OSK3048010NR the following: - Mode selection button - Air conditioning button - Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more

4 116 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Manual heating and air conditioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob(s) other than the AUTO button.

OSK3048314NR In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or knob(s) selected. 1. Start the vehicle. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; • Heating: • Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.

4 117 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Mode selection Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E) The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through Most of the air flow is directed to the ventilation system. the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

OSK3048318NR The air flow outlet port is converted as follows:

OSK3048319NR Most of the air flow is directed to Face-Level (B, D) the windshield with a small amount Air flow is directed toward the of air directed to the side window upper body and face. Additionally, defrosters. each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the Instrument panel vents outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the wind- OSK3048315NR shield and side window defrosters.

4 118 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

The outlet vents can be opened or Adjusting the driver and passenger closed separately using the thumb- side temperature equally wheel. (if equipped) Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown.

Temperature control

OSK3048327NR • Press the "SYNC" button to adjust 4 the driver and passenger side temperature equally. The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature. OSK3048317NR • Turn the driver side temperature The temperature will increase to the control knob. The driver and pas- maximum (82 /F (28 /C)) by turning senger side temperature will be the knob to the extreme right. adjusted equally. The temperature will decrease to the minimum (62 /F (17 /C)) by Adjusting the driver and passenger turning the knob to the extreme side temperature individually left. • Press the "SYNC" button again to adjust the driver and passenger When turning the knob, the tem- side temperature individually. The perature will increase or decrease illumination of button turns off. by 1 /F / 0.5 /C. When set to the • Operate the driver side tempera- lowest temperature setting, the air ture control knob to adjust the conditioning will operate continu- driver side temperature. ously. • Operate the passenger side temperature control knob to adjust the passenger side temperature.

4 119 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Temperature conversion Outside (fresh) air position You can switch the temperature With the outside (fresh) air mode from Centigrade to Fahren- position selected, air heit as follows: enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled While pressing the OFF button, according to the function selected. press the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more. The display will Recirculated air position change from Centigrade to Fahren- With the recirculated air heit, or from Fahrenheit to Centi- position selected, air from grade. If the battery has been the passenger compart- discharged or disconnected, the ment will be drawn through the temperature mode display will reset heating system and heated or cooled according to the function to Fahrenheit. selected. Prolonged operation of the heater in Controlling air intake the recirculated air position (without This is used to select the outside air conditioning selected) may cause (fresh) air position or recirculated air fogging of the windshield and side - position. windows and the air within the pas senger compartment may become stale. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.

OSK3048320NR To change the air intake control position: • Push the control button.

4 120 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Controlling fan speed • Press the button again to turn the The fan speed can be set to the air conditioning system off. desired speed by operating the fan speed control button. WARNING To change the fan speed: Reduced Visibility - • Press button right for higher Continuous use of the climate con speed, or press button left for trol system in the recirculated air lower speed. position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.

4 WARNING Recirculated Air Continued use of the climate control system in the recirculated air posi- - OSK3048321NR tion can cause drowsiness or sleepi ness, and loss of vehicle control. Set • To turn the fan speed control off, press the front blower OFF but- the air intake control to the outside - ton. (fresh) air position as much as pos sible while driving. Air conditioning WARNING Sleeping with A/C on Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating on as this may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature.

OSK3048322NR • Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate).

4 121 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Turning off the front air climate When the automatic ventilation is control canceled, the indicator blinks 3 times. When the automatic ventilation is activated, the indicator blinks 6 times.

System operation

Ventilation 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the OSK3048323NR outside (fresh) air position. • Press the front blower OFF but- 3. Set the temperature control to - ton to turn off the front air cli the desired position. mate control system. 4. Set the fan speed control to the However, you can still operate the desired speed. mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch or START/STOP button is in the ON Heating position. 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the Automatic ventilation outside (fresh) air position. The system automatically selects 3. Set the temperature control to the outside (fresh) air position when the desired position. the climate control system operates 4. Set the fan speed control to the over a certain period of time (5 min- desired speed. utes) in low temperature with the 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, recirculated air position selected. turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. • If the windshield fogs up, set To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation the mode to the or When the air conditioning system is position. on, select Face Level mode and press the recirculated air position more than five times within 3 seconds while pressing A/C button.

4 122 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Operation Tips • When maximum cooling is • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes desired, set the temperature from entering the vehicle through control to the extreme left the ventilation system, tempo- position, set the mode control rarily set the air intake control to to the MAX A/C position, then the recirculated air position. Be set the fan speed control to the sure to return the control to the highest speed. fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air CAUTION in the vehicle. This will help keep Excessive A/C Use the driver alert and comfortable. When using the air conditioning sys- • Air for the heating/cooling system tem, monitor the temperature is drawn in through the grilles just gauge closely while driving up hills or 4 ahead of the windshield. Care in heavy traffic when outside tem- should be taken that these are peratures are high. Air conditioning not blocked by leaves, snow, ice or system operation may cause vehicle other obstructions. overheating. Continue to use the • To prevent interior fog on the blower fan but turn the air condi- windshield, set the air intake con- tioning system off if the tempera- trol to the fresh air position and ture gauge indicates vehicle fan speed to the desired position, overheating. turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature. CAUTION When opening the windows in humid Air conditioning (if equipped) weather, air conditioning may cre- All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are ate water droplets inside the vehi- filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. cle. Since excessive water droplets 1. Start the vehicle. Press the air may cause damage to electrical conditioning button. equipment, air conditioning should 2. Set the mode to the position. only be used with the windows 3. Set the air intake control to the closed. outside-air or recirculated air position. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.

4 123 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Air conditioning system operation flow because of rapid cooling and tips humid air intake. This is a normal • If the vehicle has been parked in system operation characteristic. direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a Climate control air filter (if short time to let the hot air inside equipped) the vehicle escape. The climate control air filter • To help reduce moisture inside of installed behind the glove box filters the windows on rainy or humid the dust or other pollutants that days, decrease the humidity come into the vehicle from the out- inside the vehicle by operating the side through the heating and air air conditioning system. conditioning system. • During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally notice a slight change in vehicle speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal system operation characteristic. • Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance. OSK3068036NR • When using the air conditioning If dust or other pollutants accumu- system, you may notice clear late in the filter over a period of water dripping (or even puddling) time, the air flow from the air vents on the ground under the passen- may decrease, resulting in moisture ger side of the vehicle. This is a accumulation on the inside of the normal system operation charac- windshield even when the outside teristic. (fresh) air position is selected. If this • Operating the air conditioning happens, have the climate control system in the recirculated air air filter replaced by an authorized position provides maximum cool- Kia dealer. ing; however, continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale. • During cooling operation, you may occasionally notice a misty air

4 124 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

NOTICE CAUTION • Replace the filter every 15,000 It is important that the correct type miles or once a year. If the vehicle and amount of oil and refrigerant is is being driven in severe condi- used, otherwise damage to the tions such as dusty or rough vehicle may occur. To prevent dam- roads, more frequent air condi- age, the air conditioning system in tioner filter inspections and your vehicle should only be serviced changes are required. by trained and certified technicians. • When the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized Kia WARNING dealer. Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf 4 Because the refrigerant is - Checking the amount of air condi mildly inflammable and at very high tioner refrigerant and compressor pressure, the air conditioning sys- lubricant tem should only be serviced by When the amount of refrigerant is trained and certified technicians. low, the performance of the air con- It is important that the correct type ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also and amount of oil and refrigerant is has a negative impact on the air used. conditioning system. Otherwise, it may cause damage to Therefore, if abnormal operation is the vehicle and personal injury. found, have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING The oil and refrigerant in your vehicle's air conditioning system is under very high pressure. If proper service procedures are not followed an explosion may result. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

4 125 Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging

Air Conditioning refrigerant label Windshield defrosting and Example defogging When the windshield is covered with frost or moisture, the front view is blurred, so you should remove the frost and moisture.

WARNING Windshield heating Do not use the or position

OSK3068035NR during cooling operation in - * The actual Air Conditioning refrig- extremely humid weather. The dif erant label in the vehicle may dif- ference between the temperature fer from the illustration. of the outside air and the windshield could cause the outer surface of the Each symbol and specification on windshield to fog up, causing loss of the air conditioning refrigerant label visibility. In this case, set the mode is represented below: selection to the position and 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant fan speed control to the lower 3. Classification of Compressor lubri- speed. cant • For maximum defrosting, set the Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page temperature control to the 8-10 for more detail on the location extreme right/hot position and of air conditioning refrigerant label. the fan speed control to the highest speed. • If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position. • Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and all side windows.

4 126 Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging

• Clear all snow and ice from the To defrost outside windshield hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the prob- ability of fogging up the inside of the windshield.

Manual climate control system You can defog or defrost using the manual climate control system.

OSK3048310NR To defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position. 4 2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot position. 3. Select the position. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.

Automatic climate control system You can defog or defrost using the OSK3048309NR automatic climate control system. 1. Select any fan speed except "0" position. 2. Select desired temperature. Defogging inside windshield with 3. Select the or position. the automatic climate control 4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically. If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.

OSK3048324NR

4 127 Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging

1. Set the fan speed to the desired according to the detected ambi- position. ent temperature. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). Defogging logic (if equipped) 4. The outside (fresh) air position To reduce the possibility of fogging will be selected automatically and up the inside of the windshield, the the air conditioning will turn on air intake or air conditioning is con- according to the detected ambi- trolled automatically according to ent temperature. certain conditions such as or If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected position. - automatically, adjust the corre To cancel automatic defogging logic sponding button manually. If the or return to the automatic defog- position is selected, lower fan ging logic, do the following. speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed. Manual climate control system

Defrosting outside windshield with automatic climate control

OSK3048311NR 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

OSK3048325NR 2. Turn the mode selection knob to 1. Set the fan speed to the highest the defrost position ( ). position. 3. Push the air intake control button 2. Set the temperature to the at least 5 times within 3 seconds. extreme hot (HI) position. The indicator light in the air intake 3. Press the defroster button ( ). control button will blink 3 times. It 4. The outside (fresh) air position indicates that the defogging logic will be selected automatically and is canceled or returned to the the air conditioning will turn on programmed status.

4 128 Features of your vehicle Storage compartment

If the battery has been discharged Storage compartment or disconnected, it resets to the These compartments can be used to defog logic status. store small items required by the driver or passengers. Turning the defogging logic on or • To avoid possible theft, do not off leave valuables in the storage compartment. • Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close 4 securely.

OSK3048326NR WARNING 1. Turn the ignition switch or START/ Flammable materials STOP button to the ON position. Do not store, propane cylinders or 2. Press the defroster button ( ). other flammable/explosive materi- 3. While pressing the air conditioning als in the vehicle. These items may button (A/C), press the air intake catch fire and/or explode if the vehi- control button at least 5 times cle is exposed to hot temperatures within 3 seconds. for extended periods. The recirculation indicator blinks 3 times in 0.5 second of intervals. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

4 129 Features of your vehicle Storage compartment

Center console storage WARNING Glove Box To reduce the risk of injury in an accident or sudden stop, always keep the glove box door closed while driving.

NOTICE If the temperature control switch is OSK3048011NR in the warm or hot position, warm To open the center console storage: or hot air will flow into the glove • Pull up the lever. box.

Glove box Sunglass holder

OSK3048012NR

To open the glove box: OSK3048013NR • Pull the handle and the glove box To open the sunglass holder: will automatically open. • Press the cover and the holder will Close the glove box after use. slowly open. Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out. To close the sunglass holder push it up.

4 130 Features of your vehicle Storage compartment

WARNING CAUTION Sunglass holder To prevent damage to the goods or • Do not keep objects except sun- the vehicle, be careful when carrying glasses inside the sunglass holder. fragile or bulky objects in the lug- Such objects can be thrown from gage compartment. the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the WARNING vehicle. Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over- • Do not open the sunglass holder stretch the luggage net, ALWAYS while the vehicle is moving. The keep your face and body out of the rear view mirror of the vehicle can luggage net's recoil path. DO NOT be blocked by an opened sunglass use when the strap has visible signs 4 holder. of wear or damage.

Luggage net holder (if equipped) Increase cargo space (if equipped) If you want to increase cargo space, 1. Grasp the handle on the top of the cover and lift it

OSK3048014NR To keep items from shifting in the cargo area, you can use the 4 holders located in the cargo area to OSK3048015NR attach the luggage net. If necessary, Kia recommends contacting an authorized Kia dealer.

4 131 Features of your vehicle Interior features

2. Fold the rear part of the luggage Interior features board frontward There are various features inside the vehicle for the convenience of the occupants.

Cup holder The front and rear seats of the vehicle have cup holders to accommodate cups.

OSK3048016NR WARNING 3. Pull the luggage board hinge to Hot liquids the end of sliding slot and it will Do not place uncovered cups with fall down lower to increase cargo hot liquid in the cup holder while the space. vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you may burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle.

CAUTION • Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get OSK3048017NR into the vehicle's electrical/elec- 4. Slide it frontward (refer to the tronic system and damage elec- above pictures) trical/electronic parts. • When cleaning spilled liquids, do not use heat to dry the cup holders. This may damage the cup holder.

4 132 Features of your vehicle Interior features

Front Seat warmer (if equipped) The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather.

Front seat

OSK3048020NR Center (if equipped) 4

OSK3048023NR Rear seat

OSK3048021NR Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders.

OSK3048025NR With the ignition switch or START/ STOP button in the ON position: • Push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat. During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the "OFF" position.

4 133 Features of your vehicle Interior features

Temperature control (Manual) NOTICE Each time you press the switch, the temperature setting of the seat will With the seat warmer switch in the change as follows: ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automati- Front seat cally depending on the seat temperature.

Rear seat WARNING Seat warmer burns The seat warmer may cause burns, even at low temperature, if used The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition over a long period of time. Never switch or START/STOP button is allow passengers who may not be turned on. able to take care of themselves to be exposed to the risk of seat Temperature control (Automatic) heater burns. These include: The seat warmer starts to auto- 1. Infants, children, elderly or dis- matically control the seat tempera- abled persons, or hospital outpa- ture in order to prevent low- tients temperature burns after being 2. Persons with sensitive skin or manually turned ON. those that burn easily Front seat 3. Fatigued individuals 4. Intoxicated individuals 5. Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepi- You may manually press the button ness (sleeping pills, cold tablets, to increase the seat temperature. etc.) However, it soon returns to the automatic mode again. When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF. The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch or START/STOP button is in the ON position.

4 134 Features of your vehicle Interior features

Air ventilation seat (if equipped) may damage the air ventilation seat. • Be careful not to spill liquid such as water or beverages on the seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a dry towel. Before using the air ventilation seat, dry the seat completely.

Sun visor OSK3048024NR Use the sun visor to shield direct The temperature setting of the seat light through the front or side win- changes according to the switch dows. 4 position. • To ventilate your seat cushion, press the switch (blue color). Each time you press the button, the airflow will change as follows:

The seat warmer (with air ventilation) defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch or OSK3048022NR START/STOP button is turned on. * The actual sun visor lamp in the vehicle may differ from the illus- CAUTION tration. • To use the sun visor, pull it down- Seat damage ward. • When cleaning the seats, do not • To use the sun visor for the side use an organic solvent such as window, pull it downward, unsnap paint thinner, benzene, alcohol it from the bracket (1) and swing and gasoline. Doing so may dam- it to the side (2). • To use the vanity mirror, pull age the air ventilation seat. down the visor and slide the mir- • Do not place heavy or sharp ror cover (3). objects on the seat. Those things Adjust the sun visor extension forward or backward (4).

4 135 Features of your vehicle Interior features

The ticket holder (5) is provided Type B for holding a tollgate ticket (if equipped)

CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp If you use the vanity mirror lamp, turn off the lamp before returning the sun visor to its original position, otherwise it could result in battery discharge and possible sun visor OSK3048027NR damage. The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the vehicle on. • Use the power outlet only when Power outlet (if equipped) the vehicle is on and remove the The power outlet is designed to accessory plug after use. Using provide power for mobile tele- the accessory plug for prolonged phones or other devices designed to periods of time with the vehicle operate with vehicle electrical sys- off could cause the battery to tems. discharge. • Only use 12 V electric accessories Type A which are less than 10 A in electric capacity • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. • Close the cover when not in use. • Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet. These devices may cause OSK3048026NR excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.

4 136 Features of your vehicle Interior features

• Push the plug in as far as it will Center go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open. • Plug in battery equipped electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction. OSK3048075NR WARNING The USB car charger is available with either the ACC state or the Electric shock 4 ignition on. But we recommend you Do not put a finger or a foreign to connect the USB port and digital object (pen, etc.) into a power outlet devices with the engine starting. and do not touch with a wet hand. See the display screen of the device You may get an electric shock. to check its charging process completion. Your smartphone or table USB charger (if equipped) PC could get heated up while charging. This is no reason to worry, The USB car charger allows drivers as it doesn't impact life or functions to charge their digital devices like of the device. For the safety reason, smartphone, and PC tablets. Con- charging can be stopped if the bat- nect the cable to the USB port, tery gets heated up to a certain charging will begin. point of temperature that the Front devices can be negatively affected. Charging some digital devices is not available or requires special dedicated adapters if their charging methods don't fit the way the USB car charger works. The smartphone or PC tablet without fast charging is charged at a regular speed.

OSK3048074NR

4 137 Features of your vehicle Interior features

Rated output: Wireless smart phone charging • Digital devices with fast charging: system (if equipped) - 9.0 V, 1.67 A A wireless smart phone charging • Digital devices with normal system is located in front of the charging: - 5.0 V, 2.1 A center console.

CAUTION • Used the USB car charger with the ignition on. Otherwise, Vehicle battery can be discharged. • Use the official USB cable of the manufacturer of the digital device to be charged. • Make sure that any foreign object,

drinks, and water do not come OSK3048076NR into contact with the USB car Firmly close all doors, and turn vehi- charger. Water or foreign object cle on. To start wireless charging, can damage the USB charger. place the smart phone equipped - • Do not charge a device those cur with wireless charging function on rent consumption exceeds 2.1 A. the wireless charging pad. • Do not connect an electrical device that generates excessive For best wireless charging results, electromagnetic noise to the USB place the smart phone on the center car port. If you do so, noise can be of the charging pad. caused or vehicle electronic The wireless charging system is devices can be interrupted while designed for one smart phone audio or AV is on. equipped with QI only. Please refer - • If the charger is connected incor to the smart phone accessory cover - rectly, it can cause serious dam or the smart phone manufacturer age on the devices. Please note homepage to check whether your that damages due to incorrect smart phone supports QI function. usage are not covered by warranty service. Charging wireless smart phone 1. Remove any object on the smart phone charging pad including the smart key. If there is any foreign object on the pad other than a

4 138 Features of your vehicle Interior features

smart phone, the wireless through warning messages and charging function may not oper- sound (applicable for vehicles with ate properly. voice guidance function) after the 2. Place the smart phone on the 'Good bye' function on the instru- center of the wireless charging ment cluster ends. pad. The indicator light will change to orange once the wireless charging WARNING - begins. After the charging is com Distracted driving plete, the orange light will change Driving while distracted can result in to green. a loss of vehicle control that may You can choose to turn the wireless lead to an accident, severe bodily charging function to either ON or injury, and death. The driver's pri- OFF by selecting the USM on the mary responsibility is in the safe 4 instrument cluster. (Please refer to and legal operation of a vehicle, and "Instrument cluster" on page 4-46 use of any handheld devices, other for details). equipment, or vehicle systems - If the wireless charging does not which take the driver's eyes, atten work, gently move your smart tion and focus away from the safe phone around the pad until the operation of a vehicle or which are charging indicator light turns not permissible by law should never orange. be used during operation of the vehicle. Depending on the smart phone, the charging indicator light may not turn green even after the charging CAUTION is complete. Liquid in Wireless Smart Phone If the wireless charging is not func- Charger tioning properly, the orange light To prevent liquid from damaging the will blink and flash for ten seconds wireless smart phone charging sys- then turn off. In such cases, remove tem in your vehicle, be sure not to the smart phone from the pad and spill liquid over the charging system replace it on the pad again, or dou- when charging your phone. ble check the charging status. If you leave the smart phone on the charging pad when the vehicle is turned off, the vehicle will alert you

4 139 Features of your vehicle Interior features

CAUTION • The wireless charging will stop when any of the doors are opened Metal in Wireless Charging System (applicable for vehicles equipped If any metallic object such as a coin with smart keys). is located between the wireless • The wireless charging will stop charging system and the smart when the vehicle is turned OFF. phone, the charging may be dis- • The wireless charging will stop rupted. Also, the metallic object may when the smart phone is not in heat up and potentially damage the complete contact with the wire- charging system. If there is any less charging pad. metallic object between the smart • Items equipped with magnetic phone and the charging pad, imme- components such as credit card, diately remove the smart phone. telephone card, bankbook or any Remove the metallic object after it transportation ticket may has cooled down. become damaged during wireless charging. • Place the smart phone on the NOTICE center of the charge pad for best • When the interior temperature of results. The smart phone may not the wireless charging system charge when placed near the rim rises above a set temperature, of the charging pad. When the the wireless charging will cease to smart phone does get charged, it function. After the interior tem- may heat up excessively. perature drops below the thresh- • For smart phones without built-in old, the wireless charging function wireless charging system, an will resume. appropriate accessory has to be • The wireless charging may not equipped in order to use the vehi- function properly when there is a cle's wireless charging system. heavy accessory cover on the • Smart phones of some manufac- smart phone. turers may display messages on • The wireless charging will stop weak current. This is due to the when using the wireless smart particular characteristic of the key search function to prevent smart phone and does not imply a radio wave disruption. malfunction on wireless charging • The wireless charging will stop function. when the smart key is moved out • The indicator light of some manu- of the vehicle with the vehicle in facturers' smart phones may still ON. be orange after the smart phone

4 140 Features of your vehicle Interior features

is fully charged. This is due to the This device complies with Part 15 particular characteristic of the of the FCC rules. - smart phone and not a malfunc Operation is subject to the following tion of the wireless charging. two conditions: • When any smart phone without a 1. This device may not cause harm- wireless charging function or a ful interference, and metallic object is placed on the 2. This device must accept any charging pad, a small noise may interference received, including sound. This small sound is due to interference that may cause - the vehicle discerning compatibil undesired operation. ity of the object placed on the charging pad. It does not affect Coat hook (if equipped) your vehicle or the smart phone in any way. A Coat hook is next to the rear grab 4 • The wireless cellular phone handle. charging system may not support certain cellular phones, which are not verified for Qi specification . • When placing your cellular phone on the charging mat, position the phone in the middle of the mat for optimal charging performance. If your cell phone is off to the side, the charging rate may be less and in some cases the cell OSK3048028NR phone may experience higher * This actual feature may differ heat conduction. from the illustration. • When charging some cellular phones with a self-protection CAUTION feature, the wireless charging Hanging clothing speed may decrease and the Do not hang heavy clothes, since wireless charging may stop. they may damage the hook.

4 141 Features of your vehicle Interior features

WARNING When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet, make sure it attaches Do not hang other objects such as to the floor mat anchor(s) in your hangers or hard objects except vehicle. This keeps the floor mat clothes. Also, do not put heavy, from sliding forward. sharp or breakable objects in the clothing's pockets. In an accident or WARNING when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or After market floor mat bodily injury. Do not install after market floor mats that are not capable of being securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. Unsecured floor mats can interfere with pedal operation.

The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle. • Ensure that the floor mats are ODEEV068209NR securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driv- Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped) ing the vehicle. • Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. • Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position.

OSK3048086NR

4 142 Features of your vehicle Interior features

Cargo area cover (if equipped)

OSK3048031NR

OSK3048029NR 2. Firmly hold the folded part of the Use the cargo area cover to hide cover and lift it up. items stored in the cargo area. 4

Removal and installation

OSK3048032NR 3. While lifting the cover up, hold the area near the front slots. Then, pull up the cover at approximately OSK3048030NR 45 / angle. To remove the cargo area cover: 1. Fold the cargo area cover up in WARNING half. Folded cover may block the rear view. Put the folded cover in the appropriate position.

4 143 Features of your vehicle Exterior features

To install the cargo area cover: Exterior features 1. To use the cargo area cover, insert If the vehicle has a roof rack, you the 4 edges into the slots. can load cargo on top of your vehicle.

Roof rack (if equipped)

OSK3048034NR

WARNING Do not place objects on the cargo area cover. Such objects may be OSK3048033NR thrown about inside the vehicle and Crossbars and fixing components possibly injure vehicle occupants needed to install the roof rack on during an accident or when braking. your vehicle may be obtained from an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION NOTICE Since the cargo area cover may be • The crossbars (if equipped) should damaged or malformed, do not put be placed in the proper load car- luggage on it when it is used. rying positions prior to placing items onto the roof rack. • If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation. • When the roof rack is not being used to carry cargo, the crossbars may need to be repositioned if wind noise is detected.

4 144 Features of your vehicle Exterior features

CAUTION WARNING Loading Roof Rack • The vehicle center of gravity will • When carrying cargo on the roof be higher when items are loaded rack, take the necessary precau- onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden tions to make sure the cargo does starts, braking, sharp turns, not damage the roof of the vehi- abrupt maneuvers or high speeds cle. that may result in loss of vehicle • When carrying large objects on control or rollover resulting in an the roof rack, make sure they do accident. not exceed the overall roof length • Always drive slowly and turn cor- or width. ners carefully when carrying • When you are carrying cargo on items on the roof rack. Severe the roof rack, do not operate the wind updrafts, caused by passing 4 sunroof (if equipped). This can vehicles or natural causes, can damage the sunroof. cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack. • The following specification is the This is especially true when car- maximum weight that can be rying large, flat items such as - loaded onto the roof rack. Distrib wood panels or mattresses. This ute the load as evenly as possible could cause the items to fall off across the crossbars (if equipped) the roof rack and cause damage and roof rack and secure the load to your vehicle or others around firmly. you.

ROOF 220 lbs. (100 kg) • To prevent damage or loss of RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED cargo while driving, check fre- Loading cargo or luggage in quently before or while driving to excess of the specified weight make sure the items on the roof - limit on the roof rack may dam rack are securely fastened. age your vehicle.

4 145 Features of your vehicle Audio system

Audio system USB port You can use an USB port to plug in NOTICE an USB. If you install an after market HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic device may malfunction.

* If your vehicle is equipped with multimedia system, refer to a separately supplied manual for detailed information.

Shark fin antenna OSK3048085NR NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the power source of the portable audio device.

How vehicle radio works OSK3048071NR The shark fin antenna will receive FM reception the transmit data.

ODEEV068216NR

4 146 Features of your vehicle Audio system

AM and FM radio signals are broad- they curve around obstructions cast from transmitter towers resulting in better signal coverage. located around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on FM radio station your vehicle. This signal is then pro- cessed by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers. However, in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear. This can be due to factors, such as the distance from the radio station, closeness of other strong radio sta- 4 tions or the presence of buildings, ODEEV068219NR bridges or other large obstructions FM broadcasts are transmitted at in the area. high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth's surface. Because AM reception of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade within short distances from the station. Also, FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mountains, and obstructions. This can lead to undesirable or unpleasant listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio. The following conditions are normal

ODEEV068217NR and do not indicate radio trouble: • F AM broadcasts can be received at ading - As your vehicle moves away from the radio station, the greater distances than FM broad- signal will weaken and sound will casts. This is because AM radio begin to fade. When this occurs, waves are transmitted at low fre- we suggest that you select quencies. These long distance, low another station with a stronger frequency radio waves can follow signal. the curvature of the earth rather than traveling straight. In addition,

4 147 Features of your vehicle Audio system

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering. This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station, or by signals from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed. OSK3048403NR • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals Using a cellular phone or a two- or large obstructions between the way radio transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or When a cellular phone is used inside fluttering noises to occur. Reduc- the vehicle, noise may be produced ing the treble level may lessen from the audio system. This does this effect until the disturbance not mean that something is wrong clears. with the audio equipment. In such a • Station Swapping - As an FM sig- case, try to operate mobile devices nal weakens, another more pow- as far from the audio equipment as erful signal near the same possible. frequency may begin to play. This When using a communication sys- is because your radio is designed tem such as a cellular phone or a to lock onto the clearest signal. If radio set inside the vehicle, a sepa- this occurs, select another station rate external antenna must be fit- with a stronger signal. ted. When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone, it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle.

ODEEV068220NR

4 148 Features of your vehicle Declaration of Conformity

WARNING Declaration of Conformity Cell phone use FCC Do not use a cellular phone while driving. Stop at a safe location to This equipment has been tested and use a cellular phone. found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These lim- WARNING its are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful Distracted driving interference in a residential installa- Driving while distracted can result in tion. a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident, severe bodily This equipment generates, uses and 4 injury, or death. The driver's pri- can radiate radio frequency energy mary responsibility is the safe and and, if not installed and used in legal operation of the vehicle, and accordance with the instructions, the use of any handheld devices, may cause harmful interference to other equipment, or vehicle systems radio communications. However, which take the driver's eyes, atten- there is no guarantee that interfer- tion, and focus away from the safe ence will not occur in a particular operation of the vehicle, or which installation. If this equipment does are not permissible by law, should cause harmful interference to radio never be used during the operation or television reception, which can be of the vehicle. determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encour- aged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: • Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. • Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

4 149 Features of your vehicle Declaration of Conformity

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

CAUTION Any changes or modifications to this device not explicitly approved by manufacturer could void your authority to operate this equipment.

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum 8 in (20 cm) between the and your body. This transmitter must not be collo- cated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter unless authorized to do so by the FCC.

4 150 Driving your vehicle 5

Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak...... 5-7 Before driving...... 5-8 Key positions ...... 5-9 • Illuminated ignition switch...... 5-9 • Ignition switch position...... 5-10 • Starting the engine ...... 5-11 • Stopping the gasoline engine (Manual Transmission)....5-12 ENGINE START/STOP button ...... 5-12 • Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button ...... 5-12 • ENGINE START/STOP button position...... 5-12 • Starting the engine ...... 5-15 • Stopping the engine (Manual Transmission) ...... 5-18 Manual transmission...... 5-18 • Manual transmission operation ...... 5-18 • Good driving practices ...... 5-20 Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)...... 5-21 • Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT) operation ...... 5-21 • Shift lock system...... 5-24 • Ignition key interlock system...... 5-25 • Good driving practices ...... 5-25 Dual clutch transmission (DCT) ...... 5-27 • Dual clutch transmission operation ...... 5-27 • LCD display for transmission temperature and warning message ...... 5-29 • Transmission ranges...... 5-33 • Paddle shifter...... 5-35 • Shift lock system...... 5-36 • Ignition key interlock system...... 5-37 5 Driving your vehicle

• Good driving practices ...... 5-37 Brake system ...... 5-39 • Power brakes ...... 5-39 • Parking brake ...... 5-40 • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...... 5-42 • Electronic stability control (ESC)...... 5-44 • Vehicle stability management (VSM) ...... 5-47 • Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)...... 5-49 • Good braking practices ...... 5-49 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Camera Type)...... 5-51 • Setting and activating the FCA ...... 5-51 • Setting the initial warning activation time...... 5-52 • Prerequisite for the FCA activation...... 5-52 • FCA warning message and brake control...... 5-53 • Brake operation ...... 5-54 • FCA front view camera sensor...... 5-55 • Warning message and warning light...... 5-55 • FCA malfunction ...... 5-56 • Limitations of the FCA...... 5-57 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules...... 5-61 • Radio frequency radiation exposure information:...... 5-61 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) ...... 5-62 • Setting and activating the FCA ...... 5-62 • Setting the initial warning activation time...... 5-63 • Prerequisite for the FCA activation...... 5-63 • FCA warning message and brake control...... 5-63 • Brake operation ...... 5-65 • FCA front radar / Camera sensor ...... 5-66 Driving your vehicle 5

• Warning message and warning light...... 5-67 • FCA malfunction ...... 5-68 • Limitations of the FCA...... 5-69 • Recognizing pedestrians ...... 5-73 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules...... 5-75 • Radio frequency radiation exposure information:...... 5-75 Cruise control system...... 5-75 • Cruise control switch ...... 5-76 • Setting cruise control speed...... 5-76 • Increasing cruise control set speed:...... 5-77 • Decreasing the cruising speed ...... 5-77 • Accelerating temporarily with the cruise control on .....5-78 • Cancelling cruise control...... 5-78 • Resuming cruising speed at more than approximately 20 mph (30 km/h)...... 5-78 • Turning cruise control off ...... 5-79 Smart Cruise Control...... 5-79 • Smart Cruise Control switch...... 5-81 • Setting Smart Cruise Control speed...... 5-81 • Increasing Smart Cruise Control set speed...... 5-82 • Decreasing Smart Cruise Control set speed ...... 5-82 • Accelerating temporarily with Smart Cruise Control on... 5-83 • Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily canceled when: ...... 5-83 • Resuming Smart Cruise Control set speed ...... 5-85 • Turning Smart Cruise Control off ...... 5-85 • Setting vehicle-to-vehicle distance...... 5-85 • When the lane ahead is clear: ...... 5-86 • When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:...... 5-86 • Adjusting the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control ...... 5-89 5 Driving your vehicle

• Converting to Cruise Control mode...... 5-90 • Limitations of the Smart Cruise Control...... 5-90 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules...... 5-95 • Radio frequency radiation exposure information:...... 5-95 ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system ...... 5-95 • Auto stop ...... 5-96 • Auto start ...... 5-97 • Condition of ISG system operation...... 5-97 • ISG system deactivation...... 5-98 • ISG system malfunction ...... 5-98 Drive mode integrated control system...... 5-99 Blind-Spot Collision Warning...... 5-101 • Setting and activating the BCW ...... 5-102 • Setting the warning volume of the Blind-Spot Collision Warning ...... 5-103 • Operating Conditions...... 5-103 • Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) alert ...... 5-104 • Detecting Sensor (radar)...... 5-105 • Warning message...... 5-106 • Limitations of the BCW...... 5-108 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ... 5-111 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) ...... 5-111 • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system.....5-111 • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system...... 5-111 • Setting and activating the RCCW/RCCA...... 5-112 • Setting the initial warning activation time...... 5-112 Driving your vehicle 5

• Setting the warning volume of the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning...... 5-113 • Operating conditions...... 5-113 • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) alert ...... 5-113 • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) alert...... 5-114 • Detecting Sensor ...... 5-116 • Warning message...... 5-117 • Limitations of the system ...... 5-119 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ....5-122 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ...... 5-123 • Setting and activating the DAW...... 5-123 • Displaying the driver's attention level ...... 5-123 • Taking a break...... 5-124 • Resetting the Driver Attention Warning system...... 5-124 • DAW disabled...... 5-125 • DAW malfunction...... 5-125 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System...... 5-127 • LKA operation ...... 5-128 • LKA activation ...... 5-128 • Warning message...... 5-129 • The system will be canceled when:...... 5-131 • Driver's Attention ...... 5-132 • LKA malfunction ...... 5-133 • LKA function change...... 5-134 Special driving conditions ...... 5-135 Winter driving...... 5-139 Trailer towing ...... 5-143 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-143 5 Driving your vehicle

• Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit -...... 5-144 • Certification label...... 5-146 Vehicle weight ...... 5-147 Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE WARNING Open trunk Be sure the exhaust system Do not drive with the trunk open. does not leak. Poisonous exhaust gases can enter The exhaust system should be the passenger compartment. If you checked whenever the vehicle is must drive with the trunk open pro- raised to change the oil or for any ceed as follows: other purpose. 1. Close all windows. 2. Open side vents. If you hear a change in the sound of 3. Set the air intake control at the exhaust or if you drive over "Fresh", the air flow control at something that strikes the under- "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at neath side of the vehicle, have the the highest speed. exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

5 WARNING Engine exhaust Do not inhale exhaust fumes or leave your engine running in a enclosed area for a prolonged time. Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

5 7 Driving your vehicle Before driving

Before driving Before starting • Close and lock all doors. Before getting into the vehicle, you • Position the seat so that all con- should examine the car and its sur- trols are easily reached. roundings. After getting into the • Buckle your seat belt. vehicle, you should check a number • Adjust the inside and outside of things before driving. rearview mirrors. • Be sure that all lights work. Before entering vehicle • Check all gauges. • Be sure that all windows, outside • Check the operation of warning mirror(s), and outside lights are lights when the ignition switch is clean. turned to the ON position. • Check the condition of the tires. • Release the parking brake and • Check under the vehicle for any make sure the brake warning light sign of leaks. goes out. • Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back For safe operation, be sure you are up. familiar with your vehicle and its equipment. Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, WARNING engine coolant, brake fluid, and Fire risk washer fluid should be checked on a When you intend to park or stop the regular basis, at the exact interval vehicle with the engine on, be care- depending on the fluid. Further ful not to depress the accelerator details are provided in "Mainte- pedal for a long period of time. It nance" on page 7-4. may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire. WARNING Distracted driving Focus on the road while driving. The WARNING driver's primary responsibility is in Check surroundings the safe and legal operation of the Always check the surrounding areas vehicle. Use of any handled devices, near your vehicle for people, espe- other equipment or vehicle systems cially children, before putting a vehi- that distract the driver should not cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). be used during vehicle operation.

5 8 Driving your vehicle Key positions

WARNING Key positions (if equipped) Loose objects Your vehicle is equipped with four different ignition positions. Securely store items in your vehicle. When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly, Illuminated ignition switch loose objects may drop on the floor Whenever a front door is opened, and it could interfere with the oper- the ignition switch will illuminate for ation of the foot pedals, possibly your convenience, provided the igni- causing an accident. tion switch is not in the ON position.

WARNING Driving while intoxicated Do not drive while intoxicated. Drinking and driving is dangerous. Even a small amount of alcohol will 5 affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment.

Driving while under the influence of OSK3058159NR drugs is as dangerous as or more The light will go off immediately dangerous than driving drunk. when the ignition switch is turned on. It will also go off after about 30 WARNING seconds when the door is closed. Proper footwear Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski boots, sandals, etc.) may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.

5 9 Driving your vehicle Key positions

Ignition switch position START (4) Your vehicle is equipped with four Turn the ignition switch to the different ignition positions. START position to start the engine. The engine will crank until you release the key; then it returns to the ON position. The brake warning light can be checked in this position. The anti-theft steering column lock (if equipped) is not a substitute for the parking brake. Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P (Park) OSK3058160NR for intelligent variable transmission, set the parking brake fully and shut LOCK (1) the engine off. Unexpected and sud- The ignition key can be removed den vehicle movement may occur if only in the LOCK position. these precautions are not taken.

ACC (Accessory) (2) WARNING The electrical accessories are oper- Ignition switch ative. If difficulty is experienced Never turn the ignition switch to turning the ignition switch to the LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is ACC position, turn the key while moving. This would result in loss of turning the steering wheel right and directional control and braking func- left to release the tension. tion, which could cause an accident.

ON (3) NOTICE The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started. This is If you leave the ignition switch to the normal running position after the ACC or ON position for a long the engine is started. time, the battery may discharge. Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge.

5 10 Driving your vehicle Key positions

WARNING Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning Key holder the ignition switch to the start Do not attach small purses, multiple position. - keys, or any other heavy accesso • Intelligent Variable Transmis- ries to the driver's key chain used to sion - Place the transmission start the vehicle. This may cause shift lever in P (Park). Depress the driver to accidently make the the brake pedal fully. key inserted in the vehicle to change You can also start the engine the ignition position to the ACC posi- when the shift lever is in the N tion while the vehicle is moving (Neutral) position. thereby increasing the risk of an 3. Turn the ignition switch to START accident and causing the deactiva- and hold it there until the engine tion of several safety features. starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), then release the key. It should be started without WARNING depressing the accelerator. 4. Do not wait for the engine to 5 Leaving the Vehicle warm up while the vehicle To avoid unexpected or sudden remains stationary. Start driving vehicle movement, never leave your at moderate engine speeds. vehicle if the transmission is not (Steep accelerating and deceler- locked in the P (Park) position and ating should be avoided.) the parking brake is fully engaged. Before leaving the driver's seat, WARNING always make sure the shift lever is Steering wheel engaged in P (Park), set the parking Never reach for any controls brake fully and shut the engine off. through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. The pres- Starting the engine ence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. control. 2. Depending on your vehicle's transmission type, follow the step If the engine stalls while you are in below. motion, do not attempt to move the • Manual Transmission - Depress shift lever to the P (Park) position. If the clutch pedal fully and shift traffic and road conditions permit, the transmission into Neutral. you may put the shift lever in the N

5 11 Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button

(Neutral) position while the vehicle is ENGINE START/STOP button (if still moving and turn the ignition equipped) switch to the START position in an Your vehicle is equipped with four attempt to restart the engine. different ignition positions. CAUTION Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP Starter button Do not engage the starter for more Whenever the front door is opened, than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls the ENGINE START/STOP button will or fails to start, wait 5 to 10 sec- illuminate for your convenience. onds before reengaging the starter. Improper use of the starter may damage it.

Stopping the gasoline engine (Man- ual Transmission) 1. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal

depressed. OSK3058001NR - 2. Shift the transmission into Neu The light will go off after about 30 tral while depressing the clutch seconds when the door is closed. It pedal and brake pedal. will also go off immediately when 3. Engage the parking brake while the theft-alarm system is armed. depressing the brake pedal. 4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK ENGINE START/STOP button posi- position and remove it. tion Your vehicle is equipped with four different ignition positions.

OFF

With manual transmission To turn off the engine (START/RUN position) or vehicle power (ON position), stop the vehicle then press the ENGINE START/STOP button.

5 12 Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button

- With Intelligent Variable Transmis NOTICE sion To turn off the engine (START/RUN If the steering wheel doesn't unlock position) or vehicle power (ON posi- properly, the ENGINE START/STOP tion), press the ENGINE START/ button will not work. Press the STOP button with the shift lever in ENGINE START/STOP button while the P (Park) position. When you turning the steering wheel right and press the ENGINE START/STOP but- left to release the tension. ton without the shift lever in the P (Park) position, the ENGINE START/ STOP button will not change to the NOTICE OFF position but to the ACC position. You are able to turn off the engine Vehicles equipped with anti-theft (START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON), steering column lock only when the vehicle is not in motion. The steering wheel locks when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position to protect you 5 against theft. It locks when the door CAUTION is opened. In an emergency situation while the If the steering wheel is not locked vehicle is in motion, you are able to properly when you open the driver's turn the engine off and to the ACC door, the warning chime will sound. position by pressing the ENGINE Try locking the steering wheel again. START/STOP button for more than 2 If the problem is not solved, have seconds or 3 times successively the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer. within 3 seconds. In addition, if the ENGINE START/ If the vehicle is still moving, to STOP button is in the OFF position restart the vehicle: after the driver's door is opened, the • Manual transmission - Press the steering wheel will not lock and the ENGINE START/STOP button with warning chime will sound. In such a shift lever in neutral and clutch situation, close the door. Then the pedal depressed. steering wheel will lock and the • Intelligent Variable Transmission - warning chime will stop. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button when vehicle speed is 3 mph (5 km/h) or over.

5 13 Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button

ACC (Accessory) ON

With manual transmission With manual transmission Press the ENGINE START/STOP button when the button is in the ACC position without depressing the clutch pedal.

With Intelligent Variable Transmis- sion Press the ENGINE START/STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal.

OSK3048131NR The warning lights can be checked Press the ENGINE START/STOP but- before the engine is started. Do not - ton when the button is in the OFF leave the ENGINE START/STOP but position ton in the ON position for a long time. The battery may discharge, With Intelligent Variable Transmis- because the engine is not running. sion Press the ENGINE START/STOP but- START/RUN ton while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal. With manual transmission The steering wheel unlocks and To start the engine, depress the electrical accessories are opera- clutch pedal and brake pedal, then tional. press the ENGINE START/STOP but- If the ENGINE START/STOP button is ton with the shift lever in the N in the ACC position for more than 1 (Neutral) position. hour, the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery dis- With Intelligent Variable Transmis- charge. sion To start the engine, depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift lever in the P (Park) or the N (Neu- tral) position. For your safety, start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

5 14 Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button

NOTICE ment may occur if these precautions are not taken. If you press the ENGINE START/ • Never reach for the ENGINE STOP button without depressing the START/STOP button or any other - clutch pedal for manual transmis controls through the steering sion vehicles or without depressing wheel while the vehicle is in - the brake pedal for manual trans motion. The presence of your - mission / Intelligent Variable Trans hand or arm in the area could mission vehicles, the engine will not cause loss of vehicle control, an start and the ENGINE START/STOP accident and serious bodily injury button changes as follow: or death. OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC • Do not place any movable objects around the driver's seat as they may move while driving, interfere NOTICE with the driver and lead to an If you leave the ENGINE START/ accident. STOP button in the ACC or ON posi- 5 tion for a long time, the battery will discharge. Starting the engine

WARNING WARNING • Do not start the vehicle with the • Never press the ENGINE START/ accelerator pedal depressed. The STOP button while the vehicle is in vehicle can move and lead to an motion. This would result in loss accident. of directional control and braking • Wait until the engine rpm is nor- function, which could cause an mal. The vehicle may suddenly accident. move if the brake pedal is • The anti-theft steering column released when the rpm is high. lock is not a substitute for the parking brake. Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P (Park), set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unex- pected and sudden vehicle move-

5 15 Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button

Starting the engine If the engine is cold, idle for sev- 1. Carry the smart key or place it eral seconds before sufficient inside the vehicle. lubrication is ensured in the tur- 2. Make sure the parking brake is bocharger unit. firmly applied. 2. After high speed or extended 3. Depending on your vehicle's driving, requiring a heavy engine transmission type, follow sub load, idle the engine about 1 min- step below. ute before turning it off. • Manual Transmission - Depress This idle time will allow the turbo- the clutch pedal fully and shift charger to cool prior to shutting the transmission into Neutral. the engine off. Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning CAUTION the ignition switch to the start Do not turn the engine off immedi- position. ately after it has been subjected to • Intelligent Variable Transmis- a heavy load. Doing so may cause sion - Place the transmission severe damage to the engine or tur- shift lever in P (Park). Depress bocharger unit. the brake pedal fully. You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Starting the engine with smart key (Neutral) position. Even if the smart key is in the vehi- 4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP cle, if it is far away from you, the button. engine may not start. It should be started without depressing the accelerator pedal. When the ENGINE START/STOP but- 5. Do not wait for the engine to ton is in the ACC position or above, if warm up while the vehicle any door is opened, the system remains stationary. Start driving checks for the smart key. If the at moderate engine speeds. smart key is not in the vehicle, the - (Steep accelerating and deceler " " indicator and a message "Key ating should be avoided.) is not in the vehicle" will appear on the instrument cluster and LCD win- Starting and stopping the engine dow. And if all doors are closed, the for turbocharger intercooler chime will sound for 5 seconds. The 1. Do not race or accelerate the indicator or warning will turn off engine immediately after start- while the vehicle is moving. Always ing. have the smart key with you.

5 16 Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button

WARNING NOTICE The engine will start, only when the • If the battery is weak or the smart key is in the vehicle. Never smart key does not work cor- allow children or any person who is rectly, you can start the engine by unfamiliar with the vehicle touch the pressing the ENGINE START/STOP ENGINE START/STOP button or button with the smart key. related parts. Pushing the ENGINE The side with the lock button START/STOP button while the smart should contact the ENGINE key is in the vehicle may result in START/STOP button directly. unintended engine activation and/or When you press the ENGINE unintended vehicle movement. START/STOP button directly with the smart key, the smart key should contact the button at a CAUTION right angle. If the engine stalls while the vehicle • When the stop lamp fuse is blown, - is in motion, do not attempt to you cannot start the engine nor 5 move the shift lever to the P (Park) mally. position. If the traffic and road con- Replace the fuse with a new one. ditions permit, you may put the If it is not possible, you can start shift lever in the N (Neutral) position the engine by pressing the engine while the vehicle is still moving and start/ stop button for 10 seconds press the ENGINE START/STOP but- while it is in the ACC position. The ton in an attempt to restart the engine can start without depress- engine. ing the brake pedal. But for your safety always depress the brake pedal and clutch pedal (if equipped) before starting the engine.

OSK3058002NR

5 17 Driving your vehicle Manual transmission

CAUTION Manual transmission (if equipped) • Do not press the ENGINE START/ STOP button for more than 10 The manual transmission has 6 for- seconds except when the stop ward gears. lamp fuse is blown. • Do not turn the ignition switch to Manual transmission operation the START position with the engine running. It may damage the starter.

Stopping the engine (Manual Transmission) 1. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal

depressed. OSK3058162NR - 2. Shift the transmission into Neu The shift lever can be moved tral while depressing the clutch without pulling the button (1). pedal and brake pedal. 3. Engage the parking brake while The button (1) should be depressing the brake pedal. pressed when moving the shift lever 4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK into reverse. position and remove it. This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob. The transmission is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accom- plished. Depress the clutch pedal down fully while shifting, then release it slowly. If your vehicle is equipped with an ignition lock switch, the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal.

5 18 Driving your vehicle Manual transmission

The shift lever must be returned to • During cold weather, shifting may the neutral position before shifting be difficult until the transmission into R (Reverse). lubricant is warmed up. This is normal and not harmful to the Push the button located immedi- transmission. ately below the shift knob and pull • If you've come to a complete stop the gearshift lever to the left suffi- and it's hard to shift into 1st or R ciently, and then shift into reverse (Reverse), leave the shift lever at (R) gear position. N (Neutral) position and release Make sure the vehicle is completely the clutch. Press the clutch pedal stopped before shifting into R back down, and then shift into 1st (Reverse). or R (Reverse) gear position. Never operate the engine with the tachometer (rpm) in the red zone. CAUTION • To avoid premature clutch wear CAUTION and damage, do not drive with 5 • When downshifting from fifth your foot resting on the clutch gear to fourth gear, caution pedal. Also, don't use the clutch to should be taken not to inadver- hold the vehicle stopped on an tently press the shift lever side- uphill grade, while waiting for a ways in such a manner that the traffic light, etc. second gear is engaged. Such a • Do not use the shift lever as a drastic downshift may cause the hand rest during driving, as this engine speed to increase to the can result in premature wear of point that the tachometer will the transmission shift forks. enter the red-zone. Such over- • To prevent possible damage to revving of the engine and trans- the clutch system, do not start mission may possibly cause with the 2nd (second) gear engine damage. engaged except when you start • Do not downshift more than 2 on a slippery road. gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed (5,000 rpm or higher). Such a downshifting may damage the engine, clutch and the transmission.

5 19 Driving your vehicle Manual transmission

WARNING CAUTION • Before leaving the driver's seat, When operating the clutch pedal, always set the parking brake fully press the clutch pedal down fully. If and shut the engine off. Then you don't press the clutch pedal make sure the transmission is fully, the clutch may be damaged or shifted into 1st gear when the noise may occur. vehicle is parked on a level or uphill grade, and shifted into R (Reverse) on a downhill grade. Downshifting Unexpected and sudden vehicle When you must slow down in heavy movement can occur if these pre- traffic or while driving up steep hills, cautions are not followed in the downshift before the engine starts order identified. to labor. Downshifting reduces the • Do not use the engine brake chance of stalling and gives better (shifting from a high gear to acceleration when you again need to - lower gear) rapidly on slippery increase your speed. When the vehi cle is traveling down steep hills, roads. downshifting helps maintain safe The vehicle may slip causing an speed and prolongs brake life. accident. Good driving practices Using the clutch • Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill. This is The clutch should be pressed all the extremely hazardous. Always way to the floor before shifting, leave the vehicle in gear. then released slowly. The clutch • Don't "ride" the brakes. This can pedal should always be fully cause them to overheat and mal- released while driving. Do not rest function. Instead, when you are your foot on the clutch pedal while driving down a long hill, shift to a driving. This can cause unnecessary lower gear. When you do this, wear. Do not partially engage the engine braking will help slow down the vehicle. clutch to hold the vehicle on an • Slow down before shifting to a incline. This causes unnecessary lower gear. This will help avoid wear. Use the foot brake or parking over-revving the engine, which brake to hold the vehicle on an can cause damage. incline. Do not operate the clutch • Slow down when you encounter pedal rapidly and repeatedly. cross winds. This gives you much better control of your vehicle.

5 20 Driving your vehicle Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)

• Be sure the vehicle is completely Intelligent variable transmission stopped before you attempt to (IVT) (if equipped) shift into reverse. The transmission can be damaged if you do The Intelligent Variable Transmis- not. sion (IVT) automatically shifts depending on speed, accelerate WARNING pedal position. The individual speeds are selected automatically, depend- Exercise extreme caution when ing on the position of the shift lever. driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control.

5 WARNING

• Always buckle-up! In a collision, an OSK3058003NR unbelted occupant is significantly Depress the brake pedal and more likely to be seriously injured the lock release button when shift- or killed than a properly belted ing. occupant. • Avoid high speeds when cornering Press the lock release button or turning. when shifting. • Do not make quick steering wheel The shift lever can be shifted movements, such as sharp lane freely. changes or fast, sharp turns. • The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of Intelligent Variable Transmission your vehicle at highway speeds. (IVT) operation • In the event your vehicle leaves For smooth operation, depress the the roadway, do not steer brake pedal when shifting from N sharply. Instead, slow down (Neutral) to a forward or reverse before pulling back into the travel gear. lanes. • Never exceed posted speed limits.

5 21 Driving your vehicle Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)

WARNING Transmission ranges The indicator in the instrument Intelligent Variable Transmission cluster displays the shift lever posi- (IVT) tion when the ignition switch is in • Always check the surrounding the ON position. areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a car into D (Drive) or R P (Park) (Reverse). Always come to a complete stop • Before leaving the driver's seat, before shifting into P (Park). This always make sure the shift lever position locks the transmission and is in the P (Park) position; then set prevents the front wheels from the parking brake fully and shut rotating. the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can WARNING occur if these precautions are not followed in the order identified. • Shifting into P (Park) while the • Do not use the engine brake vehicle is in motion will cause the (shifting from a high gear to drive wheels to lock which will lower gear) rapidly on slippery cause you to lose control of the roads. The vehicle may slip caus- vehicle. ing an accident. • Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake. Always make sure the shift lever is CAUTION latched in the P (Park) position • To avoid damage to your trans- and set the parking brake fully. mission, do not accelerate the • Never leave a child unattended in engine in R (Reverse) or any for- a vehicle. ward gear position with the brakes on. • When stopped on an incline, do CAUTION not hold the vehicle stationary The transmission may be damaged with engine power. Use the ser- if you shift into P (Park) while the vice brake or the parking brake. vehicle is in motion. • Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R (Reverse) when the engine is above idle speed.

5 22 Driving your vehicle Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)

R (Reverse) D (Drive) Use this position to drive the vehicle This is the normal forward driving backward. position. The transmission will automatically shift, providing the best CAUTION fuel economy and power. Always come to a complete stop For extra power when passing before shifting into or out of R another vehicle or climbing grades, (Reverse); you may damage the depress the accelerator fully, at transmission if you shift into R while which time the transmission will the vehicle is in motion, except as automatically downshift to the next explained in "Rocking the vehicle" in lower gear. this section. NOTICE

N (Neutral) Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive). The wheels and transmission are 5 not engaged. The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline Sports mode unless the parking brake or service Whether the vehicle is stationary or brakes are applied. in motion, sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the WARNING D (Drive) position into the manual Do not drive with the shift lever in N gate. To return to D (Drive) range (Neutral). operation, push the shift lever back The engine brake will not work and into the main gate. lead to an accident.

CAUTION • Always park the vehicle in "P" (Park) for safety and engage the parking brake.

OSK3058004NR

5 23 Driving your vehicle Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)

SPORT mode manages the driving • To maintain the required levels of dynamics by automatically adjusting vehicle performance and safety, the steering effort, and the engine the system may not execute cer- and transmission control logic for tain gearshifts when the shift enhanced driver performance. lever is operated. • When driving on a slippery road, In sports mode, moving the shift push the shift lever forward into lever backwards or forwards will the + (up) position. This causes allow you to make gearshifts rap- the transmission to shift into the idly. In contrast to a manual trans- 2nd gear which is better for mission, the sports mode allows smooth driving on a slippery road. gearshifts with the accelerator Push the shift lever to the - pedal depressed. (down) side to shift back to the • Up (+): Push the lever forward 1st gear. once to shift up one gear. • When SPORT mode is activated: • Down (-): Pull the lever backwards - The engine rpm will tend to once to shift down one gear. remain raised over a certain length of time even after NOTICE releasing the accelerator. • In sports mode, the driver must - Upshifts are delayed when execute upshifts in accordance accelerating. with road conditions, being careful • In SPORT mode, the fuel effi- to keep the engine speed below ciency may decrease. the red zone. • In sports mode, only the 8 forward gears can be selected. To Shift lock system (if equipped) reverse or park the vehicle, move For your safety, the Intelligent Vari- the shift lever to the R (Reverse) able Transmission (IVT) has a shift or P (Park) position as required. lock system which prevents shifting • In sports mode, downshifts are the transmission from P (Park) into made automatically when the R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is vehicle slows down. When the depressed. vehicle stops, 1st gear is auto- To shift the transmission from P matically selected. (Park) into R (Reverse): • In sports mode, when the engine 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. rpm approaches the red zone, 2. Start the engine or turn the igni- shift points are varied to upshift tion switch to the ON position. automatically.

5 24 Driving your vehicle Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)

3. Move the shift lever. 3. Carefully remove the cap cover- If the brake pedal is repeatedly ing the shift-lock release access hole. depressed and released with the 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw- shift lever in the P (Park) position, a driver) into the access hole and chattering noise near the shift lever press down on the tool. may be heard. This is a normal con- 5. Move the shift lever. dition. 6. Remove the tool from the shift- lock override access hole then WARNING install the cap. 7. Have the system inspected by a Always fully depress the brake professional workshop. Kia rec- pedal before and while shifting out ommends to visit an authorized of the P (Park) position into another Kia dealer. position to avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle which could injure per- Ignition key interlock system (if sons in or around the vehicle. equipped) The ignition key cannot be removed 5 unless the shift lever is in the P Shift-lock override (Park) position.

Good driving practices • Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed. • Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. OSK3058005NR • Be sure the vehicle is completely If the shift lever cannot be moved stopped before you attempt to from the P (Park) position into R shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). (Reverse) position with the brake • Never take the vehicle out of gear pedal depressed, continue depress- and coast down a hill. This may be ing the brake, then do the following: extremely hazardous. Always 1. Place the ignition switch in the leave the vehicle in gear when LOCK/OFF position. moving. 2. Apply the parking brake.

5 25 Driving your vehicle Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can • Avoid high speeds when cornering cause them to overheat and mal- or turning. function. Instead, when you are • Do not make quick steering wheel driving down a long hill, slow down movements, such as sharp lane and shift to a lower gear. When changes or fast, sharp turns. you do this, engine braking will • The risk of a rollover is greatly help slow down the vehicle. increased if you lose control of • Slow down before shifting to a your vehicle at highway speeds. lower gear. Otherwise, the lower • Losing control often occurs if two gear may not be engaged. or more wheels drop off the road- • Always use the parking brake. Do way and the driver oversteers to not depend on placing the trans- reenter the roadway. mission in P (Park) to keep the • In the event your vehicle leaves vehicle from moving. the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down WARNING before pulling back into the travel lanes. Exercise extreme caution when • Never exceed posted speed limits. driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a WARNING slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive If your vehicle becomes stuck in wheels to lose traction and the vehi- snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may cle to go out of control. attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward. Do • Optimum vehicle performance not attempt this procedure if people and economy is obtained by or objects are anywhere near the smoothly depressing and releas- vehicle. During the rocking operation ing the accelerator pedal. the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes WARNING unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects. • Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.

5 26 Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT)

Moving up a steep grade from a Dual clutch transmission (DCT) standing start (if equipped) To move up a steep grade from a The dual clutch transmission has 7 standing start: forward speeds and one reverse 1. Depress the brake pedal, release speed. the parking break, and shift the shift lever to D (Drive). 2. Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade, and release the parking brake. 3. Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes. When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill, the vehicle may have a tendency to roll backwards. Shifting OSK3058003NR the shift lever into 2 (Second Gear) Depress the brake pedal and 5 will help prevent the vehicle from the lock release button when shift- rolling backwards. ing. Press the lock release button when shifting. The shift lever can be shifted freely. * To move the shift lever from/to P (Parking) or between R (Reverse) and D (Drive), you must depress the brake pedal for the vehicle to stand still.

Dual clutch transmission operation The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

5 27 Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT)

- WARNING mission. Unlike a traditional auto matic transmission, the gear To reduce the risk of serious injury shifting can be felt (and heard) on or death: the dual clutch transmission. • ALWAYS check the surrounding - Think of it as an automatically areas near your vehicle for peo- shifting manual transmission. ple, especially children, before - Shift into Drive range and get shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or fully automatic shifting, similar R (Reverse). to a conventional automatic • Before leaving the driver's seat, transmission. always make sure the shift lever • Dual clutch transmission adopts is in the P (Park) position, then set dry-type dual clutch, which is dif- the parking brake, and place the ferent from torque converter of ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF automatic transmission, and position. Unexpected and sudden shows better acceleration perfor- vehicle movement can occur if mance during driving. But, initial these precautions are not fol- launch might be little bit slower lowed. than Automatic Transmission. • When using Manual Shift Mode, • The dry-type clutch transfers use caution when shifting from a torque and provides a direct driv- higher gear to a lower gear on ing feeling which may feel differ- slippery roads. This could cause ent from a conventional the tires to slip and may result in automatic transmission with a an accident. torque converter. This may be • To avoid damage to your trans- more noticeable when starting mission, do not try to accelerate from a stop or low vehicle speed. with the shift lever in R (Reverse) • When rapidly accelerating at low or any forward gear position with vehicle speed, engine could rev at the brake engaged. high rpm depending on vehicle • When stopped on a slope, do not drive condition. hold the vehicle with accelerator • For smooth launch uphill, press pedal. Engage the service brake or down the accelerator pedal the parking brake. smoothly depending on the current conditions. • The Dual Clutch Transmission • If you release your foot from the gives the driving feel of a manual accelerator pedal at low vehicle transmission, yet provides the speed, you may feel strong ease of a fully automatic trans-

5 28 Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT)

engine brake, which is similar to Transmission temperature Gauge manual transmission. • When driving downhill, you may use Sports Mode to downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. • When you turn the engine on and off, you may hear clicking sounds as the system goes through a self test. This is a normal sound for the Dual Clutch Transmission. OSK3048132NR • Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • Do not put the shift lever in N (Neutral) while driving. 5

WARNING Due to transmission failure, the - vehicle may not move and the posi OSK3048133NR tion indicator (D, R) will blink on the • Select trip computer mode on the cluster. In this case, have the sys- LCD display and move to the tem checked by an authorized Kia transmission temperature screen dealer. to see the temperature of the dual clutch transmission. • When the transmission is over- LCD display for transmission temperature and warning message heated, the warning message will display on the LCD. Follow the dis- The LCD displays the transmission played message. temperature. A warning message is • The transmission temperature is displayed on the LCD when trans- displayed in three colors (white, mission is overheated or in a warn- orange and red) as it increases. (if ing condition. equipped with the color type cluster) if equipped with the mono type cluster. temperature gauge is displayed in one color (white).

5 29 Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT)

- • Orange temperature gauge is dis NOTICE played right before the warning message appears on the LCD dis- The temperature gauge may play. (if equipped) increase rapidly if clutch slip occurs excessively due to repeated stop- CAUTION and-go driving on steep grades and when Hill Hold is maintained for a • Increase (high temperature) of long time. In order to prevent exces- the transmission temperature sive temperature increase, use the gauge usually appears on an brake during low speed driving or incline when the vehicle is stopped when stopping the vehicle on a hill. for a long time using accelerator pedal, without depressing the brake pedal. Before entering High/Overheat • To maintain the optimal trans- (from marking 10 to 14) mission performance, drive so that the white gauge is not exceeded.

Normal (below marking 10)

OSK3048133NR • This zone shows that the dual clutch temperature of the DCT is before entering the high/overheat zone. When the clutch temperature is within this zone (from OSK3048132NR marking 10 to 14), drive minimiz- In order to maintain the optimal ing the clutch slip so that the gear shift performance, drive so temperature gauge is below the that the temperature gauge is point (marking 10). below the point (below marking10). • If the dual clutch temperature continues to increase and reaches marking 14, the warning alarm sounds and the temperature

5 30 Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT)

gauge pops up on the cluster. The DCT warning messages - DCT warning message is not dis This warning message is displayed played. when vehicle is driven slowly on a grade and the vehicle detects that High/Overheat (from marking 15 to the brake pedal is not applied. 16)

OSK3048135NR OSK3048134NR 5 • This zone shows that the dual Steep grade clutch temperature of the DCT Driving up hills or on steep grades: has entered the high/overheat • To hold the vehicle on an incline zone. The DCT warning alarm use the foot brake or the parking - sounds, warning message is dis brake. played on the cluster and the • When in stop-and-go traffic on an temperature gauge disappears incline, keep some distance ahead - from the cluster. Follow the dis before moving the vehicle for- played warning message. ward. Then hold the vehicle on the • To check the temperature status incline with the foot brake. - of the dual clutch when over • If the vehicle is held on a hill by heated, move to the temperature applying the accelerator pedal or gauge screen by selecting the trip by creeping with brake pedal dis- computer mode. Then, you can engaged, the clutch and trans- check the temperature status of mission may overheat which can the dual clutch. result in damage. At this time, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. • If the LCD warning is active, the foot brake must be applied.

5 31 Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT)

• Ignoring the warnings can lead to with a chime. At this time, "Trans- damage to the transmission. mission temp. is high! Stop safely" warning message will appear on Transmission high temperature the LCD display and driving may not be smooth. • If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the transmission to cool. • If you ignore this warning, the driving condition may become worse. You may experience OSK3048132NR abrupt shifts, frequent shifts, or jerkiness. To return to the normal driving condition, stop the vehicle and apply the foot brake or shift into P (Park). Then allow the transmission to cool for a few minutes with engine on, before driving off. • When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly.

OSK3048136NR • Under certain conditions, such as Transmission overheated repeated stop-and-go launches on steep grades, sudden take off or acceleration, or other harsh driving conditions, the transmission clutch temperatures will increase excessively. Finally the clutch in transmission could be overheated. • When the clutch is overheated, the safe protection mode engages and the gear position OSK3048137NR indicator on the cluster blinks

5 32 Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT)

• When the message "Trans cooled. Resume driving." appears you can continue to drive your vehicle. • When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly. If any of the warning messages in the LCD display continue to blink, for your safety, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OSK3048138NR Transmission ranges The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park) 5 Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park).

OSK3048139NR To shift from P (Park), you must • If the vehicle continues to be depress firmly on the brake pedal driven and the clutch tempera- and make sure your foot is off the tures reach the maximum tem- accelerator pedal. perature limit, the "Transmission The shift lever must be in P (Park) Hot! Park with engine on" warning before turning the engine off. will be displayed. When this occurs the clutch is disabled until WARNING the clutch cools to normal temperatures. • Shifting into P (Park) while the • The warning will display a time to vehicle is in motion may cause wait for the transmission to cool. you to lose control of the vehicle. • If this occurs, pull over to a safe • After the vehicle has stopped, location, stop the vehicle with the always make sure the shift lever engine running, apply the brakes is in P (Park), apply the parking and shift the vehicle to P (Park), brake, and turn the engine off. and allow the transmission to • Do not use the P (Park) position in cool. place of the parking brake.

5 33 Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT)

R (Reverse) CAUTION Use this position to drive the vehicle • Always park the vehicle in P (Park) backward. for safety and engage the parking brake. CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R D (Drive) (Reverse); you may damage the This is the normal driving position. transmission if you shift into R The transmission will automatically (Reverse) while the vehicle is in shift through a 7 gear sequence, motion. providing the best fuel economy and power.

N (Neutral) For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill The wheels and transmission are depress the accelerator pedal fur- not engaged. ther until you feel the transmission downshift to a lower gear. WARNING To stop the vehicle during driving, Do not shift into gear unless your please press brake pedal fully to foot is firmly on the brake pedal. prevent unintended movement. Shifting into gear when the engine is running at high speed can cause the Manual mode vehicle to move very rapidly. You could lose control of the vehicle and hit people or objects.

WARNING Do not drive with the shift lever in N (Neutral). The engine brake will not work and lead to an accident. OSK3058004NR

5 34 Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT)

Whether the vehicle is stationary or engine rpm range. The driver in motion, manual mode is selected must execute upshifts in accor- by pushing the shift lever from the dance with road conditions, taking D (Drive) position into the manual care to keep the engine rpms gate. below the red zone. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into Paddle shifter (if equipped) the main gate. The paddle shift function is available In manual mode, moving the shift when the shift lever is in the D lever backwards and forwards will (Drive) position or the manual mode. allow you to select the desired range of gears for the current driving conditions. • + (Up): Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. • - (Down): Pull the lever backwards 5 once to shift down one gear.

NOTICE

• Only the 7 forward gears can be OSK3058010NR selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to With the shift lever in the D posi- the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position tion as required. The paddle shift function will oper- - • Downshifts are made automati ate when the vehicle speed is more cally when the vehicle slows than 6 mph (10 km/h). down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected. Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once • When the engine rpm approaches to shift up or down one gear and the the red zone the transmission will system changes from automatic upshift automatically. mode to manual mode. • If the driver presses the lever to + When the vehicle speed is lower (Up) or - (Down) position, the than 6 mph (10 km/h), if you transmission may not make the depress the accelerator pedal for requested gear change if the next more than 5 seconds or if you shift gear is outside of the allowable the shift lever from D (Drive) to

5 35 Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT) manual mode and shift it from WARNING manual mode to D (Drive) again, the system changes from manual mode Always fully depress the brake to automatic mode. pedal before and while shifting out of the P (Park) position into another position to avoid inadvertent motion With the shift lever in the manual of the vehicle which could injure per- mode sons in or around the car. Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear. Shift-lock override NOTICE Type A If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle shifters at the same time, you cannot shift the gear.

Shift lock system (if equipped) For your safety, the Dual clutch transmission has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R OSK3058006NR (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is Type B depressed. To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse): 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 3. Move the shift lever. If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P (Park) position, a OSK3058005NR chattering noise & vibration near the shift lever may be heard. This is a normal condition.

5 36 Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT)

If the shift lever cannot be moved • Be sure the car is completely from the P (Park) position into R stopped before you attempt to (Reverse) position with the brake shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). pedal depressed, continue depress- • Never take the car out of gear ing the brake, then do the following: and coast down a hill. This may be 1. Place the ignition switch in the extremely hazardous. Always LOCK/OFF position. leave the car in gear when mov- 2. Apply the parking brake. ing. 3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov- • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can ering the shift-lock release access cause them to overheat and mal- hole. function. Instead, when you are 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw- driving down a long hill, slow down driver) into the access hole and and shift to a lower gear. When press down on the tool. you do this, engine braking will 5. Move the shift lever. 6. Remove the tool from the shift- help slow the car. lock override access hole then • Slow down before shifting to a install the cap. lower gear. Otherwise, the lower 5 7. Have the system inspected by a gear may not be engaged. professional workshop. Kia rec- • Always use the parking brake. Do ommends to visit an authorized not depend on placing the Kia dealer. transmission in P (Park) to keep the car from moving. Ignition key interlock system (if • Exercise extreme caution when equipped) driving on a slippery surface. Be The ignition key cannot be removed especially careful when braking, unless the shift lever is in the P accelerating or shifting gears. On (Park) position. a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause Good driving practices the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of con- • Never move the shift lever from P trol. (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other • Optimum vehicle performance position with the accelerator and economy is obtained by pedal depressed. smoothly depressing and releas- • Never move the shift lever into P ing the accelerator pedal. (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

5 37 Driving your vehicle Dual clutch transmission (DCT)

WARNING WARNING • Always buckle-up! In a collision, an If your vehicle becomes stuck in unbelted occupant is significantly snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may more likely to be seriously injured attempt to rock the vehicle free by or killed than a properly belted moving it forward and backward. Do occupant. not attempt this procedure if people • Avoid high speeds when cornering or objects are anywhere near the or turning. vehicle. During the rocking operation • Do not make quick steering wheel the vehicle may suddenly move for- movements, such as sharp lane ward of backward as it becomes changes or fast, sharp turns. unstuck, causing injury or damage • The risk of rollover is greatly to nearby people or objects. increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds. • Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway. • In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • Never exceed posted speed limits.

5 38 Driving your vehicle Brake system

Brake system WARNING Your vehicle has power-assisted Steep hill braking brakes, parking brake, and various Avoid continuous application of the braking systems for safe driving. brakes when descending a long or steep hill by shifting to a lower gear. Power brakes Continuous brake application will Your vehicle has power-assisted cause the brakes to overheat and brakes that adjust automatically could result in a temporary loss of through normal usage. braking performance. In the event that the power- Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's assisted brakes lose power because ability to safely slow down; the of a stalled engine or some other vehicle may also pull to one side reason, you can still stop your vehi- when the brakes are applied. Apply- cle by applying greater force to the ing the brakes lightly will indicate brake pedal than you normally whether they have been affected in would. The stopping distance, how- 5 this way. Always test your brakes in ever, will be longer. this fashion after driving through When the engine is not running, the deep water. To dry the brakes, apply reserve brake power is partially them lightly while maintaining a depleted each time the brake pedal safe forward speed until brake per- is applied. Do not pump the brake formance returns to normal. pedal when the power assist has been interrupted. In the event of brake failure Pump the brake pedal only when If service brakes fail to operate - necessary to maintain steering con while the vehicle is in motion, you trol on slippery surfaces. can make an emergency stop with the parking brake. The stopping dis- CAUTION tance, however, will be much Brake Pedal greater than normal. Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormally high brake temperatures which can cause excessive brake lining and pad wear.

5 39 Driving your vehicle Brake system

WARNING CAUTION Parking brake Replace brake pads Avoid applying the parking brake to Do not continue to drive with worn stop the vehicle while it is moving brake pads. Continuing to drive with except in an emergency situation. worn brake pads can damage the Applying the parking brake while the braking system and result in costly vehicle is moving at normal speeds brake repairs. can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle, WARNING use great caution in applying the Brake wear brake. Do not ignore high pitched wear sounds from your brakes. If you ignore this audible warning, you will Disc brakes wear indicator eventually lose braking perfor- When your brake pads are worn and mance, which could lead to a serious new pads are required, you will hear accident. a high-pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and Rear drum brakes (if equipped) go or it may occur whenever you Your rear drum brakes do not have depress the brake pedal. wear indicators. Therefore, have the Please remember that some driving rear brake linings inspected if you conditions or climates may cause a hear a rear brake rubbing noise. Also brake squeal when you first apply have your rear brakes inspected (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is each time you change or rotate normal and does not indicate a your tires and when you have the problem with your brakes. front brakes replaced. Always replace the front or rear Parking brake brake pads as pairs. After parking the vehicle, apply the parking brake to prevent the vehicle from being moved by the external force.

5 40 Driving your vehicle Brake system

Applying the parking brake Releasing the parking brake

OSK3058007NR OSK3058008NR To engage the parking brake: To release the parking brake: 1. Apply the foot brake and then pull 1. Apply the foot brake and pull up up the parking brake lever as far the parking brake lever slightly. as possible. 2. Depress the release button (1) and lower the parking brake lever In addition it is recommended that (2) while holding the button. 5 when parking the vehicle on a incline, the shift lever should be in a If the parking brake does not release low gear on manual transmission or does not release all the way, have vehicles. the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to CAUTION visit an authorized Kia dealer. • Be cautious when parking on a hill. • Driving with the parking brake Firmly engage the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake and place the shift lever in first or pad and brake rotor wear. reverse gear (manual transmis- • Do not operate the parking brake sion). If your vehicle is facing while the vehicle is moving except downhill, turn the front wheels in an emergency situation. It could into the curb to help keep the damage the vehicle system and vehicle from rolling. If your vehicle make endanger driving safety. is facing uphill, turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling. If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling, block the wheels.

5 41 Driving your vehicle Brake system

• Under some conditions your park- Check the brake warning light by ing brake can freeze in the turning the ignition switch ON (do engaged position. This is most not start the engine). This light will likely to happen when there is an be illuminated when the parking accumulation of snow or ice brake is applied with the ignition around or near the rear brakes or switch in the START or ON position. if the brakes are wet. If there is a Before driving, be sure the parking risk that the parking brake may brake is fully released and the brake freeze, apply it only temporarily warning light is off. while you put the shift lever in first or reverse gear (manual If the brake warning light remains transmission) and block the rear on after the parking brake is wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. released while engine is running, Then release the parking brake. there may be a malfunction in the • Do not hold the vehicle on the brake system. Immediate attention upgrade with the accelerator is necessary. pedal. This can cause the trans- If at all possible, cease driving the mission to overheat. Always use vehicle immediately. If that is not the brake pedal or parking brake. possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con- WARNING tinue to drive the vehicle until you • Never allow a passenger to touch can reach a safe location or repair the parking brake. If the parking shop. brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur. Anti-lock brake system (ABS) • All vehicles should always have The ABS prevents the wheels from the parking brake fully engaged locking. So the vehicle remains sta- when parking to avoid inadvertent ble and can still be steered. movement of the vehicle which - can injure occupants or pedestri- ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci ans. dents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you ODEEV068228NR and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during

5 42 Driving your vehicle Brake system extreme road conditions. The vehicle NOTICE should be driven at reduced speeds in the following circumstances: A click sound may be heard in the • When driving on rough, gravel or vehicle compartment when the snow-covered roads vehicle begins to move after the • When driving with tire chains vehicle is started. These conditions installed are normal and indicate that the - • When driving on roads where the anti-lock brake system is function road surface is pitted or has dif- ing properly. ferent surface heights. Even with the anti-lock brake sys- Driving in these conditions increases tem, your vehicle still requires suffi- - the stopping distance for your vehi cient stopping distance. Always cle. maintain a safe distance from the The ABS continuously senses the vehicle in front of you. speed of the wheels. If the wheels Always slow down when cornering. are going to lock, the ABS system The anti-lock brake system cannot 5 repeatedly modulates the hydraulic prevent accidents resulting from brake pressure to the wheels. excessive speeds. When you apply your brakes under On loose or uneven road surfaces, conditions which may lock the operation of the anti-lock brake wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik'' system may result in a longer stop- sound from the brakes, or feel a ping distance than for vehicles corresponding sensation in the equipped with a conventional brake brake pedal. This is normal and it system. means your ABS is active. The ABS warning light will stay on In order to obtain the maximum for approximately 3 seconds after - benefit from your ABS in an emer the ignition switch or START/STOP gency situation, do not attempt to button is ON. modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Press your brake pedal as hard as possible to allow the ABS to control ODEEV068101NR the force being delivered to the brakes.

5 43 Driving your vehicle Brake system

During that time, the ABS will go Electronic stability control (ESC) through selfdiagnosis and the light The ESC system is designed to sta- will go off if everything is normal. If bilize the vehicle during cornering the light stays on, you may have a maneuvers. problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible. When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and have operated your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate. Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop the OSK3058009NR vehicle. ESC checks where you are steering Restart the vehicle. If the ABS and where the vehicle is actually warning light goes off, then your going. ESC applies the brakes on ABS system is normal. Otherwise, individual wheels and intervenes you may have a problem with the with the vehicle management sys- ABS. Contact an authorized Kia tem to stabilize the vehicle. dealer as soon as possible. ESC will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt NOTICE maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet When you jump start your vehicle surfaces can still result in serious because of a drained battery, the accidents. vehicle may not run as smoothly Only a safe and attentive driver can and the ABS warning light may turn prevent accidents by avoiding on at the same time. This happens maneuvers that cause the vehicle to because of low battery voltage. It lose traction. Even with ESC - does not mean your ABS has mal installed, always follow all the nor- functioned. mal precautions for driving - includ- • Do not pump your brakes! ing driving at safe speeds for the • Have the battery recharged conditions. before driving the vehicle.

5 44 Driving your vehicle Brake system

WARNING NOTICE For maximum protection, always A click sound may be heard in the wear your seat belt. No system, no vehicle compartment when the matter how advanced, can compen- vehicle begins to move after the sate for all driver error and/or driv- vehicle is started. These conditions ing conditions. Always drive are normal and indicate that the responsibly. Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly. The ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under Electronic stability control (ESC) adverse conditions. It is not a sub- operation stitute for safe driving practices. ESC ON condition Factors including speed, road condi- • When the ignition switch or tions and driver steering input can - START/STOP button is turned ON, all affect whether ESC will be effec 5 ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights tive in preventing a loss of control. It illuminate for approximately 3 is still your responsibility to drive seconds, then ESC is turned on. and corner at reasonable speeds • Press the ESC OFF button for at and to leave a sufficient margin of least half a second after turning safety. the vehicle ON to turn ESC off. When you apply your brakes under (ESC OFF indicator will illuminate). conditions which may lock the To turn the ESC on, press the ESC wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik'' OFF button (ESC OFF indicator sound from the brakes, or feel a light will go off). corresponding sensation in the • When starting the vehicle, you brake pedal. This is normal and it may hear a slight ticking sound. means your ESC is active. This is the ESC performing an automatic system self-check and does not indicate a problem.

5 45 Driving your vehicle Brake system

When operating ESC off state 2 - Traction & stabil- When the ESC is in operation, ity control disabled the ESC indicator light blinks. To turn off the traction control When the Electronic Stability function and the brake control func- Control is operating properly, you tion of the ESC, press the ESC OFF can feel a slight pulsation in the button (ESC OFF ) for more than vehicle. This is only the effect of brake control and indicates nothing 3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator light unusual. (ESC OFF ) will illuminate and ESC When moving out of the mud or OFF warning chime will sound. At driving on a slippery road, pressing this state, the car stability control the accelerator pedal may not cause function does not operate any the vehicle rpm (revolutions per more. minute) to increase.

Indicator light Electronic stability control (ESC) operation off ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC off states. ESC OFF indicator light If the vehicle stops when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle, the ESC will automatically turn on again. When ignition switch or START/ STOP button is turned to ON, the ESC off state 1 - Traction control indicator light illuminates, then goes disabled off if the ESC system is operating To turn off the traction control normally. function and only operate the brake - control function of the ESC, press The ESC indicator light blinks when ever ESC is operating or illuminates the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) when ESC fails to operate. for less than 3 seconds and the ESC The ESC OFF indicator light comes OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) will on when the ESC is turned off with illuminate. the button.

5 46 Driving your vehicle Brake system

WARNING NOTICE Electronic stability control • When operating the vehicle on a Drive carefully even though your dynamometer, ensure that the vehicle has Electronic Stability Con- ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light trol. It can only assist you in main- illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it taining control under certain may prevent the vehicle speed circumstances. from increasing, and result in false diagnosis. • Turning the ESC off does not ESC OFF usage affect ABS or brake system operation. When driving • ESC should be turned on for daily driving whenever possible. Vehicle stability management • To turn ESC off while driving, (VSM) press the ESC OFF button while This system provides further 5 driving on a flat road surface. enhancements to vehicle stability and steering responses when a WARNING vehicle is driving on a slippery road or a vehicle detects changes in coef- Operating ESC ficient of friction between right Never press the ESC OFF button wheels and left wheels when brak- while ESC is operating (ESC indicator ing. light blinks). If ESC is turned off while ESC is WARNING operating, the vehicle may slip out of control. Tire/Wheel size When replacing tires and wheels, make sure they are the same size as the original tires and wheels installed. Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may diminish any supplemental safety benefits of the VSM system.

5 47 Driving your vehicle Brake system

Vehicle stability management WARNING (VSM) operation Vehicle stability management When the VSM is in operation, ESC Drive carefully even though your indicator light ( ) blinks. vehicle has vehicle stability manage- - When the vehicle stability management. It can only assist you in main ment is operating properly, you can taining control of the vehicle under feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle certain circumstances. and/or abnormal steering responses (EPS- Electronic Power Steering). Malfunction indicator This is only the effect of brake and EPS control and indicates nothing The VSM can be deactivated even if unusual. you don't cancel the VSM operation by pressing the ESC OFF button. It The VSM does not operate when: indicates that a malfunction has • Driving on a sloping road such as a been detected somewhere in the gradient or incline Electric Power Steering system or • Driving in reverse VSM system. If the ESC indicator • ESC OFF indicator light ( ) light ( ) or EPS warning light remains on, take your vehicle to an remains on the instrument cluster authorized Kia dealer and have the • EPS indicator light remains on the system checked. instrument cluster

Vehicle stability management NOTICE (VSM) operation off • The VSM is designed to function If you press the ESC OFF button to above approximately 13 mph (22 turn off the ESC, the VSM will also km/h) on curves. cancel and the ESC OFF indicator • The VSM is designed to function above approximately 6 mph (10 light ( ) illuminates. km/h) when a vehicle is braking on To turn on the VSM, press the but- a split-mu surface. A split-mu surface is made of two surfaces ton again. The ESC OFF indicator which have different friction light goes out. forces.

5 48 Driving your vehicle Brake system

The Vehicle Stability Management The HAC is activated only for about system is not a substitute for safe 2 seconds, so when the vehicle is driving practices but a supplemen- starting off always depress the tary function only. It is the respon- accelerator pedal. sibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the WARNING vehicle ahead. Always hold the Maintaining Brake Pressure on steering wheel firmly while driving. Incline Your vehicle is designed to activate HAC does not replace the need to according to the driver's intention, apply brakes while stopped on an even with installed VSM. Always fol- incline. While stopped, make sure low all the normal precautions for you maintain brake pressure suffi- driving at safe speeds for the condi- cient to prevent your vehicle from tions – including driving in clement rolling backward and causing an weather and on a slippery road. accident. Don't release the brake pedal until you are ready to acceler- 5 WARNING ate forward. For maximum protection, always wear your seat belt. No system, no Good braking practices matter how advanced, can compen- Good braking practices help keep sate for all driver error and/or driv- occupants safe and extend brake ing conditions. Always drive responsibly. life. • Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and the Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) parking brake indicator light is out before driving away. A vehicle has the tendency to roll • Driving through water may get back on a steep hill when it starts to the brakes wet. They can also get go after stopping. The Hill-start wet when the vehicle is washed. Assist Control (HAC) prevents the Wet brakes can be dangerous! vehicle from rolling back by applying Your vehicle will not stop as the brakes automatically for about quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet 2 seconds. brakes may cause the vehicle to The brakes are released when the pull to one side. accelerator pedal is depressed or To dry the brakes, apply the after about 2 seconds. brakes lightly until the braking

5 49 Driving your vehicle Brake system

action returns to normal, taking If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn care to keep the vehicle under the front wheels away from the control at all times. If the braking curb to help keep the vehicle from action does not return to normal, rolling. If there is no curb or if it is stop as soon as it is safe to do so required by other conditions to and call an authorized Kia dealer keep the vehicle from rolling, for assistance. block the wheels. • Don't coast down hills with the • Under some conditions your park- vehicle out of gear. This is ing brake can freeze in the extremely hazardous. Keep the engaged position. This is most vehicle in gear at all times, use the likely to happen when there is an brakes to slow down, then shift to accumulation of snow or ice a lower gear so that vehicle brak- around or near the rear brakes or ing will help you maintain a safe if the brakes are wet. If there is a speed. risk that the parking brake may • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Rest- freeze, apply it only temporarily ing your foot on the brake pedal while you put the shifter dial in P while driving can be dangerous and block the rear wheels so the because the brakes might over- vehicle cannot roll. Then release heat and lose their effectiveness. the parking brake. It also increases the wear of the • Do not hold the vehicle on an brake components. incline with the accelerator pedal. • If a tire goes flat while you are This can cause the reduction gear driving, apply the brakes gently to overheat. Always use the brake and keep the vehicle pointed pedal or parking brake. straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe place. • Be cautious when parking on a hill. Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shifter dial in P. If your vehicle is facing downhill, turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling.

5 50 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Camera Type)

Forward Collision-Avoidance Setting and activating the FCA Assist (FCA) (Camera Type) (if The driver can activate the FCA by equipped) placing the ignition switch or START/ STOP button to the ON position and The FCA system is designed to by selecting: detect and monitor a vehicle ahead • Go to the "User Settings in the in the roadway through camera rec- cluster → Driver assistance → ognition to warn the driver that a Forward safety" - collision is imminent, and if neces • If you select "Active assist", the sary, apply emergency braking. FCA system activates. The FCA Camera type FCA system does not produces warning messages and operate for pedestrians in front. warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Also, - WARNING it controls the brakes in accor dance with the collision risk levels. Take the following precautions • If you select "Warning only", the when using the Forward Collision- FCA system activates and pro- 5 Avoidance Assist (FCA): duces only warning alarms in • This system is only a supplemen- accordance with the collision risk tal system and it is not intended levels. You should control the to, or does it replace the need for brake directly because the FCA extreme care and attention of the system do not control the brake. driver. The sensing range and • If you select "Off", the FCA sys- objects detectable by the sensors tem deactivates. are limited. Pay attention to the The warning light illumi- road conditions at all times. nates on the LCD display, • NEVER drive too fast in accor- when you cancel the FCA dance with the road conditions or system. The driver can monitor the while cornering. FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD dis- • Always drive cautiously to prevent play. Also, the warning light illumi- unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. FCA does not stop nates when the ESC (Electronic the vehicle completely and does Stability Control) is turned off. If the not avoid all collisions due to sys- warning light remains ON with the tem limitations. FCA activated, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.

5 51 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Camera Type)

Setting the initial warning activa- when the following prerequisites are tion time satisfied. The driver can select the initial • The ESC is activated. warning activation time on the LCD • The driving speed is over 6 mph display. (10 km/h). (However, FCA is acti- • Go to the "User Settings in the vated within certain driving cluster → Driver assistance → speed.) Warning timing → Normal/Later". • The system detects a vehicle in The options for the initial Forward front. (However, FCA does not Collision Warning includes the fol- activate according to conditions in lowing: front and vehicle systems, but it • Normal: When this condition is notices only certain warnings.) selected, the initial Forward Colli- • FCA may not be activated or may sion Warning is activated nor- only sound a warning alarm - mally. depending on the driving or vehi • Later: When this condition is cle conditions. - selected, the initial Forward Colli- • If the warning only under the For - sion Warning is activated later ward Safety is selected, FCA pro than normal. This setting reduces duces only warning alarms in the amount of distance between accordance with the collision risk the vehicle ahead before the initial levels. warning occurs. Select 'Later' when traffic is light WARNING and when driving speed is slow. • The FCA automatically activates When the vehicle ahead brakes upon placing the ignition switch or suddenly or you increase the START/STOP button to the ON speed of your vehicle, the driver position. The driver can deactivate can notice the warning alarm is the FCA by canceling the system early even though the later option setting on the LCD display. To is selected. avoid driver distractions, do not attempt to set or cancel the FCA Prerequisite for the FCA activation while driving the vehicle. - The FCA gets ready to be activated, • The FCA automatically deacti when the Active Assist or Warning vates upon canceling the ESC. Only under the Forward Safety is When the ESC is canceled, the FCA selected on the LCD display, and cannot be activated on the LCD display.

5 52 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Camera Type)

In this situation, the FCA warning management system to help decel- light will illuminate, but it does not erate the vehicle. indicate a malfunction of the sys- The Vehicle may slow down slightly. tem. • It will operate if the vehicle speed • Set or cancel FCA with controlling is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h) switches on steering wheel after and less than or equal to 100 mph stopping the vehicle in a safe (160 km/h) on a forward vehicle. place for your safety. (Depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and the envi- - FCA warning message and brake ronment surrounding it, the pos control sible maximum operating speed may be reduced.) The FCA system produces warning • If you select "Warning only" for messages, warning alarms, and the FCA system setting, the FCA emergency braking based on the system activates and produces level of risk of a frontal collision, only warning alarms in accor- such as when a vehicle ahead sud- dance with the collision risk levels. 5 denly brakes. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system Collision Warning (1st warning) will not control the brake.

Emergency braking (2nd warning)

OSK3058064NR The warning message appears on the LCD display with the warning OSK3058065NR alarms. The warning message appears on Additionally, some vehicle system the LCD display with the warning intervention occurs by the engine alarms.

5 53 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Camera Type)

Additionally, some vehicle system sharply depresses the accelera- intervention occurs by the engine tor pedal, or when the driver management system to help decel- abruptly operates the steering erate the vehicle. wheel. • The braking control is automati- The brake control is maximized just cally canceled, when risk factors before a collision, reducing impact disappear. when it strikes a forward vehicle. • It will operate if the vehicle speed is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h) CAUTION and less than or equal to 40 mph The driver should always use (65 km/h) on a forward vehicle. extreme caution when operating (Depending on the condition of the vehicle, even though there is no the vehicle ahead and the envi- warning message or warning alarm. ronment surrounding it, the possible maximum operating speed may be reduced.) WARNING • If you select "Warning only" for The FCA system cannot avoid all the FCA system setting, the FCA collisions nor completely stop the system activates and produces vehicle before collision. The driver is - only warning alarms in accor responsible to safely drive and con- dance with the collision risk levels. trol the vehicle. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system will not control the brake. WARNING The FCA system logic operates Brake operation within certain parameters, such as In an urgent situation, the braking the distance from the vehicle ahead, system enters into the ready status the speed of the vehicle ahead, and for prompt reaction against the the driver's vehicle speed. Certain driver's depressing the brake pedal. conditions such as inclement • The FCA system provides addi- weather and road conditions may tional braking power for optimum affect the operation of the FCA sys- braking performance, when the tem. driver depresses the brake pedal Never deliberately drive dangerously during warning. to activate the system. • The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver

5 54 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Camera Type)

FCA front view camera sensor This is not a malfunction with the In order for the FCA system to FCA. To operate the FCA again, operate properly, always make sure remove the foreign substances. the sensor is clean and free of dirt, The FCA may not properly operate snow, and debris. in an area (e.g. open terrain), where objects or vehicles are not detected after turning ON the engine.

WARNING The FCA system may not activate without any warning messages depending on driving and road conditions.

OSK3058011NR Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on NOTICE 5 the lens may adversely affect the • Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor. sensing performance of the sensor. Warning message and warning light • Always keep the sensor clean and free of dirt and debris. • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the sensor. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. In this case, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system OSK3058066NR inspected. When the camera is covered with • Use only genuine parts to repair - dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA opera or replace a damaged. tion may not be able to detect other • Do not tint the window or install vehicles. In this case, the warning stickers, accessories around the message appears to warn the driver. inside mirror where the camera is installed.

5 55 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Camera Type)

• Make sure the frontal camera Type B installation point does not get wet. • Do not impact or arbitrarily remove any camera components. • Do not place reflective objects (white paper or mirror etc.) on the dashboard. The system may activate unnecessarily due to reflect of the sunlight. OSK3058068NR • Excessive audio volume may dis- After the message disappears, the turb the sound of the system - warning alarm. master warning light ( ) will illu • For more precautions related to minate. In this case, take your vehi- the camera sensor, refer to the cle to an authorized Kia dealer and "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) Sys- have the system inspected. tem (if equipped)" on page 5-127. The FCA system will also be deactivated for the sake of driver's safety when the ESC warning light comes FCA malfunction on. The FCA warning message will When the FCA is not working prop- appear at the same time, too. But that doesn't necessarily mean the erly, the FCA warning light ( ) malfunction of the FCA system. will illuminate and the warning mes- Both FCA warning light and warning sage will appear for a few seconds. message will disappear once the ESC Type A warning light issue is resolved.

5 56 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Camera Type)

pedal to reduce the driving speed Limitations of the FCA or to stop the vehicle. The FCA system is designed to • In certain instances and under monitor the vehicle ahead in the certain driving conditions, the FCA roadway through camera recogni- system may activate uninten- tion to warn the driver that a colli- tionally. This initial warning mes- sion is imminent, and if necessary, sage appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. apply emergency braking. Also, due to sensing limitations, in In certain situations, the camera certain situations, the camera may not be able to detect the vehi- recognition system may not cle ahead. In these cases, the FCA detect the vehicle ahead. The FCA system may not operate normally. system may not activate and the The driver must pay careful atten- warning message may not be dis- tion in the following situations played. where the FCA operation may be • The FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the brake limited. pedal before warning to avoid the 5 risk of a collision. Limitations of the sensors • The FCA system does not operate The sensor may be limited when: when the vehicle is in reverse. • The sensor is covered with foreign • The FCA system is not designed substances. to detect other objects on the • It heavily rains or snows. road such as animals. • The vehicle in front has a narrow • The FCA system does not detect body. (i.e. motor cycle and bicycle) vehicles in the opposite lane. • The sensor view is unclear due to • The FCA system does not detect the backlight, the reflected light, cross traffic vehicles that are or darkness. approaching. • The sensor cannot contain the full • The FCA system cannot detect image of the vehicle in front. the driver approaching the side • The vehicle in front is a special view of a parked vehicle (for vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded example on a dead end street). truck or a trailer. In these cases, you must maintain • The outside brightness changes a safe braking distance, and if suddenly, such as entering/exiting necessary, depress the brake the tunnel. pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a safe dis- • The vehicle driving is unstable. tance or to stop the vehicle. • The camera sensor recognition is limited.

5 57 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Camera Type)

• The sensor's field of view is not • The camera or camera lens is well illuminated (either too dark damaged. or too much reflection or too • The headlights of the vehicle are much backlight that obscures the not used at night or in the tunnel field of view) section, or the light is too weak. • The vehicle in front is driving • The street light or the light of the erratically vehicle coming from the opposite • The vehicle is driven near areas is reflected or when sunlight is containing metal substances such reflected by the water on the as a construction zone, railroad, road surface. etc. • The back light is projected in the • Backlight is reflected in the direc- direction of the vehicle's motion tion of the vehicle (including front (including the headlights of vehi- light from the vehicle ahead) cles) • Moisture on the windshield is not • Road sign, shadow on the road, completely removed or frozen. tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial • The weather is misty. pavement • The vehicle in front does not turn • The windshield has moisture on ON the rear lights, does not have its surface or if windshield rear lights, has asymmetric rear freezes, lights, or has rear lights out of • Driving in the fog. angle. • Objects are out of the sensing • The vehicle is on unpaved or range of the camera. uneven rough surfaces, or roads with sudden gradient changes. Driving on a curve • The vehicle is moving under ground level or inside a building. • A sudden change in the sensor recognition takes place while passing through the speed bump, • The vehicle is severely shaken due to adverse road conditions. • Driving around circular intersection with a vehicle in front, • The front of the camera lens is - contaminated by front glass tint OSK3058053NR ing, film, water repellent coating, The FCA performance may be lim- damage on glass, foreign matter ited when driving on a curve. The (sticker, insect, etc.)

5 58 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Camera Type)

FCA may not recognize the vehicle in Driving on a slope front even in the same lane. The FCA system may produce the warning message and the warning alarm prematurely, or it may not produce the warning message or the warning alarm at all. When driving on a curve, the driver must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving OSK3058012NR - speed in order to maintain a safe The FCA performance may be lim - distance. ited while driving upward or down ward on a slope and may not recognize the vehicle in front in the same lane. 5 It may produce the warning message and the warning alarm prematurely, or it may not produce the warning message and the warning alarm at all. When the FCA suddenly recognizes OSK3058052NR the vehicle in front while passing While driving on a curve, the FCA over a slope, you may experience may recognize the vehicle in front in sharp deceleration. the next lane. Always keep your eyes forward If necessary, depress the brake while driving upward or downward pedal to reduce your driving speed on a slope, and, if necessary, in order to maintain a safe distance. depress the brake pedal. Also, when necessary depress the accelerator pedal to prevent the system from unnecessarily decelerating your vehicle. Always check the traffic conditions around the vehicle.

5 59 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Camera Type)

Changing lanes of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

Recognizing the vehicle

OSK3058051NR When a vehicle changes lanes in front of you, the FCA system may not immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking dis- OSK3058013NR tance, and if necessary, depress the If the vehicle in front of you has brake pedal to reduce your driving cargo that extends rearward from speed in order to maintain a safe the cab, or when the vehicle in front distance. of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. The FCA system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in OSK3058048NR order to maintain distance. When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a stopped vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the FCA system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front

5 60 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Camera Type)

WARNING This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. • Do not use the Forward Cllision- Operation is subject to the following Avoidance Assist (FCA) system three conditions: when towing a vehicle. Application 1. This device may not cause harm- of the FCA system while towing ful interference, and may adversely affect the safety 2. This device must accept any of your vehicle or the towing vehi- interference received, including cle. interference that may cause • Use extreme caution when the undesired operation. vehicle in front of you has cargo 3. Changes or modifications not that extends rearward from the expressly approved by the party cab, or when the vehicle in front responsible for compliance could of you has higher ground clear- void the user's authority to oper- ance. ate the device. • The FCA system is designed to detect and monitor the vehicle Radio frequency radiation exposure 5 ahead in the roadway through information: camera recognition. It is not designed to detect pedestrians, This equipment complies with FCC bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller radiation exposure limits set forth wheeled objects such as luggage for an uncontrolled environment. bags, shopping carts, or strollers. This equipment should be installed • Never try to test the operation of and operated with minimum dis- the FCA system. Doing so may tance of 8 in (20 cm) between the cause severe injury or death. radiator (antenna) and your body. • If the front glass or camera have been replaced or repaired, have This transmitter must not be co- your vehicle inspected by an located or operating in conjunction - authorized Kia dealer. with any other antenna or trans mitter.

NOTICE In some instances, the FCA system may be canceled when subjected to electromagnetic interference.

5 61 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)

Forward Collision-Avoidance are limited. Pay attention to the Assist FCA Sensor fusion type road conditions at all times. - (front Camera + front radar • NEVER drive too fast in accor dance with the road conditions or type) (if equipped) while cornering. The FCA system is designed to • Always drive cautiously to prevent detect and monitor a vehicle ahead unexpected and sudden situations or detect a pedestrian in the road- from occurring. FCA does not stop way through radar signals and cam- the vehicle completely and does era recognition to warn the driver not avoid all collisions due to sys- that a collision is imminent, and if tem limitations. necessary, apply emergency braking. Setting and activating the FCA WARNING The driver can activate the FCA by placing the ignition switch or START/ Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist STOP button to the ON position and (FCA) Limitations by selecting: The FCA system is a supplemental • Go to the 'User Settings in the system and is not a substitute for cluster', 'Driver Assistance', and safe driving practices. 'Forward Collision-Avoidance It is the responsibility of the driver Assist'. to always check the speed and dis- The FCA deactivates, when the tance to the vehicle ahead and to be driver cancels the system setting. prepared to apply the brakes. The warning light illuminates on the LCD display, WARNING when you cancel the FCA Take the following precautions system. The driver can monitor the - when using the forward Collision- FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD dis - Avoidance assist (FCA) system: play. Also, the warning light illumi nates when the ESC (Electronic • This system is only a supplemen- - tal system and it is not intended Stability Control) is turned off (Trac to, or does it replace the need for tion & Stability control disabled.). extreme care and attention of the When the warning light remains ON driver. The sensing range and with the FCA activated, take your objects detectable by the sensors vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.

5 62 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)

- Setting the initial warning activa WARNING tion time The FCA may not recognize every The driver can select the initial obstacle or provide warnings and warning activation time in the User braking in every situation, so do not Settings in the instrument cluster rely on the FCA to stop the vehicle in LCD display. instances where the driver sees an The options for the initial Forward obstacle and has the ability to apply Collision Warning include the follow- the brakes. ing: • NORMAL: When this condition is • The FCA automatically activates selected, the initial Forward Colli- upon placing the ignition switch or sion Warning is activated nor- START/STOP button to the ON mally. position. The driver can deactivate • LATE: When this condition is the FCA by canceling the system selected, the initial Forward Colli- setting on the LCD display. sion Warning is activated later • The FCA automatically deacti- 5 than normal. This setting reduces vates upon canceling the ESC. the amount of distance between When the ESC is canceled, the FCA the vehicle or pedestrian ahead cannot be activated on the LCD before the initial warning occurs. display. Select this condition only when The FCA warning light will illumi- traffic is light, and you are driving nate. slowly. • To avoid driver distractions, do not attempt to set or cancel the Prerequisite for the FCA activation FCA while operating the vehicle. The FCA will activate when the FCA is selected on the LCD display, and FCA warning message and brake control when the following prerequisites are satisfied: The FCA system produces warning • The ESC (Electronic Stability Con- messages, warning alarms, and trol) is activated. emergency braking based on the • The driving speed is over 6 mph level of risk of a frontal collision, - (10 km/h). (The FCA only works such as when a vehicle ahead sud within a certain range of vehicle denly brakes, or when the system speeds) detects that a collision with a • When the FCA recognizes a vehicle pedestrian is imminent. or the pedestrian in front.

5 63 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)

The driver can select the initial • For pedestrians and cyclists, the warning activation time in the User vehicle speed is greater than or Settings in the LCD display. The equal to 6 mph (10 km/h) and less options for the initial Forward Colli- than 56 mph (90 km/h). (Depend- sion Warning include Early, Normal ing on the condition of pedestri- or Late initial warning time. ans and bike riders and the surrounding environment the Collision Warning (1st warning) possible maximum operating speed may be reduced.) - If you select "Warning only", the FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system do not control the brake.

OSK3058064NR Emergency braking (2nd warning) • The warning message appears on the LCD display with the warning alarms. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle. The Vehicle may slow down slightly. • It will operate if the vehicle speed is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h) OSK3058065NR and less than or equal to 100 mph • The warning message appears on (160 km/h) on a forward vehicle. the LCD display with the warning (Depending on the condition of alarms. the vehicle ahead and the envi- Additionally, some vehicle system ronment surrounding it, the pos- intervention occurs by the engine sible maximum operating speed management system to help decel- may be reduced.) erate the vehicle.

5 64 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)

The Vehicle may slow down slightly. depresses the brake pedal during • It will operate if the vehicle speed warning. is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h) • The braking control is automati- and less than or equal to 50 mph cally deactivated when the driver (80 km/h) on a forward vehicle. sharply depresses the accelera- (Depending on the condition of tor pedal, or when the driver the vehicle ahead and the envi- abruptly operates the steering ronment surrounding it, the pos- wheel. sible maximum operating speed • The braking control is automati- may be reduced.) cally canceled when risk factors • For pedestrians and cyclists, the disappear. vehicle speed is greater than or The driver should always exercise equal to 6 mph (10 km/h) and less caution when operating the vehicle, than 43 mph (70 km/h). (Depend- even though there is no warning ing on the condition of pedestri- message or warning alarm. ans and bike riders and the surrounding environment the 5 possible maximum operating WARNING speed may be reduced.) The FCA cannot avoid all collisions - If you select "Warning only", the nor completely stop the vehicle FCA system activates and pro- before collision. The driver has the duces only warning alarms in responsibility to drive safely and accordance with the collision control the vehicle. risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system do not control the WARNING brake. The FCA is a supplemental system and cannot completely stop the Brake operation vehicle in all situations or avoid all In an urgent situation, the braking collisions. It is the responsibility of system enters into the ready status the driver to safely drive and control for prompt reaction to assist the the vehicle. driver in depressing the brake pedal. • The FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance when the driver

5 65 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)

WARNING Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system as such con- duct increases the risk of an accident.

NOTICE The FCA system assesses the risk of a collision by monitoring several OSK3058014NR variables such as the distance to the vehicle/pedestrian ahead, the speed of the vehicle/pedestrian ahead, and the driver's operation of the vehicle. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system. For the system operation, do not attempt risky driving. OSK3058011NR NOTICE FCA front radar / Camera sensor • Do not apply foreign objects such In order for the FCA system to as a bumper sticker or a bumper operate properly, always make sure guard near the radar sensor. the sensor or sensor cover is clean Doing so may adversely affect the and free of dirt, snow, and debris. sensing performance of the radar. Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on • Always keep the radar sensor and the sensor or its external parts may over clean and free of dirt and adversely affect the sensing perfor- debris. mance of the sensor. • Use only soft clothes to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover. • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forc-

5 66 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)

ibly moved out of proper align- Warning message and warning light ment, the FCA system may not When the sensor is covered or the operate correctly. In this case, a sensor lens is dirty with foreign - warning message may not be dis substances, such as snow or rain, played. Have the vehicle inspected the FCA system may not be able to by an authorized Kia dealer. detect vehicles or pedestrians. • If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the FCA system may not operate properly. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. • Use only genuine parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover. • Do not tint the window or install OSK3058069NR 5 stickers or accessories around the In this case, a warning message inside mirror where the camera is ("Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist installed. (FCA) system disabled. Radar • Make sure the frontal camera blocked") will appear to notify the installation point does not get driver. Remove the foreign sub- wet. stances to allow the FCA system to • Do not impact or remove any function normally. radar/camera components. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris • Do not place reflective objects and clean the radar sensor cover (white paper or mirror etc.) on the before operating the FCA system. dashboard. The system may activate unnecessarily due to reflec- The FCA may not properly operate tion of the sunlight. in an area (e.g. open terrain), where • Excessive audio system volume any vehicles or objects are not may prevent occupants from detected after turning ON the vehi- hearing the FCA system warning cle. alarm.

5 67 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)

FCA malfunction when the ESC warning light comes When the FCA is not working prop- on. The FCA warning message will appear at the same time, too. But erly, the FCA warning light ( ) that doesn't necessarily mean the will illuminate and the warning mes- malfunction of the FCA system. sage will appear for a few seconds. Both FCA warning light and warning Type A message will disappear once the ESC warning light issue is resolved.

WARNING • The FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. It is the driver's responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, main- OSK3058067NR tain a safe braking distance, and, Type B if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed or stop the vehicle. • In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, the FCA system may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Also, due to sensing limitations, in

OSK3058068NR certain situations, the front radar sensor or camera recognition sys- After the message disappears, the tem may not detect the vehicle, - master warning light ( ) will illu pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) minate. In this case, take your vehi- ahead. The FCA system may not cle to an authorized Kia dealer and activate and the warning mes- have the system checked. sage will not be displayed. - The FCA system will also be deacti- • The FCA may unnecessarily pro vated for the sake of driver's safety duce the warning message and the warning alarms. Also, due to

5 68 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)

the sensing limitation, the FCA • The FCA system may not activate may not produce the warning depending on road or driving con- message and the warning alarm ditions. at all. • The FCA system may not activate • When there is a malfunction with to all types of vehicles. the FCA, the autonomous emergency braking does not operate upon detecting a collision risk Limitations of the FCA even with other braking systems The FCA system is designed to normally operating. monitor the vehicle ahead in the • The FCA operates only for the roadway through radar signals and vehicle/pedestrian in front, while camera recognition to warn the driving forward. It does not oper- driver that a collision is imminent, ate for any animals or vehicles in and if necessary, apply emergency the opposite direction. braking. • The FCA system may not activate In certain situations, the radar sen- if the driver applies the brake 5 sor or the camera may not be able pedal before warning to avoid risk to detect the vehicle ahead. In these of collision. cases, the FCA system may not • The FCA system does not operate operate normally. The driver must when the vehicle is in reverse. pay careful attention in the follow- • The FCA system is not designed - to detect other objects on the ing situations where the FCA opera road such as animals. tion may be limited. • The FCA system does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane. Recognizing the vehicle • The FCA system does not detect The sensor may be limited when: cross traffic vehicles that are • The radar sensor or camera is approaching. blocked with a foreign object or • The FCA system cannot detect debris. the driver approaching the side • The camera lens is contaminated view of a parked vehicle (for due to tinted, filmed or coated example on a dead end street). In windshield, damaged glass, or these cases, you must maintain a stuck of foreign matter (sticker, safe braking distance, and if nec- bug, etc.) on the glass. essary, depress the brake pedal • Inclement weather such as heavy to reduce the driving speed in rain or snow obscures the field of order to maintain a safe distance.

5 69 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)

view of the radar sensor or cam- • The vehicle is on unpaved or era. uneven rough surfaces, or road • There is interference by electro- with sudden gradient changes. magnetic waves. • The vehicle is driven near areas • Something in the path of travel containing metal substances as a deflects the radar waves. construction zone, railroad, etc. • The radar/camera sensor recog- • The vehicle drives inside a build- nition is limited. ing, such as a basement parking • The vehicle in front is too small to lot. be detected (for example a • The camera does not recognize motorcycle etc.) the entire vehicle in front. • The vehicle in front is an oversize • The camera is damaged. vehicle or trailer that is too big to • The brightness outside is too low be detected by the camera recog- such as when the headlamps are nition system (for example a not on at night or the vehicle is tractor trailer, etc.) going through a tunnel. • The camera's field of view is not • A shadow is on the road by a well illuminated (either too dark median strip, trees, etc. or too much reflection or too • The vehicle drives through a toll- much backlight that obscures the gate. field of view) • The rear part of the vehicle in • The vehicle in front does not have front is not fully visible. their rear lights on or their rear • Adverse road conditions cause lights are located unusually. excessive vehicle vibrations while • The outside brightness changes driving. suddenly, for example when • The sensor recognition changes entering or exiting a tunnel. suddenly when passing over a • When light coming from a street speed bump. light or an oncoming vehicle is • The vehicle in front is moving ver- reflected on a wet road surface tically to the driving direction. such as a puddle in the road. • The vehicle in front is stopped • The field of view in front is vertically. obstructed by sun glare. • The vehicle in front is driving • The windshield glass is fogged up. towards your vehicle or reversing. • The vehicle in front is driving • You are on a roundabout and the erratically. vehicle in front circles.

5 70 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)

Driving on a curve

OSK3058052NR

OSK3058053NR The FCA system may recognize a The FCA performance may be lim- vehicle in the next lane when driving ited while driving on a curve. The on a curved road. FCA may not recognize the vehicle in In this case, the system may alarm front even in the same lane. The the driver and apply the brake. - FCA system may produce the warn Always pay attention to road and 5 ing message and the warning alarm driving conditions, while driving. If prematurely, or it may not produce necessary, depress the brake pedal - the warning message or the warn to reduce your driving speed in ing alarm at all. order to maintain a safe distance. Also, in certain instances the front Also, when necessary depress the radar sensor or camera recognition accelerator pedal to prevent the system may not detect the vehicle system from unnecessarily deceler- traveling on a curved road. ating your vehicle. When driving on a curve, the driver Always check the traffic conditions - must maintain a safe braking dis around the vehicle. tance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

5 71 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)

Driving on a slope Changing lanes

OSK3058015NR OSK3058051NR The FCA performance may be lim- When a vehicle changes lanes in ited while driving upward or down- front of you, the FCA system may ward on a slope, and may not not immediately detect the vehicle, recognize the vehicle in front in the especially if the vehicle changes same lane. It may produce the lanes abruptly. In this case, you warning message and the warning must maintain a safe braking dis- alarm prematurely, or it may not tance, and if necessary, depress the produce the warning message and brake pedal to reduce your driving the warning alarm at all. speed in order to maintain a safe When the FCA suddenly recognizes distance. the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration. Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal.

OSK3058048NR When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a stopped vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the FCA system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front

5 72 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) of you. In this case, you must main- Recognizing pedestrians tain a safe braking distance, and if Be cautious in the following situa- necessary, depress the brake pedal tions, as the pedestrian may not be to reduce your driving speed in detected by the system. order to maintain a safe distance. • The pedestrian is not fully cap- tured by the camera sensor, or Recognizing the vehicle the pedestrian does not walk in the upright position. • The pedestrian moves very fast. • The pedestrian abruptly appears in front. • The pedestrian wears clothes in the color similar to the back- ground. • The outside is too bright or too dark. • The vehicle drives at night or in 5 OSK3058016NR the darkness. If the vehicle in front of you has • There is an item similar to a per- cargo that extends rearward from son's body structure. the cab, or when the vehicle in front • The pedestrian is small. of you has higher ground clearance, • The pedestrian has impaired additional special attention is mobility. required. • It is difficult to distinguish the The FCA system may not be able to pedestrian from the surround- detect the cargo extending from the ings. vehicle. In these instances, you must • The sensor recognition is limited maintain a safe braking distance due to weather conditions. from the rearmost object, and if • There is a group of pedestrians. necessary, depress the brake pedal • If a sudden change in the sensor to reduce your driving speed in recognition takes place while order to maintain distance. passing through the speed bump. • When the vehicle is severely shaken due to adverse road conditions.

5 73 Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)

• When driving around circular WARNING intersection with a vehicle in - front. • Cancel the FCA in the User Set • If the front of the camera lens is tings on the LCD display, before contaminated by front glass tint- towing another vehicle. While ing, film, water repellent coating, towing, the brake application may damage on glass, foreign matter adversely affect your vehicle (sticker, insect, etc.) safety. • The radar or camera or camera • Exercise extreme caution to the lens is damaged. vehicle in front, when it has heavy • If the headlights of the vehicle are loading extended rearward, or - not used at night or in the tunnel when it has higher ground clear section, or the light is too weak. ance. • If street light or the light of the • The FCA system is designed to vehicle coming from the opposite detect and monitor the vehicle is reflected or when sunlight is ahead or detect a pedestrian in - reflected by the water on the the roadway through radar sig road surface. nals and camera recognition. It is • If the windshield has moisture on not designed to detect bicycles, its surface or if windshield motorcycles, or smaller wheeled freezes. objects such as luggage bags, • Driving in the fog. shopping carts, or strollers. • When objects are out of the sens- • Never try to test the operation of ing range of the sensor or radar. the FCA system. Doing so may • When the cyclist in front is riding cause severe injury or death. intersected with the driving direc- • When replacing or reinstalling the tion. windshield, front bumper or • When there is any other electro- radar/camera after removal, take magnetic interference. your vehicle to an authorized Kia • When the construction area, rail dealer and have the system or other metal object is near the checked. pedestrian. • If the bicycle material is not NOTICE reflected well on the radar. In some instances, the FCA system may be canceled when subjected to electromagnetic interference.

5 74 Driving your vehicle Cruise control system

This device complies with Part 15 Cruise control system (if of the FCC rules. equipped) Operation is subject to the following The cruise control system allows three conditions: you to program the vehicle to main- 1. This device may not cause harm- tain a constant speed without ful interference, and pressing the accelerator pedal. 2. This device must accept any interference received, including This system is designed to function interference that may cause above approximately 20 mph (30 undesired operation. km/h). 3. Changes or modifications not • If the cruise control is left on, expressly approved by the party (CRUISE indicator light in the responsible for compliance could instrument cluster illuminated) void the user's authority to oper- the cruise control can be switched ate the device. on accidentally. Keep the cruise control system off (CRUISE indi- Radio frequency radiation exposure cator light OFF) when the cruise 5 information: control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. This equipment complies with FCC • Use the cruise control system radiation exposure limits set forth only when traveling on open high- for an uncontrolled environment. ways in good weather. This equipment should be installed • Do not use the cruise control and operated with minimum dis- when it may not be safe to keep tance of 8 in (20 cm) between the the car at a constant speed, for radiator (antenna) and your body. instance, driving in heavy or vary- This transmitter must not be co- ing traffic, or on slippery (rainy, located or operating in conjunction icy or snow-covered) or winding with any other antenna or trans- roads or over 6% uphill or down- mitter. hill roads. • Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the cruise control system.

5 75 Driving your vehicle Cruise control system

CAUTION Cruise control switch During cruise-speed driving of a manual transmission vehicle, do not shift into neutral without depressing the clutch pedal, since the engine will be overrevved. If this happens, depress the clutch pedal or release the cruise control ON-OFF switch.

OSK3058054NR NOTICE • CANCEL: Cancels cruise control During normal cruise control opera- operation. - tion, when the SET switch is acti- • CRUISE: Turns cruise control sys vated or reactivated after applying tem on or off. the brakes, the cruise control will • RES+: Resumes or increases energize after approximately 3 sec- cruise control speed. onds. This delay is normal. • SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control speed.

NOTICE Setting cruise control speed To activate cruise control, depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine.

WARNING Misuse of Cruise Control Do not use cruise control if the traffic situation does not allow you to OSK3058055NR drive safely at a constant speed and 1. Press the cruise CRUISE button on with sufficient distance to the vehi- the steering wheel, to turn the cle in front. system on. The cruise indicator light will illuminate.

5 76 Driving your vehicle Cruise control system

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, Increasing cruise control set speed: which must be more than 20 mph (30 km/h).

NOTICE Manual transmission For manual transmission vehicles, you should depress the brake pedal at least once to set the cruise control after starting the engine.

OSK3058057NR Follow either of these procedures: • Push the button (RES+) and hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. Release the button at the speed you want. • Push the button (RES+) and 5 release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1.2 mph (2.0 km/h) each time you push the button (RES+) in this manner. OSK3058056NR 3. Push the button (SET-), and Decreasing the cruising speed release it at the desired speed. The cruise set indicator light will illuminate. Release the accelerator pedal at the same time. The desired speed will automatically be maintained. On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going downhill.

OSK3058056NR

5 77 Driving your vehicle Cruise control system

Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures: • Push the button (SET-) and hold • Depress the brake pedal. it. Your vehicle will gradually slow • Depress the clutch pedal if down. Release the button at the equipped with a manual speed you want to maintain. transmission. • Push the button (SET-) and • Press the CANCEL switch located release it immediately. The cruis- on the steering wheel. ing speed will decrease by 1.2 • Decrease the vehicle speed lower mph (2.0 km/h) each time you than the memory speed by 12 push the button (SET-) in this mph (20 km/h). manner. • Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 20 mph (30 Accelerating temporarily with the km/h). cruise control on Each of these actions will cancel • If you want to speed up tempo- cruise control operation (the cruise rarily when the cruise control is set indicator light will go off), but it on, depress the accelerator pedal. will not turn the system off. If you Increased speed will not interfere wish to resume cruise control oper- with cruise control operation or ation, move up the lever (to RES+) change the set speed. • To return to the set speed, take located on your steering wheel. You your foot off the accelerator will return to your previously preset pedal. speed.

Cancelling cruise control Resuming cruising speed at more than approximately 20 mph (30 km/h)

OSK3058058NR

OSK3058057NR

5 78 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

If any method other than the cruise Smart Cruise Control (if CRUISE button was used to cancel equipped) cruising speed and the system is still The smart cruise control system is activated, the most recent set designed to allow you to program speed will automatically resume the vehicle to maintain a constant when you push the button (RES+). speed and a predetermined distance It will not resume, however, if the to the vehicle ahead without vehicle speed has dropped below depressing the accelerator or brake approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). pedal.

Turning cruise control off Follow either of these procedures: • Press the cruise CRUISE button (the cruise indicator light will be turn off). • Turn the ignition off. 5 Both of these actions cancel cruise control operation. If you want to resume cruise control operation, OSK3058100NR repeat the steps provided in "To set 1. Cruise indicator - cruise control speed" on the previ 2. Set speed ous page. 3. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

WARNING For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the smart cruise control system.

5 79 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

- NOTICE • Do not use the smart cruise con trol when it may not be safe to To activate smart cruise control, keep the car at a constant speed. depress the brake pedal at least For instance. once after turning the ignition - Highway interchange and toll- switch or START/STOP button to the gate ON position or starting the vehicle. - Road surrounded by multiple This is to check if the brake switch steel constructions (subway which is important part to cancel construction, steel tunnel, etc) smart cruise control is in normal - Parking lot condition. - Lanes beside guard rail on a road - Slippery road with rain, ice, or WARNING snow Smart cruise control system Limita- -Abrupt curved road tions - Steep hills The smart cruise control system is a - Windy roads supplemental system and is not a - Off roads substitute for safe driving practices. - Rods under construction It is the responsibility of the driver -Rumble strip to always check the speed and dis- - When driving near crash barri- tance to the vehicle ahead. ers - When driving on a sharp curve - When the vehicle sensing ability WARNING decreases due to vehicle modi- - • If the smart cruise control is left fication resulting level differ on, (cruise indicator in the instru- ence of the vehicle's front and ment cluster illuminated) the rear smart cruise control can be acti- - When driving in heavy traffic or vated unintentionally. Keep the when traffic conditions make it smart cruise control system off difficult to drive at a constant (cruise indicator off) when the speed smart cruise control is not being - Limited visibility (rain, snow, used. smog, etc.) • Use the smart cruise control sys- • Pay particular attention to the tem only when traveling on open driving conditions whenever using highways in good weather. the smart cruise control system.

5 80 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

• Be careful when driving downhill Setting Smart Cruise Control speed using the SCC. 1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn • Cruise function should not be the system on. The CRUISE indi- used when the vehicle is being cator in the instrument cluster towed to prevent any damage. will illuminate. • Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country. • Always pay continuous attention to road and driving conditions even when the smart cruise control system is being operated.

Smart Cruise Control switch OSK3058018NR The smart cruise control switch has 2. Accelerate to the desired speed. the following functions. The smart cruise control speed 5 can be set as follows: • 5 mph (10 kph) ~ 100 mph (160 kph) 3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired speed. The set speed and vehicle to vehicle distance on the LCD screen will illuminate.

OSK3058017NR • CANCEL: Cancels cruise control operation. • CRUISE: Turns cruise control system on or off. • RES +: Resumes or increases cruise control speed. • SET -: Sets or decreases cruise control speed. OSK3058019NR • : Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance

5 81 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

4. Release the accelerator pedal. Release the lever at the speed The desired speed will automati- you want. cally be maintained. • Move the lever up (to RES+), and release it immediately. The cruis- NOTICE ing speed will increase by 1.0 mph (1.0 km/h) each time you move If there is a vehicle in front of you, the lever up (to RES+) in this man- the speed may decrease to maintain ner. the distance to the vehicle ahead. You can set the speed to a maxi- On a steep grade, the vehicle may mum speed of 100 mph (160 km/h). slow down or speed up slightly while However, all speed limit laws must going uphill or downhill. be followed. Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a CAUTION downward slope. The speed will be set to 20 mph (30 Check the traffic and driving condi- km/h) when there is a vehicle ahead tions before using the toggle switch. and your vehicle speed is 6 mph (10 Driving speed may sharply increase, km/h) ~ 20 mph (30 km/h). when you push up and hold the toggle switch.

Increasing Smart Cruise Control set speed Decreasing Smart Cruise Control set speed

OSK3058020NR Follow either of these procedures: OSK3058019NR • Move the lever up (to RES+), and Follow either of these procedures: hold it. Your vehicle set speed will • Move the lever down (to SET-), increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).

5 82 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

Release the lever at the speed Smart Cruise Control will be tempo- you want. rarily canceled when: • Move the lever down (to SET-), You are able to temporarily cancel and release it immediately. The the smart cruise control. In some cruising speed will decrease by 1.0 circumstances, the smart cruise mph (1.0 km/h) each time you move the lever down (to SET-) in control will cancel automatically. this manner. Canceled manually You can set the cruise control speed above 20 mph (30 km/h).

Accelerating temporarily with Smart Cruise Control on • If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere 5 with cruise control operation or change the set speed. OSK3058023NR • To return to the set speed, take - your foot off the accelerator. The smart cruise control is tempo • If you move the lever down (to rarily canceled when the brake pedal SET-) at increased speed, the is depressed or the CANCEL button cruising speed will be set again. is pressed. Depress the brake pedal and press NOTICE the CANCEL button at the same Be careful when accelerating tem- time, when the vehicle is at a stand- porarily, because the speed is not still. The speed and vehicle to vehicle controlled automatically at this time distance indicator on the cluster is even if there is a vehicle in front of disappeared and the CRUISE indica- you. tor is illuminated continuously.

Canceled automatically Smart cruise control will automatically cancel in the following situations. (the set speed and vehicle to vehicle distance on the LCD display will go off.)

5 83 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

• The driver's door is opened. If the smart cruise control is can- • The shift lever is shifted to N celed automatically, the smart (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park- cruise control will not resume even ing). though the RES+ or SET- lever is • The EPB (electronic parking moved. brake) is applied. • The vehicle speed is over 110 mph NOTICE (170 km/h). - • The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating. If the smart cruise control is can • The ESC is turned off. celed during a situation is that is not • The sensor or the cover is dirty or described above, take your vehicle blocked with foreign matter. to an authorized Kia dealer and have • When the vehicle is stopped for the system checked. over 5 minutes. • The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/ NOTICE down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front. • The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for long time. • The SCC system has malfunctioned. • When the braking control is operated for Forward Collision-Avoid- ance Assist (FCA). OSK3058070NR • The driver starts driving by push- If the system is automatically can- ing the toggle switch up (RES+)/ celed, the warning chime will sound down (SET-) or depressing the and a message will appear for a few accelerator pedal, after the vehi- seconds. cle is stopped by the Smart Cruise You must adjust the vehicle speed Control system with no other by depressing the accelerator or vehicle ahead. brake pedal according to the road • The vehicle stops and goes condition ahead and driving condi- repeatedly for a long period of tions. time. Always check the road conditions. • When the parking brake is locked. Do not rely on the warning chime.

5 84 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

Resuming Smart Cruise Control set When the Smart Cruise Control Sys- speed tem is not needed, press the [CRUISE] switch and deactivate the system. • Press the CRUISE button (The CRUISE indicator light will go off.).

Setting vehicle-to-vehicle distance You can program the vehicle to maintain a predetermined distance to the vehicle ahead without

OSK3058020NR depressing the accelerator pedal or • If any method other than the brake pedal. "RES+" or "SET-" lever was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically 5 resume when you push the lever up (RES+) or down (SET-). • If you push the lever up (RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops 5 mph (10

km/h), it will not be resume. OSK3058024NR • The vehicle to vehicle distance will Turning Smart Cruise Control off automatically activate when the smart cruise control system is on. • Select the appropriate distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. • Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows:

OSK3058018NR

5 85 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

For example, if you drive at 56 WARNING mph (90 km/h), the distance maintain as follows; Following Distance Distance 4 - approximately 172 ft • To avoid collisions, always be (52.5 m) aware of the selected speed and Distance 3 - approximately 131 ft vehicle to vehicle distance set- (40 m) tings when activating your smart Distance 2 - approximately 107 ft cruise control system. (32.5 m) • Always maintain sufficient brak- Distance 1 - approximately 82 ft (25 m) ing distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if NOTICE necessary. The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used When there is a vehicle ahead of for the first time after starting the you in your lane: vehicle.

When the lane ahead is clear:

OSK3058101NR

OSK3058105NR The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.

OSK3058102NR

5 86 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

WARNING

OSK3058103NR

OSK3058064NR • The warning chime sounds and LCD display blinks if it is hard to maintain the selected distance to the vehicle ahead. • If the warning chime sounds, 5 actively adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal according to the road and driving OSK3058104NR conditions. The vehicle will maintain the set • Even if the warning chime is not speed, when the lane ahead is clear. activated, always pay attention to The vehicle will slow down or speed the driving conditions to prevent up to maintain the selected dis- dangerous situations from occur- tance, when there is a vehicle ahead ring. of you in the lane. (A vehicle will • Be alert to road conditions as appear in front of your vehicle in the radio, loud sounds and outside LCD display only when there is an conditions could prevent occu- actual vehicle in front of you) pants from hearing a warning sound. If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the selected speed.

5 87 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly. Always keep the area in front of the sensor clean.

Warning message

OSK3058071NR If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: less than 20 mph (30 km/h) moves to the next lane, the warning chime will sound and a message will appear. Adjust your vehicle speed for vehicles or objects that can suddenly appear in front of you by depressing the brake pedal accord- OSK3058072NR ing to the road and driving condi- When the sensor lens cover is tions. blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart Cruise Control System Radar to detect distance to the operation may stop temporarily. If vehicle ahead this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before operating the Smart Cruise Control System. The Smart Cruise Control system may not properly activate, if the radar is totally covered, or if any vehicles are not detected after OSK3058014NR turning ON the vehicle (e.g. in an The sensor detects the distance to open terrain). the vehicle ahead.

5 88 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

SCC (smart cruise control) malfunc- System may not operate cor- tion message rectly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. • Do not damage the sensor or sensor area by a strong impact. If the sensor moves slightly off position, the smart cruise control system will not operate correctly without any warning or indicator from the cluster. If this occurs, take your OSK3058073NR vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer The message will appear when the and have the system checked. vehicle to vehicle distance control • Use only a genuine Kia sensor system is not functioning normally. cover for your vehicle. Do not In this case, take your vehicle to an paint anything on the sensor 5 authorized Kia dealer and have the cover. system checked. • If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the CAUTION radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate • Do not install accessories around properly. the sensor and do not replace the bumper by yourself. It may inter- - fere with the sensor perfor Adjusting the sensitivity of Smart mance. Cruise Control • Always keep the sensor and The sensitivity of vehicle speed bumper clean. when following the front vehicle to • Use only a soft cloth to wash the maintain the set distance can be vehicle. Do not spray pressurized adjusted. water directly on the sensor or • Go to the 'User Settings in the sensor cover. cluster → Driver Assistance → - • Be careful not to apply unneces SCC Reaction'. sary force on the radar sensor or You may select one of the three sensor cover. If the sensor is forc- stages you prefer. ibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control

5 89 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

• Slow: Vehicle speed to the vehicle The driver may choose to only use ahead to maintain the set dis- the cruise control mode (speed con- tance is slower than normal trol function) by doing as follows: speed. 1. Turn the smart cruise control sys- • Normal: Vehicle speed to the vehi- tem on (the cruise indicator light cle ahead to maintain the set dis- will be on but the system will not tance is normal be activated). • Fast: Vehicle speed to the vehicle 2. Push the distance to distance ahead to maintain the set dis- switch for more than 2 seconds. 3. Choose between "Smart Cruise tance is faster than normal speed. Control" and "Cruise Control". NOTICE When the system is canceled using the CRUISE button or the CRUISE The last selected mode remains in button is used after the vehicle is the system. turned on, the Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on. Converting to Cruise Control mode WARNING When using the cruise control mode, you must manually assess the distance to other vehicles as the system will not automatically brake to slow down for other vehicles.

Limitations of the Smart Cruise Control OSK3058074NR The smart cruise control system may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions.

OSK3058075NR

5 90 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

Driving on a curve Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead. Adjust your speed by depressing the brake pedal or applying the accelerator pedal according to road and driving conditions ahead. Check to

OSK3058053NR be sure that the road conditions On curves, the smart cruise control permit safe operation of the smart system may not immediately detect cruise control. a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to Driving on a slope the set speed. Also, the vehicle 5 speed will rapidly decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly. Select the appropriate set speed on curves and adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead.

OSK3058086NR During uphill or downhill driving, the smart cruise control system may not immediately detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and may cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly down when the vehicle ahead is rec- OSK3058052NR ognized suddenly.

5 91 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead.

Changing lanes

OSK3058050NR Your vehicle may accelerate when a vehicle ahead of you disappears. When you are warned that the vehicle ahead of you is not detected, drive with caution.

OSK3058051NR Recognizing the vehicle A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range. The sensor may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions. If a vehicle which moves into your lane is slower than your vehicle, OSK3058049NR your speed may decrease to main- Some vehicles ahead in your lane tain the distance to the vehicle cannot be recognized by the sensor ahead. as follows: - If a vehicle which moves into your • Narrow vehicles such as motorcy lane is faster than your vehicle, your cles or bicycles vehicle will accelerate to the • Vehicles offset to one side selected speed. • Slow-moving vehicles or sudden- decelerating vehicles • Stopped vehicles

5 92 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

• Vehicles with small rear profiles reduce your driving speed in order such as trailers with no loads to maintain a safe distance. A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs: • When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the trunk (liftgate) • While making turns by steering • When driving to one side of the lane

• When driving on narrow lanes or OSK3058047NR on curves Always look out for pedestrians Adjust your vehicle speed by when your vehicle is maintaining a depressing the brake pedal accord- distance with the vehicle ahead. - ing to the road and driving condi 5 tions ahead.

OSK3058087NR Always be cautious when approach-

OSK3058048NR ing vehicles that are taller with When vehicles are at a standstill and higher clearance, or vehicles carry- the vehicle in front of you changes ing loads that stick out of the back to the next lane, be careful when of the vehicle. your vehicle starts to move because it may not immediately recognize the stopped vehicle in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to

5 93 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control

WARNING tance. The driver should not solely rely on the system but always - When using the Smart Cruise Con pay attention to driving condi- trol take the following precautions: tions and control your vehicle • If an emergency stop is neces- speed. sary, you must apply the brakes. • The Smart Cruise Control system The Smart Cruise Control system may not recognize complex driv- may not be able to completely ing situations so always pay stop the vehicle or avoid a collision attention to driving conditions in every situation. and control your vehicle speed. • Keep a safe distance according to • For safe operation, carefully read road conditions and vehicle speed. and follow the instructions in this If the vehicle to vehicle distance is manual before use. too close during a high-speed • Do not use smart cruise control driving, a serious collision may system on steep inclines or when result. towing another vehicle or trailer • Always maintain sufficient brak- since such extreme loading can ing distance and decelerate your interfere with your vehicle's abil- vehicle by applying the brakes if ity to maintain the selected necessary. speed. • The Smart Cruise Control system cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming NOTICE vehicle. The Smart Cruise Control System Always look ahead cautiously to may not operate temporarily due prevent unexpected and sudden to: situations from occurring. • Electrical interference. • Vehicles moving in front of you • A modified suspension. with a frequent lane change may • Differences of tire abrasion or tire cause a delay in the system's pressure. reaction or may cause the system • Installing different type of tires. to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. • Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle dis-

5 94 Driving your vehicle ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system

This device complies with Part 15 ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system of the FCC rules. Your vehicle may be equipped with Operation is subject to the following the ISG system, which reduces fuel three conditions: consumption by automatically shut- - 1. This device may not cause harm ting down the engine, when the ful interference, and vehicle is at a standstill. (For exam- 2. This device must accept any ple: red light, stop sign and traffic interference received, including jam) interference that may cause undesired operation. The engine starts automatically as 3. Changes or modifications not soon as the starting conditions are expressly approved by the party met. responsible for compliance could The ISG system is ON whenever the - void the user's authority to oper engine is running. ate the device. NOTICE Radio frequency radiation exposure 5 information: When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system, some This equipment complies with FCC warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, radiation exposure limits set forth EPS or Parking brake warning light) for an uncontrolled environment. may turn on for a few seconds. This equipment should be installed This happens because of low bat- and operated with minimum dis- tery voltage. It does not mean the tance of 8 in (20 cm) between the system has malfunctioned. radiator (antenna) and your body. This transmitter must not be co- located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

5 95 Driving your vehicle ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system

Auto stop NOTICE

To stop the engine in idle stop If you open the engine hood in auto - mode stop mode, the following will hap pen: • The ISG system will deactivate (the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate). • A message will appear on the LCD display.

OSK3058120NR Stop the vehicle completely by pressing the brake pedal when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) or N (Neutral) position.

The engine will stop and the green OSK3058119NR AUTO STOP ( ) indicator on the • If you move the transmission instrument cluster will illuminate. lever from N to D (manual mode) or R without depressing the brake pedal after stopping engine automatically, the engine does not restart automatically and a warning chime alarms. When this happens, press the brake pedal for auto start.

OSK3058118NR

5 96 Driving your vehicle ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system

Auto start • When a certain amount of time has passed with the climate con- To restart the engine from idle stop trol system on. mode • When the defroster is on. • The brake vacuum pressure is low. • The battery charging status is low. • The vehicle speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h). • Engine is turned off by Auto Stop for a long time. • If you unfasten the seat belt or open the driver's door while OSK3058121NR depressing the brake pedal. • Release the brake pedal. or Condition of ISG system operation 5 • Move the shift gear to the R (Reverse) position or the manual The ISG system will operate under mode while depressing the brake the following condition: pedal. • The driver's seat belt is fastened. The engine will start and the green • The driver's door and engine hood are closed. AUTO STOP indicator ( ) on the • The brake vacuum pressure is instrument cluster will go out. adequate. • The battery is sufficiently The engine will also restart auto- charged. matically without any driver • The outside temperature is actions if the following occurs: between 14 /F to 95 /F (-10 /C to • The fan speed of manual climate 35 /C). control system is set above the • The engine coolant temperature 3rd position when the air condi- is not too low. tioning is on. • The fan speed of automatic climate control system is set above the 6th position when the air conditioning is on.

5 97 Driving your vehicle ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system

NOTICE ISG system malfunction

• If the ISG system does not meet The system may not operate the operation condition, the ISG when: system is deactivated. The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and a message "Auto Stop conditions not met" will appear on the LCD display. • If the light or notice comes on continuously, please check the operation condition.

ISG system deactivation OSK3058120NR The system may not operate when an ISG related sensor or system error occurs. The following will happen: • The yellow AUTO STOP ( ) indicator on the instrument cluster will stay on after blinking for 5 seconds. • The light on the ISG OFF button OSK3058122NR will illuminate. • If you wish to deactivate the ISG system, press the ISG OFF button NOTICE (1). The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate. If the ISG OFF button light is not • If you press the ISG OFF button turned off by pressing the ISG OFF again, the system will be acti- button again or if the ISG system - vated and the light on the ISG OFF continuously does not work cor button will turn off. rectly, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

5 98 Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system

When the engine is in Idle Stop Drive mode integrated control mode, it's possible to restart the system (if equipped) engine without the driver taking any The drive mode may be selected action. Before leaving the car or according to the driver's preference doing anything in the engine com- or road condition. partment, stop the engine by turning the ignition switch to the LOCK/ OFF position or removing the ignition key.

NOTICE If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced, ISG function will not operate immediately. If you want to use the ISG function, the battery sensor OSK3058022NR needs to be calibrated for approxi- 5 mately 4 hours with the ignition off. The mode changes whenever the After calibration, turn the engine on DRIVE MODE button is pressed. and off 2 or 3 times. • NORMAL mode: NORMAL mode provides smooth and comfortable riding. • SPORT mode: SPORT mode provides sporty but firm riding. • ECO mode: ECO mode improves fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving. The driving mode will be set to NORMAL or ECO mode when the engine is restarted. If it is in NOR- MAL mode this mode will be set, when the engine is restarted. If it is in Eco mode, Eco mode will be set when the engine is restarted.

5 99 Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system

SPORT mode ECO mode

SPORT mode focuses on When the Drive Mode is dynamic driving. set to ECO mode, the engine and • When the DRIVE MODE button is transmission control logic are pressed and the SPORT mode is changed to maximize fuel efficiency. selected, the SPORT indicator will • When ECO mode is selected by illuminate. pressing the DRIVE MODE button, • When the SPORT mode is acti- the ECO indicator will illuminate. vated, and the ENGINE START/ • If the vehicle is set to ECO mode, STOP button is turned off and on when the engine is turned OFF it will change to NORMAL mode. and restarted the Drive Mode set- To turn on the SPORT mode press ting will remain in ECO mode. DRIVE MODE button again. • If the system is activated: NOTICE - After increasing speed and tak- Fuel efficiency depends on the ing your foot off the accelera- driver's driving habit and road condi- tor pedal it maintains the gear tion. and rpm for a short time even though the accelerator pedal is not depressed. When ECO mode is activated: - Up-shifting is delayed. • The acceleration response may be slightly reduced if the accelerator NOTICE pedal is depressed moderately. In Sport drive mode, the fuel effi- • The air conditioner performance ciency may decrease. may be limited. • The shift pattern of the automatic transmission may change. • The engine noise may get louder. The above situations are activated to improve fuel efficiency.

5 100 Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning

Limitation of ECO mode operation: Blind-Spot Collision Warning (if If the following conditions occur equipped) while ECO mode is operating, the The Blind-Spot Collision Warning system operation a will be limited: • When the coolant temperature is (BCW) system uses radar sensors in low: the rear bumper to monitor and The system will be limited until warn the driver of an approaching engine performance becomes vehicle in the driver's blind spot comfort. area. • When driving up a hill: The system monitors the rear area The system will be limited to gain of the vehicle and provides informa- power when driving uphill because tion to the driver with an audible engine torque is restricted. alert and a indicator on the outside • When driving the vehicle with the rearview mirrors. automatic transmission gear shift 1. Blind-Spot Area lever in manual mode: The system will be limited accord- 5 ing to the shift location.

OSK3058089NR The blind spot detection range varies relative to vehicle speed. Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur.

5 101 Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning

2. Closing at high speed tion when changing lanes or backing up the vehicle. The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system may not detect every object alongside the vehicle.

Setting and activating the BCW The driver can activate the system by placing the ignition switch or START/STOP button to the ON posi- OSK3058090NR tion and by selecting: The Lane Change Assist feature • Go to the 'User Settings in the will alert you when it detects a cluster → Driver Assistance → - vehicle is approaching in an adja Blind-Spot Safety'. cent lane at a high rate of speed. • The BCW is ready to be acti- If the driver activates the turn vated when 'Active Assist' is signal when the system detects selected. Then, if a vehicle an oncoming vehicle, the system approaches the driver's blind sounds an audible alert. spot area a warning sounds or braking power is applied. WARNING • Only BCW turns on and is ready • Always be aware of road condi- to be activated when 'Warning - tions while driving and be alert for Only' is selected. Then, if a vehi unexpected situations even cle approaches the driver's blind though the Blind-Spot Collision spot area a warning sounds but Warning system is operating. braking is not applied. • The Blind-Spot Collision Warning • The system is deactivated and - (BCW) system is supplemental the indicator on the BCW but systems to assist you. Do not ton is turned off when 'Off' is entirely rely on the systems. selected. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety. • The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system is not a substitute for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use cau-

5 102 Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning

Setting the warning volume of the Blind-Spot Collision Warning The driver can select the warning volume of Blind-Spot Collision Warning in the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting • Go to the 'User Settings → Driver Assistance → Warning Volume → High/Medium/Low'. - OSK3058027NR For more details, refer to "LCD dis • If you press the BCW switch while play" on page 4-51. 'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only' is selected the indicator on the but- NOTICE ton will turn off and the system If you change the warning volume, will deactivate. the warning volume of other sys- • If you press the BCW switch while tems may change. Always be aware - 5 the system is canceled the indica before changing the warning vol- tor on the button illuminates and ume. the system activates. In this case, the system returns to the state before the vehicle was turned off. Operating Conditions When the system is initially The system enters the ready sta- turned on and when the vehicle is tus, when 'Active Assist' or 'Warning turned off then on again while the Only' is selected and the following system is in activation, the warn- conditions are satisfied: ing light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outer side view Active Assist mirror. • If the vehicle is turned off then on The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance again, the system maintains the Assist system will activate when: last setting. • Vehicle speed is between 40 mph and 110 mph (60 km/h and 180 km/h). • The system detects both of the lane lines.

5 103 Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning

• An approaching vehicle is If a vehicle is detected within the detected next to or behind your boundary of the system, a warning vehicle. light will illuminate on the outer side - The Blind-Spot Collision Warning view mirror and the Head-Up Dis system will activate when: play (if equipped). • The vehicle speed is above If the detected vehicle is no longer approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to Warning Only the driving conditions of the vehicle. The Blind-Spot Collision Warning system will activate when: Second stage alert • The vehicle speed is approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). * The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid- ance Assist system is not activated when "Warning Only" is selected.

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) alert The BCW is designed to alert the driver if a vehicle is detected by the OSK3058165NR radar. A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when: 1. A vehicle has been detected in the First stage alert blind spot area by the radar system AND. 2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detected). When this alert is activated, the warning light on the outer side view mirror and the Head-Up Display (if equipped) will also blink. And a warning chime will sound. OSK3058164NR

5 104 Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning

- If you turn off the turn signal indi CAUTION cator, the second stage alert will be deactivated. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occu- If the detected vehicle is no longer pants from hearing the Blind- within the blind spot area, the Spot Collision Warning system warning will turn off according to warning sounds. the driving conditions of the vehicle. • If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is WARNING already generated, the Blind-Spot • The warning light on the outer Collision Warning (BCW) system side view mirror will illuminate warning may not sound. whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system. Detecting Sensor (radar) To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and The BCW operates based on data neglect to see the surrounding of collected by the rear radars. 5 the vehicle. Rear radar • Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Blind- Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surroundings before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up. • The system may not alert the driver in some situations due to system limitations so always check your surroundings while OSK3058028NR driving. Rear radar • The driver should always use extreme caution while operating The rear radars are located inside the vehicle, whether or not the the rear bumper for detecting the warning light on the outer side side and rear areas. Always keep the view mirror illuminates or there is rear bumper clean for proper opera- a warning alarm. tion of the system.

5 105 Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning

CAUTION Warning message If a warning message related to the • The system may not work prop- BCW appears, take the appropriate erly when the bumper has been measures as detailed below. damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired. • The sensing range differs some- Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked what according to the width of the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane. • The system may turn off due to interference by electromagnetic waves. • Always keep the sensors clean. • NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the sensor component or apply any

impact on the sensor component. OSK3058082NR - • Be careful not to apply unneces This warning message may appear sary force on the radar sensor or when: - sensor cover. If the sensor is forc • One or both of the sensors on the - ibly moved out of proper align rear bumper is blocked by dirt or ment, the system may not snow or a foreign object. operate correctly. In this case, a • Driving in rural areas where the - warning message may not be dis sensor does not detect another played. Have the vehicle inspected vehicle for an extended period of by an authorized Kia dealer. time. • Do not apply foreign objects such • When there is inclement weather as a bumper sticker or a bumper such as heavy snow or rain. guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. If any of these conditions occur, the Doing so may adversely affect the light on the BCW switch and the performance of the sensor. system will turn off automatically. When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor

5 106 Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning is located. Remove any dirt, snow, Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning or foreign material that could inter- (BCW) system fere with the radar sensors. Type A After any dirt or debris is removed, the system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle. If the system still does not operate normally have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE OSK3058083NR Type B Turn off the BCW and RCCW system when a trailer or carrier is installed. 5 • Press the BCW switch (the indicator on the switch will turn off) • Deactivate the RCCW system by deselecting 'User Settings → Driver Assis- tance →Blind-Spot Safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning' (if equipped) OSK3058084NR If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the switch will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

5 107 Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning

Limitations of the BCW • There is a fixed object near the The driver must be cautious in the vehicle, such as a guardrail. below situations, because the sys- • While going down or up a steep tem may not detect other vehicles road where the height of the lane or objects in certain circumstances: is different. • When a trailer or carrier is • Driving on a narrow road where installed. trees or grass or overgrown. • The vehicle driven in inclement • Driving in rural areas where the weather such as heavy rain or sensor does not detect another snow. vehicle or structure for an • The sensor is covered with rain, extended period of time. snow, mud, etc. • Driving on a wet road. • The rear bumper where the sen- • Driving on a road where the sor is located is covered with a guardrail or wall is in double foreign object such as a bumper structure. sticker, a bumper guard, a bike • A big vehicle is near such as a bus rack, etc. or truck. • The rear bumper is damaged, or • When the other vehicle the sensor is out of the original approaches very close. default position. • When the other vehicle passes at • The vehicle height gets lower or a very fast speed. higher due to heavy loading in a • While changing lanes. trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc. • If the vehicle has started at the • When the temperature of the same time as the vehicle next to rear bumper is high. you and has accelerated. • When the sensors are blocked by • When the vehicle in the next lane other vehicles, walls or parking- moves two lanes away from you lot pillars. OR when the vehicle two lanes • The vehicle is driven on a curved away moves to the next lane road. from you. • The vehicle is driven through a • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. tollgate. • A flat trailer is near. • The road pavement (or the • If there are small objects in the peripheral ground) abnormally detecting area such as a shopping contains metallic components (i.e. cart or a baby stroller. possibly due to subway construc- • If there is a low height vehicle tion). such as a sports car. • The brake pedal is depressed.

5 108 Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning

• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is Driving on a curve activated. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) malfunctions. • The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged. • The brake is reworked. • The vehicle abruptly changes driving direction. • The vehicle makes sharp lane changes. • The vehicle sharply stops. OSK3058029NR • Temperature is extremely low The BCW systems may not operate around the vehicle. properly when driving on a curved - • The vehicle severely vibrates road. In certain instances, the sys while driving over an uneven/ tem may not detect the vehicle in bumpy road, or concrete patch. the next lane. 5 • The vehicle drives on a slippery Always pay attention to road and surface due to snow, water pud- driving conditions, while driving. dle, or ice. • The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) or Lane Departure Warning (LDW) do not operate normally. (if equipped) For more information refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) Sys- tem (if equipped)" on page 5-127.

OSK3058091NR The BCW systems may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances, the system may recognize a vehicle in the same lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

5 109 Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning

Driving where the road is merging/ Also, in certain instances, the sys- dividing tem may wrongly recognize the ground or structures. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

Driving where the heights of the lanes are different

OSK3058030NR The BCW systems may not operate properly when driving where the road is merging/dividing. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.

Always pay attention to road and OSK3058032NR driving conditions, while driving. The BCW systems may not operate properly when driving where the Driving on a slope heights of the lanes are different. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (i.e. underpass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.). Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

OSK3058031NR The BCW systems may not operate properly when driving on a slope. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.

5 110 Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) Driving where there is a structure Rear Cross-Traffic Collision beside the road Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warn- ing (RCCW) system The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system uses radar sensors to monitor the approaching cross traffic from the left and right OSK3058033NR side of the vehicle when your vehicle [A]: noise barrier, [B]: guardrail is in reverse. The BCW systems may not operate properly when driving where there is structure beside the road. 5 In certain instances, the system may wrongly recognize the structures (i.e. noise barriers, guardrail, double guardrail, median strip, bol- lard, street light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.) beside the road. Always pay attention to road and OSK3058092NR - driving conditions, while driving. The blind spot detection range var ies relative to the approaching vehicle speed. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid- Operation is subject to the following ance Assist (RCCA) system two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harm- The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- ful interference, and Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system 2. This device must accept any monitors approaching cross traffic interference received, including from the left and right side of the interference that may cause vehicle when your vehicle is undesired operation. approaching.

5 111 Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- • Go to the 'User Settings in the Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system cluster → Driver Assistance → may activate the Electronic Stability Blind-Spot Safety → Rear Cross- Control (ESC) in certain situations. Traffic Safety'. The RCCA and RCCW is ready to be WARNING activated when 'Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' is selected. • Always be aware of road and traffic conditions while driving When the vehicle is turned off then and be alert for unexpected situ- on again, the systems will be ready ations even though the Rear to be activated. Cross-Traffic Collision Warning When the system is initially turned system and Rear Cross-Traffic on and when the engine is turned Collision-Avoidance Assist system off then on again, the warning light are operating. will illuminate for 3 seconds on the • The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision outer side view mirror. Warning system and Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Setting the initial warning activa- system are supplemental sys- tion time tems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. The driver can select the initial Always pay attention, while driv- warning activation time in the User ing, for your safety. Settings in the LCD display by • The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision selecting: Warning system and Rear Cross- • 'User Settings in the cluster → Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Driver Assistance → Warning system are not substitutes for Timing'. proper and safe driving. Always The options for the initial Rear drive safely and use caution when Cross-Traffic Collision Warning backing up the vehicle. includes the following: • Normal: When this option is selected, the initial Rear Cross- Setting and activating the RCCW/ Traffic Collision Warning is acti- RCCA vated normally. If this setting The driver can activate the systems feels sensitive, change the option by placing the ignition switch or to 'Later'. START/STOP button to the ON position and by selecting:

5 112 Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) • Later: Select this warning activa- * The system will not activate when tion time when the traffic is light the vehicle speed exceeds 7 mph and you are driving in a low speed. (10 km/h). The system will activate again when the speed is NOTICE below 5 mph (8 km/h). If you change the warning timing, The system's detecting range is the warning time of other systems approximately 1~65 ft (0.5~20 m). may change. Always be aware An approaching vehicle will be before changing the warning timing. detected if the vehicle speed is within 5~22.5 mph (8~36 km/h). Note that the detecting range may Setting the warning volume of the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warn- vary under certain conditions. As ing always, use caution and pay close attention to your surroundings The driver can select the warning when backing up your vehicle. volume of the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning by selecting: 5 - • Go to the 'User Settings → Driver Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warn Assistance → Warning Volume → ing (RCCW) alert High/Medium/Low'. If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches from the rear left/ NOTICE right side of your vehicle, the warn- If you change the warning volume, ing chime will sound, the warning the warning volume of other sys- light on the outer side view mirror tems may change. Always be aware will blink and a message will appear before changing the warning vol- on the LCD display. ume. Left

For more details, refer to "LCD display" on page 4-51.

Operating conditions The system will activate when vehicle speed is below 7 mph (10 km/h) and with the shift lever in R (Reverse).

OSK3058093NR

5 113 Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) Left If the rear view monitor system is in activation, a message will also appear on the instrument cluster or multimedia screen. The warning will stop when: • the detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or • when the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or • when the vehicle is not approach- OSK3058113NR ing your vehicle or Right • when the other vehicle slows down.

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid- ance Assist (RCCA) alert If the risk of collision is detected while the RCCW is generated, brake control may be activated. The instrument cluster will inform the driver of the brake control. If the

OSK3058094NR rear view monitor system is in acti- Right vation, a message will also appear on the instrument cluster or multimedia screen.

Left

OSK3058114NR

OSK3058099NR

5 114 Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) Left After brake control is activated, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check the surroundings. • The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds. The driver must pay attention as the brake is disengaged after 2 seconds. • The brake control by the system

OSK3058113NR is canceled if the driver depresses the brake pedal with sufficient Right power. • Brake control is activated once for each right/left approach after shifting the shift lever to R (Reverse). 5 The brake control may not operate properly according to the status of the ESC (Electronic Stability Con- trol). The same warning message is displayed on the instrument cluster OSK3058098NR when: Right • The ESC (Electronic Stability Con- trol) warning light is on. • The ESC (Electronic Stability Con- trol) is engaged in a different function.

OSK3058114NR

5 115 Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)

CAUTION WARNING • When the operation condition of • Drive safely even though the the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision vehicle is equipped with a Rear Warning system is met, the Cross-Traffic Collision Warning warning will occur every time a system and Rear Cross-Traffic vehicle approaches the side or Collision-Avoidance Assist system. rear of your stopped (0 mph (0 Do not solely rely on the system km/h) vehicle speed) vehicle. but check your surrounding when • The system's warning or brake backing the vehicle up. may not operate properly if the • The driver is responsible for accu- left or right of your vehicle's rear rate brake control. bumper is blocked by a vehicle or • Always pay extreme caution while obstacle. driving. The Rear Cross-Traffic • The driver should always use Collision Warning system and Rear extreme caution while operating Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance the vehicle, whether or not the Assist system may not operate warning light on the outer side properly or unnecessarily operate view mirror illuminates or there is depending on traffic and driving a warning alarm. conditions. • Playing the vehicle audio system • The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- at high volume may prevent occu- Avoidance Assist system is not a pants from hearing the system's substitute for safe driving prac- warning sounds. tices, but a convenience function • If any other warning sound such only. It is the responsibility of the as seat belt warning chime is driver to always drive cautiously already generated, the Rear to prevent unexpected and sud- Cross-Traffic Collision Warning den situations from occurring. system warning may not sound. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.

Detecting Sensor The rear radars are located inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system.

5 116 Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) Warning message If a warning message related to the RCCW/RCCA appears, take appropriate measures as detailed below.

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked

OSK3058028NR

CAUTION • The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired. 5 • The system may turn off if inter- OSK3058082NR fered by electromagnetic waves. This warning message may appear • Always keep the sensors clean. when: • NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the sensor component or apply any • One or both of the sensors on the impact on the sensor component. rear bumper is covered by dirt or • Be careful not to apply unneces- snow or a foreign object. sary force on the radar sensor or • Driving in rural areas where the sensor cover. If the sensor is forc- sensor does not detect another ibly moved out of proper align- vehicle for an extended period of ment, the system may not time. operate correctly. In this case, a • When there is inclement weather warning message may not be dis- such as heavy snow or rain. played. Have the vehicle inspected If any of these conditions occur, the by an authorized Kia dealer. light on the BCW switch and the • Do not apply foreign objects such system will turn off automatically. as a bumper sticker or a bumper When the BCW canceled warning guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. message is displayed in the cluster, Doing so may adversely affect the check to make sure that the rear performance of the sensor. bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor

5 117 Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) is located. Remove any dirt, snow, Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning or foreign material that could inter- (BCW) system fere with the radar sensors. Type A After any dirt or debris is removed, the system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle. If the system still does not operate normally have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE OSK3058083NR Type B Turn off the BCW and RCCW system when a trailer or carrier is installed. • Press the BCW switch (the indicator on the switch will turn off) • Deactivate the RCCW system by deselecting 'User Settings → Driver Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Colli- sion Warning'

OSK3058084NR If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the switch will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. RCCW and RCCA will not operate also if the BCW system turns off due to malfunction. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

5 118 Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) Limitations of the system • While going down or up a steep The driver must be cautious in the road where the height of the lane below situations, because the sys- is different. tem may not detect other vehicles • Driving on a narrow road where or objects in certain circumstances. trees or grass or overgrown. • When a trailer or carrier is • Driving in rural areas where the installed. sensor does not detect another • The vehicle drives in inclement vehicle for an extended period of weather such as heavy rain or time. snow. • Driving on a wet road. • The sensor is covered with rain, • Driving on a road where the snow, mud, etc. guardrail or wall is in double • The rear bumper where the sen- structure. sor is located is covered with a • A big vehicle is near such as a bus foreign object such as a bumper or truck. sticker, a bumper guard, a bike • When the other vehicle rack, etc. approaches very close. 5 • The rear bumper is damaged, or • When the other vehicle passes at the sensor is out of the original a very fast speed. default position. • While changing lanes. • The vehicle height gets lower or • If the vehicle has started at the higher due to heavy loading in a same time as the vehicle next to trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc. you and has accelerated. • When the temperature of the • When the vehicle in the next lane rear bumper is high. moves two lanes away from you • When the sensors are blocked by OR when the vehicle two lanes other vehicles, walls or parking- away moves to the next lane lot pillars. from you. • The vehicle drives on a curved • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. road. • A flat trailer is near. • The road pavement (or the • If there are small objects in the peripheral ground) abnormally detecting area such as a shopping contains metallic components (i.e. cart or a baby stroller. possibly due to subway construc- • If there is a low height vehicle tion). such as a sports car. • There is a fixed object near the • The brake pedal is depressed. vehicle, such as a guardrail. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is activated.

5 119 Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Always pay attention to your sur- malfunctions. roundings while backing up. • The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged. When the vehicle is in a complex • The brake is reworked. parking environment • The vehicle sharply stops. • Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle. • The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over an uneven/ bumpy road, or concrete patch. • The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.

Driving where there is a vehicle or OSK3058035NR - structure near The system may not operate prop erly when the vehicle is in a complex parking environment. In certain instances, the system may not be able to exactly determine the risk of collision for the vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a vehicle escaping beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your OSK3058034NR vehicle making a turn, etc.). [A]: Structure If this occurs, the warning or brake The system may not operate prop- may not operate properly. erly when driving where there is a vehicle or structure near. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from behind and the warning or brake may not operate properly.

5 120 Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) When the vehicle is parked diago- When the vehicle is on/near a slope nally

OSK3058037NR OSK3058036NR The system may not operate prop- [A]: Vehicle erly when the vehicle is on/near a The system may not operate prop- slope. erly when the vehicle is parked diag- In certain instances, the system onally. may not detect the vehicle 5 In certain instances, when the diag- approaching from the rear left/right onally parked vehicle is pulled out of and the warning or brake may not the parking space, the system may operate properly. not detect the vehicle approaching Always pay attention to your sur- from the rear left/right of your roundings while backing up. vehicle. In this case, the warning or brake may not operate properly. Pulling into the parking space Always pay attention to your sur- where there is a structure roundings while backing up.

OSK3058038NR [A]: Structure, [B]: Wall

5 121 Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) The system may not operate prop- This device complies with Part 15 erly when pulling in the vehicle to of the FCC rules. the parking space where there is a Operation is subject to the following structure at the back or side of your two conditions: vehicle. 1. This device may not cause harm- In certain instances, when backing ful interference, and into the parking space, the system 2. This device must accept any may not detect the vehicle moving interference received, including in front of your vehicle. In this case, interference that may cause the warning or brake may not oper- undesired operation. ate properly. Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.

When the vehicle is parked rearward

OSK3058039NR If the vehicle is parked rearward and the sensor detects the another vehicle in the rear area of the parking space, the system can warn or control braking. Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.

5 122 Driving your vehicle Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) the driver of his/her fatigue level (if equipped) or inattentive driving practices. • High sensitivity: The Driver Atten- The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) tion Warning system alerts the system is designed to warn the driver of his/her fatigue level or - driver of potentially hazardous driv inattentive driving practices - ing situations if it detects inatten faster than Normal mode. tive driving practices. The set-up of the Driver Attention NOTICE Warning system will be applied when the vehicle is re-started. The Driver Attention Warning system does not detect actual driver Displaying the driver's attention fatigue or drowsiness. The system level monitors driving and provides a The driver can monitor his/her driv- warning if it detects inattentive ing conditions on the LCD display. driving practices. 5

Setting and activating the DAW The Driver Attention Warning system is in the Normal position, when your vehicle is first delivered to you from the factory. To turn ON the Driver Attention Warning system. • Turn on the vehicle, and then OSK3058106NR select 'User Settings in the cluster → Driver Assistance → DAW (Driver Attention Warning) → High sensitivity / Normal sensitivity / Off' on the LCD display. The driver can select the Driver Attention Warning system mode. • Off: The Driver Attention Warning system is deactivated. • Normal sensitivity: The Driver OSK3058107NR Attention Warning system alerts

5 123 Driving your vehicle Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

Taking a break The "Consider taking a break" message appears on the LCD display and a warning sounds suggest that the driver take a break when the driver's attention level is below 1.

OSK3058085NR • Select 'User Settings Mode' and then 'Driver Assistance' on the LCD display. (For more information, refer to "LCD display" on page 4-51.) - The driver's attention level is dis OSK3058088NR played on the scale of 1 to 5. The The Driver Attention Warning sys- - lower the number is, the more inat tem will not suggest a break, when tentive the driver is. the total driving time is shorter than The number decreases when the 10 minutes. driver does not take a break for a certain period of time. CAUTION The number increases when the When other warnings such as the driver attentively drives for a cer- seat belt warning sound are in oper- tain period of time. ation, they override the DAW alarm- ing system and DAW warnings may When the driver turns on the sys- not occur. tem while driving, it displays 'Last Break time'. Resetting the Driver Attention Warning system The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning system.

5 124 Driving your vehicle Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

Type A

OSK3058095NR The driver attention warning sys- OSK3058096NR tem resets in the following situa- Type B tions. • The vehicle is turned OFF. • The driver unfastens the seat belt and then opens the driver's door in stop. 5 • The vehicle is parked for more than 10 minutes. The driver attention warning system operates again, when the driver restarts driving. OSK3058097NR In this case, take your vehicle to an DAW disabled authorized Kia dealer and have the The Driver Attention Warning sys- system checked. tem enters the ready status and displays the 'Disabled' screen in the WARNING following situations. • The camera sensor is unable to • The Driver Attention Warning detect the lanes. system is not a substitute for • Driving speed remains 110 mph safe driving practices. It is the (177 km/h) or under. responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent DAW malfunction unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to When the "Check System" warning the road conditions at all times. message appears, the system is not working properly.

5 125 Driving your vehicle Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

• It may suggest a break according CAUTION to the driver's driving pattern or - habits even if the driver doesn't The Driver Attention Warning sys feel fatigued. tem may not provide alerts in the • The driver, who feels fatigued, following situations: should take a break, even though • The lane detection performance is there is no break suggestion by limited. (For more information, the Driver Attention Warning sys- refer to "Lane Keeping Assist tem. (LKA) System (if equipped)" on page 5-127.) • The vehicle is erratically driven or NOTICE is abruptly turned for obstacle The Driver Attention Warning sys- avoidance (e.g. construction area, tem utilizes the camera sensor on other vehicles, fallen objects, the front windshield for its opera- bumpy road). tion. • Forward drivability of the vehicle is severely undermined (possibly To keep the camera sensor in the due to wide variation in tire pres- best condition, you should observe sures, uneven tire wear-out, toe- the followings: in/toe-out alignment). • Do not place any reflective objects • The vehicle drives on a curvy road. (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the • The vehicle drives on a bumpy dashboard. Any light reflection road. may prevent the Driver Attention • The vehicle drives through a Warning (DAW) system from windy area. functioning properly. • The vehicle is controlled by the • Pay extreme caution to keep the following driver assistance sys- camera sensor dry. tems: • Do not arbitrarily disassemble the - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys- camera assembly, or apply any tem impact on the camera assembly. - Forward Collision-Avoidance • Playing the vehicle audio system Assist (FCA) System. at high volume may prevent occu- - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) Sys- pants from hearing the Driver tem Attention Warning system warning sounds.

5 126 Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System

- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) Sys WARNING tem (if equipped) • Driver is responsible for being The Lane Keeping Assist system is aware of surroundings and steer- designed to detect the lane markers ing the vehicle for safe driving on the road with a front view cam- practices. era at the front windshield, and • Do not turn the steering wheel assists the driver's steering to help suddenly when the steering wheel keep the vehicle in the lanes. is being assisted by the system.

NOTICE • When you replace the windshield glass, front view camera or system, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked to need a cal- 5 ibration.

OSK3058011NR • The system is designed to detect lane markers using a front view When the system detects the vehi- camera. If the lane markers are cle straying from its lane, it alerts hard to detect, then the system the driver with a visual and audible may be limited. Always be cau- warning, while applying a slight tious when using the system. countersteering torque, trying to • When the lane markers are hard prevent the vehicle from moving out to detect, please refer to "Driver's of its lane. Attention" on page 5-132. • Do not remove or damage parts WARNING of the LKA system. The Lane Keeping Assist System is a • Do not place objects on the dash- supplemental system and is not a board that reflects light such as substitute for safe driving practices. mirrors, white paper, etc. This It is the responsibility of the driver may prevent the LKA system to always pay attention and drive from functioning properly. safely. • You may not hear warning sound of LKA if the audio volume is high. • If you drive with your hands off the steering wheel, the LKA sys-

5 127 Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System

tem will stop controlling the • Press the LKA button located on steering wheel after the hands the instrument panel on the lower off alarm. If you drive with your left hand side of the driver. hands on the steering wheel The indicator in the cluster display again, the control will be activated will initially illuminate white. - again. If the indicator (white) was acti vated in the previous vehicle ON, • If the vehicle speed is high, steer- the system turns on automati- ing torque for assistance may not cally. be enough to keep your vehicle within the lane. If so, the vehicle If you press the LKA button again, may move out of its lane. Obey the indicator on the cluster display speed limit when using LKA. will go off. • If you attach objects to the steer- The color of indicator will change ing wheel, the system may not depend on the condition of LKA. assist steering. • White: Sensor does not detect the • If you attach objects to the steer- lane marker or vehicle speed is ing wheel, hands off alarm may less than 40 mph (64 km/h). not work properly. • Green: Sensor detects the lane marker and system is able to control the steering. LKA operation • If the function is turned off in User settings, the system will not operate. If you select LDW / LKA / Active LKA in User settings, the selected function will be activated.

LKA activation To see the LKA screen on the LCD display in the cluster, Tab to the OSK3058026NR ASSIST mode ( ). To activate/deactivate the LKA, with the ignition switch or START/STOP For further details, refer to "LCD button in the ON position, take the Display Modes" on page 4-52. following steps: After LKA is activated, if both lane markers are detected, vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h) and all the

5 128 Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System activation conditions are satisfied, a If the speed of the vehicle is over 40 green steering wheel indicator will mph (64 km/h) and the system illuminate and the steering wheel detects lane markers, the color will be controlled. changes from gray to white. When the conditions below are met, WARNING LKA will be enabled to assist steer- The Lane Keeping Assist system is a ing. system designed to help prevent the • Vehicle speed is above 40 mph (64 driver from leaving the lane. How- km/h). ever, the driver should not solely • The vehicle is between the lane rely on the system but always check markers. the road conditions when driving. If LKA can assist steering, a green steering wheel indicator will illuminate.

Warning message 5 If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane marker you cross will blink on the LCD display.

OSK3058078NR

OSK3058076NR

OSK3058079NR

5 129 Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System

OSK3058077NR OSK3058080NR If the vehicle moves out its lane If the driver still does not have their because steering torque for assis- hands on the steering wheel after tance is not enough, the lane indica- several seconds, the system will tor will blink. only warn the driver when the driver crosses the lane lines. In this sce- If all the conditions to activate LKA are not satisfied, the system will nario, the system does not provide convert to Lane Departure Warning any steering inputs into the vehicle (LDW) and warn the driver only for you. Accordingly, you must take when the driver crosses the lane the necessary steps to maintain markers. In this scenario, the LDW control of the vehicle and keep it system does not provide any steer- within the lanes. ing inputs into the vehicle for you. Accordingly, you must take the necessary steps to maintain control of the vehicle and keep it within the lanes.

Keep hands on steering wheel (When Active LKA is activated, if equipped) If the driver takes hands off the OSK3058116NR steering wheel for several seconds However, if the driver has their while the Active LKA is activated, hands on the steering wheel again, the system will warn the driver. the system will start controlling the steering wheel.

5 130 Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System

WARNING Keep hands on steering wheel (When LKA is activated) • Always keep your hands on the If the driver takes hands off the steering wheel while driving. • If you hold the steering wheel steering wheel for several seconds - with a light grip, the system may while the LKA is activated, the sys also generate hands off warning. tem will warn the driver.

WARNING • The LKA system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain it in its lane. • Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver

may control the steering wheel. OSK3058080NR 5 • Turn off the LKA system and drive without using the system in the WARNING following situations: - In bad weather • The warning message may - In bad road conditions appear late according to road - When the steering wheel needs conditions. Therefore, always to be controlled by the driver have your hands on the steering frequently. wheel while driving. • The steering wheel may feel • If you hold the steering wheel heavier when the steering wheel lightly, the system would gener- is assisted by the system than ate hands off warning because when it is not. LKA can treat the situation as you do not grab the wheel. NOTICE

• Even though the steering is The system will be canceled when: assisted by the system, the driver • You change lanes with the turn may control the steering. signal. • The steering wheel may feel - Using the turn signal to change heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than lanes. when it is not.

5 131 Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System

- If you change lanes without the • Driving on a steep slope or hill. turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled. Driver's Attention • LKA can transit to steering assist The driver must be cautious in the mode when the car is near to following situations because the middle of the lane after system system is limited when recognition on or the lane was changed. LKA cannot assist steering if the vehi- of the lane marker is poor or limited: cle follows lane marker too • When lane and road condition is closely. poor • The control of ESC (Electronic - It is difficult to distinguish the Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle lane marker from road when Stability Management) is acti- the lane marker is covered with vated. dust or sand. • The steering will not be assisted - It is difficult to distinguish the when you drive fast on a sharp color of the lane marker from curve. road. • The steering will not be assisted - There is something that looks when vehicle speed is below 40 like a lane marker. mph (64 km/h). and over 110 mph - The lane marker is indistinct or (177 km/h). Always obey all traf- damaged. fic laws and drive safely. - The number of lanes increases/ • The steering will not be assisted decreases or the lane lines are when you change lanes quickly. crossing (Driving through a toll • The steering will not be assisted plaza / toll gate, merged/ when you brake suddenly. divided lane). • The steering will not be assisted - There are more than two lane when the lane is very wide or nar- markers. row. - The lane marker is very thick or • The steering will not be assisted thin. when only one side lane marker is - The lane marker is not visible - detected. due to snow, rain, stain, a pud • There are more than two lane dle or other factors. markers such as a construction - A shadow is on the lane marker area. because of a median strip, • Radius of a curve is too small. guardrail, noise barriers or • When you turn the steering wheel other objects. suddenly, the LKA will be disabled - When the lane markers are - temporarily. complicated or a structure sub

5 132 Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System

stitutes for the lines such as a - The windshield is fogged by construction area. humid air in the vehicle. - There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road. WARNING - The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection. The Lane Keeping Assist system is a - The lane marker in a tunnel is system designed to help prevent the - covered with dirt or oil and etc. driver from leaving the lane. How • When external conditions inter- ever, the driver should not solely vene rely on the system but always take - The brightness of outside the necessary actions for safe driv- changes suddenly when entering practices. ing/exiting a tunnel or passing under a bridge. - The headlamps are not on at LKA malfunction night or in a tunnel, or light level If there is a problem with the sys- is low. tem a message will appear. If the 5 - There is a boundary structure problem continues the LKA fail indi- in the roadway. cator will illuminate. - The light reflects from the water on the road. - When light shines brightly from behind the vehicle. - The distance from the vehicle ahead is very short or the vehicle ahead covers up the lane line. - You drive on a steep grade or a sharp curve.

- The vehicle vibrates heavily. OSK3058081NR - The temperature near the rearview mirror is very high due LKA fail indicator to direct sun light and etc. The LKA fail indicator (yellow) will • When front visibility is poor illuminate with an audible warning if - The lens or windshield is cov- the LKA is not working properly. In ered by foreign materials. - The sensor cannot detect the this case, have the system checked lane because of fog, heavy rain by authorized Kia dealer. or snow.

5 133 Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System

When there is a problem with the Active LKA system do one of the following: The active LKA mode provides more • Turn the system on after turning frequent steering wheel control in the vehicle off and on again. comparison with the LKA mode. • Check if the ignition switch or Active LKA can reduce the driver's START/STOP button is in the ON fatigue to assist the steering for position. maintaining the vehicle in the middle • Check if the system is affected by of the lane. the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.) LKA • Check if there is foreign matter covering the camera lens The LKA mode guides the driver to keep the vehicle within the lanes. It If the problem is not solved, take rarely controls the steering wheel, your vehicle to an authorized Kia when the vehicle drives well inside dealer and have the system the lanes. However, it starts to con- checked. trol the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate from the LKA function change lanes. The driver can change LKA to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Lane Departure or change the LKA mode between LDW alerts the driver with a visual Active LKA, LKA, LDW, OFF from the and acoustic warning when the sys- User Settings Mode on the LCD dis- tem detects the vehicle leaving the play. lane. In this mode, the steering wheel will not be controlled. When the vehicle's front wheel contacts the inside edge of lane line, LKA issues the lane departure warning.

OFF LKA/LDW function is OFF.

OSK3058117NR

5 134 Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions

Special driving conditions narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety If driving conditions deteriorate due of offroad applications. to poor weather or road conditions, you should pay even more attention Specific design characteristics give than usual to your driving. them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles. An advantage of Hazardous driving conditions the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road, which When hazardous driving conditions allows you to anticipate problems. are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- They are not designed for cornering ards, follow these suggestions: at the same speeds as conventional • Drive cautiously and allow extra passenger vehicles, any more than distance for braking. low-slung sports vehicles are • Avoid sudden braking or steering. designed to perform satisfactorily in • When braking with non-ABS off-road conditions. Due to this risk, brakes pump the brake pedal with driver and passengers are strongly 5 a light up-and-down motion until recommended to buckle their seat the vehicle is stopped. belts. • Do not pump the brake pedal on a In a rollover crash, an unbelted per- vehicle equipped with ABS. son is significantly more likely to die • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, than a person wearing a seat belt. use the second gear. Accelerate There are steps that a driver can slowly to avoid spinning the drive make to reduce the risk of a rollover. wheels. • Use sand, rock salt, or other non- If at all possible, avoid sharp turns slip material under the drive or abrupt maneuvers, do not load wheels to provide traction when your roof rack with heavy cargo, stalled in ice, snow, or mud. and never modify your vehicle in any way. Reducing the risk of a rollover This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV). Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. SUV's have higher ground clearance and a

5 135 Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions

WARNING be sure to equip all four tires with the tire and wheel of the same size, Rollover type, tread, brand and load-carrying As with other Sports Utility Vehicle capacity. (SUV), failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an accident or vehicle rollover. Rocking the vehicle • Utility vehicles have a significantly If it is necessary to rock the vehicle higher rollover rate than other to free it from snow, sand, or mud, types of vehicles. first turn the steering wheel right • Specific design characteristics and left to clear the area around - (higher ground clearance, nar your front wheels. Then, shift back rower track, etc.) give this vehicle and forth between R (Reverse) and a higher center of gravity than any forward gear. ordinary vehicles. • A SUV is not designed for corner- Do not race the vehicle, and spin the ing at the same speeds as con- wheels as little as possible. If you ventional vehicles. are still stuck after a few tries, have - • Avoid sharp turns or abrupt the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehi maneuvers. cle to avoid vehicle overheating and • In a rollover crash, an unbelted possible damage to the reduction person is significantly more likely gear. to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Make sure everyone in WARNING the vehicle is properly buckled up. Sudden Vehicle Movement Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if WARNING people or objects are nearby. The vehicle may suddenly move forward Your vehicle is equipped with tires or backwards as it becomes designed to provide safe ride and unstuck. handling capability. Do not use a size and type of tire and wheel that is different from the one that is originally installed on your vehicle. It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could lead to steering failure or rollover and serious injury. When replacing the tires,

5 136 Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions

- CAUTION vehicles, as it may be more diffi cult to see at night, especially in Vehicle rocking areas where there may not be Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle any street lights. overheating, reduction gear dam- • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the age or failure, and tire damage. glare from other driver's headlights. • Keep your headlights clean and CAUTION properly aimed. (On vehicles not Spinning tires equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or Do not spin the wheels, especially at improperly aimed headlights will speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/ make it much more difficult to see h). Spinning the wheels at high at night. - speeds when the vehicle is station • Avoid staring directly at the head- ary could cause a tire to overheat lights of oncoming vehicles. You which could result in tire damage could be temporarily blinded, and that WARNING - Sudden may injure it will take several seconds for 5 bystanders. your eyes to readjust to the darkness. The ESC system should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving Smooth cornering dangerous, especially if you're not Avoid braking or gear changing in prepared for the slick pavement. corners, especially when roads are Here are a few things to consider wet. Ideally, corners should always when driving in the rain: be taken under gentle acceleration. If you follow these suggestions, tire • A heavy rainfall will make it wear will be held to a minimum. harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle, so slow down. Driving at night • Keep your windshield wiping Because night driving presents more equipment in good shape. Replace hazards than driving in the daylight, your windshield wiper blades here are some important tips to when they show signs of streak- remember: ing or missing areas on the wind- • Slow down and keep more dis- shield. tance between you and other

5 137 Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions

• If your tires are not in good condi- Highway driving tion, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and Tires possibly lead to an accident. Be Adjust the tire inflation pressures to sure your tires are in good shape. specification. Low tire inflation pres- • Turn on your headlights to make sures will result in overheating and it easier for others to see you. possible failure of the tires. • Driving too fast through large Avoid using worn or damaged tires puddles can affect your brakes. If which may result in reduced traction or tire failure. you must go through puddles, try Never exceed the maximum tire to drive through them slowly. inflation pressure shown on the - • If you believe you may have got tires. ten your brakes wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal WARNING braking operation returns. Under/over inflated tires Driving in flooded areas Always check the tires for proper inflation before driving. Underin- Avoid driving through flooded areas flated or overinflated tires can unless you are sure the water is no cause poor handling, loss of vehicle higher than the bottom of the wheel control, and sudden tire failure lead- hub. Drive through any water ing to accidents, injuries, and even - slowly. Allow adequate stopping dis death. For proper tire pressures, tance because brake performance refer to "Tires and wheels" on page may be affected. 8-4. After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is WARNING moving slowly. Tire tread Always check the tire tread before Driving off-road driving your vehicle. Worn-out tires Drive carefully off-road because can result in loss of vehicle control. your vehicle may be damaged by Worn-out tires should be replaced rocks or roots of trees. Become as soon as possible. For further information and tread limits, refer familiar with the off-road conditions to "Tires and wheels" on page 7-34. where you are going to drive before you begin driving.

5 138 Driving your vehicle Winter driving

Winter driving Tire chains are not legal in all states. Check state laws before fitting tire Severe weather conditions in the chains. winter result in greater wear and other problems. Snow tires To minimize the problems of winter If you mount snow tires on your driving, you should follow these vehicle, make sure they are radial suggestions: tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount Snowy or icy conditions snow tires on all four wheels to bal- To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it ance your vehicle's handling in all may be necessary to use snow tires weather conditions. Keep in mind or to install tire chains on your tires. that the traction provided by snow If snow tires are needed, it is neces- tires on dry roads may not be as - sary to select tires equivalent in size high as your vehicle's original equip ment tires. You should drive cau- and type of the original equipment 5 tires. Failure to do so may adversely tiously even when the roads are affect the safety and handling of clear. Check with the tire dealer for your vehicle. Furthermore, speeding, maximum speed recommendations. rapid acceleration, sudden brake Do not install studded tires without applications, and sharp turns are first checking local, state and potentially very hazardous prac- municipal regulations for possible tices. restrictions against their use. During deceleration, use vehicle braking to the fullest extent. Sud- WARNING den brake applications on snowy or Snow tire size icy roads may cause skids to occur. Snow tires should be equivalent in You need to keep sufficient distance size and type to the vehicle's stan- between the vehicle in operation in dard tires. Otherwise, the safety front of your vehicle. Also, apply the and handling of your vehicle may be brake gently. It should be noted that adversely affected. installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.

5 139 Driving your vehicle Winter driving

Tire chains Retighten or remount the chains if When using tire chains, install tire they are loose. chains only on the front tires. Chain installation When installing chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Make sure the snow chains are SAE class "S" certified. Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until it stops. OSK3058045NR Remove the chains as soon as you Since the sidewalls of radial tires are begin driving on cleared roads. thinner, they can be damaged by When mounting snow chains, park mounting some types of snow the vehicle on level ground away chains on them. Therefore, the use from traffic. Turn on the vehicle of snow tires is recommended Hazard Warning flashers and place a instead of snow chains. Do not triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle if available. mount tire chains on vehicles Always place the vehicle in P (Park), equipped with aluminum wheels; apply the parking brake and turn off snow chains may cause damage to the vehicle before installing snow the wheels. If snow chains must be chains. used, use wire-type chains with a • The use of chains may adversely thickness of less than 0.47 in (12 affect vehicle handling. mm). Damage to your vehicle • Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h) caused by improper snow chain use or the chain manufacturer's rec- is not covered by your vehicle man- ommended speed limit, whichever ufacturer's warranty. is lower. Install tire chains only on the front • Drive carefully and avoid bumps, tires. holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the Always check chain installation for vehicle to bounce. proper mounting after driving • Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 braking. to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.

5 140 Driving your vehicle Winter driving

CAUTION Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on Snow chains the battery system. Visually inspect • Chains that are the wrong size or the battery and cables (refer to "For improperly installed can damage best battery service" on page 7-31). your vehicle's brake lines, suspen- The level of charge in your battery sion, body and wheels. can be checked by an authorized Kia • Stop driving and retighten the dealer or a service station. chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle. Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary Use high quality ethylene glycol In some climates it is recommended coolant that a lower viscosity "winter Your vehicle is delivered with high weight" oil be used during cold quality ethylene glycol coolant in the weather. Refer to "Recommended cooling system. It is the only type of lubricants and capacities" on page 5 coolant that should be used because 8-6 for recommendations. If you it helps prevent corrosion in the aren't sure what weight oil you cooling system, lubricates the water should use, consult an authorized pump and prevents freezing. Be Kia dealer. sure to replace or replenish your coolant refer to "Normal mainte- To keep locks from freezing nance schedule - Non Turbo Models" To keep the locks from freezing, on page 7-9. Before winter, have squirt an approved de-icer fluid or your coolant tested to assure that glycerine into the key opening. If a its freezing point is sufficient for lock is covered with ice, squirt it with the temperatures anticipated during an approved de-icing fluid to remove the winter. the ice. If the lock is frozen inter- nally, you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.

5 141 Driving your vehicle Winter driving

Use approved window washer anti- Don't let ice and snow accumulate freeze in system underneath To keep the water in the window Under some conditions, snow and washer system from freezing, add ice can build up under the fenders an approved window washer anti- and interfere with the steering. freeze solution in accordance with When driving in severe winter condi- instructions on the container. Win- tions where this may happen, you dow washer anti-freeze is available should periodically check under- from an authorized Kia dealer and neath the vehicle to be sure the most auto parts outlets. Do not use movement of the front wheels and vehicle coolant or other types of the steering components are not anti-freeze as these may damage obstructed. the paint finish. Carry emergency equipment Don't let your parking brake freeze Depending on the severity of the Under some conditions your parking weather, you should carry appropri- brake can freeze in the engaged ate emergency equipment. Some of position. This is most likely to hap- the items you may want to carry pen when there is an accumulation include tow straps or chains, flash- of snow or ice around or near the light, emergency flares, sand, rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. shovel, jumper cables, window If there is a risk the parking brake scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover- may freeze, apply it only temporar- alls, blanket, etc. ily while you put the gear shift dial in P (Park) and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

5 142 Driving your vehicle Trailer towing

Trailer towing Vehicle load limit We do not recommend using this The vehicle load limit is displayed on vehicle for trailer towing. the tire and loading information label on the driver's door.

Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

OSK3068034NR

Vehicle capacity weight: 860 lbs. (390 kg) Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity: Total: 5 persons (Front seat: 2 persons, Rear seat: 3 persons) Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry.

5 143 Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit

However, the seating capacity may of available cargo and luggage be reduced based upon the weight load capacity is 650 lbs. (295 kg). of all of the occupants, and the (1400-750 (5x150) = 650 lbs. or weight of the cargo being carried or 635-340 (5x68) = 295 kg) towed. 5. Determine the combined weight Do not overload the vehicle as there of luggage and cargo being loaded is a limit to the total weight, or load on the vehicle. That weight may limit including occupants and cargo, not safely exceed the available the vehicle can carry. cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. Towing capacity: 6. If your vehicle will be towing a We do not recommend using this trailer, load from your trailer will vehicle for trailer towing. be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine Cargo capacity: how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle of your vehicle. will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants. WARNING Loose cargo Steps For Determining Correct Load Do not travel with unsecured blunt Limit - objects in the passenger compart- 1. Locate the statement "The com- ment of your vehicle (e.g. suit cases bined weight of occupants and or unsecured child seats). These cargo should never exceed XXX items may strike occupant during a lbs. or XXX kg'' on your vehicle's sudden stop or crash. placard. 2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that Example 1 will be riding in your vehicle. 3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX lbs. or XXX kg. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. (635 kg) and there will be five 150 lbs. (68 kg) passen-

gers in your vehicle, the amount ODEEV078137NR

5 144 Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit

Example 3 Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs. A Weight (385 kg) Subtract Occupant 300 lbs. B Weight (136 kg) 150 lbs. (68 kg)V2 Available Cargo and 549 lbs. C Luggage weight (249 kg) Example 2 ODEEV078139NR

Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs. A Weight (385 kg) Subtract Occupant 805 lbs. 5 B Weight (365 kg) 161 lbs. (73 kg)V5 Available Cargo and 44 lbs. C Luggage weight (20 kg) ODEEV078138NR Refer to your vehicle's tire and load- Item Description Total ing information label for specific Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs. information about your vehicle's A - Weight (385 kg) capacity weight and seating posi tions. The combined weight of the Subtract Occupant 750 lbs. driver, passengers and cargo should B Weight (340 kg) - 150 lbs. (68 kg)V5 never exceed your vehicle's capac ity weight. Available Cargo and 99 lbs. C Luggage weight (45 kg)

5 145 Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit

Certification label WARNING The certification label is located on Over loading the driver's door sill at the center Never exceed the GVWR for your pillar. vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle's handling and braking ability.

The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry.

ODEEV078127NR If you carry items inside your vehicle This label shows the maximum - like suitcases, tools, packages, or allowable weight of the fully loaded anything else - they are moving as vehicle. This is called the GVWR fast as the vehicle. If you have to (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The stop or turn quickly, or if there is a GVWR includes the weight of the crash, the items will keep going and vehicle, all occupants and cargo. can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger. This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported WARNING by the front and rear axles, called Over loading Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Do not overload your vehicle. Over- To find out the actual loads on your loading your vehicle can cause heat front and rear axles, you need to go buildup in your vehicle's tires and to a weigh station and weigh your possible tire failure, increased stop- vehicle. Your dealer can help you ping distances and poor vehicle han- with this. Be sure to spread out your dling--all of which may result in a load equally on both sides of the crash. centerline. NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.

5 146 Driving your vehicle Vehicle weight

Vehicle weight weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These num- This chapter will guide you in the bers are shown on the compliance proper loading of your vehicle and/ label. The total load on each axle or trailer, to keep your loaded vehi- must never exceed its GAWR. cle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer. GVW (Gross vehicle weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Properly loading your vehicle will Cargo Weight plus passengers. provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance. Before GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) loading your vehicle, familiarize This is the maximum allowable yourself with the following terms weight of the fully loaded vehicle for determining your vehicle's (including all options, equipment, weight ratings, with or without a passengers and cargo). The GVWR is trailer, from the vehicle's specifica- shown on the certification label tions and the compliance label: located on the driver's door sill. Base curb weight This is the weight 5 of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment. Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment. Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment. GAW (Gross axle weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload. GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) This is the maximum allowable

5 147

What to do in an emergency 6

What to do in an emergency Road warning...... 6-3 • Hazard warning flasher...... 6-3 In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-4 • If the Vehicle Stalls While Driving ...... 6-4 • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ...... 6-4 • If you have a flat tire while driving...... 6-4 If the engine will not start ...... 6-5 • If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ...... 6-5 • If engine turns over normally but does not start...... 6-5 Emergency starting...... 6-6 • Jump starting...... 6-6 • Push-starting...... 6-7 If the engine overheats...... 6-8 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)...... 6-9 • Effective Use of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)...... 6-10 • Low tire pressure telltale ...... 6-11 • Low tire pressure position telltale...... 6-11 • Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction indicator ...... 6-12 • Tire replacement with TPMS...... 6-13 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules...... 6-15 If you have a flat tire ...... 6-15 • Jack and tools...... 6-15 • Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-16 • Changing tires ...... 6-17 • Important - use of compact spare tire ...... 6-20 • Jack label...... 6-22 6 What to do in an emergency

Towing...... 6-23 • Towing without Wheel Dollies when using a Towing Service ...... 6-24 • Using removable towing hook ...... 6-24 • Emergency towing ...... 6-25 What to do in an emergency Road warning

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMER- Depress the flasher switch with the GENCY ignition switch in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center fascia panel. All turn signal lights Road warning will flash simultaneously. When in an emergency situation • The hazard warning flasher oper- occurs while driving or when you ates whether your vehicle is run- park by the edge of the roadway, ning or not. you must alert approaching or pass- • The turn signals do not work ing vehicles to be careful as they when the hazard flasher is on. pass. For this, you should use the • Care must be taken when using hazard warning flasher. the hazard warning flasher while the vehicle is being towed. Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. 6

OSK3068001NR It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.

6 3 What to do in an emergency In case of an emergency while driving

In case of an emergency while If you have a flat tire while driving driving • Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow If an emergency situation occurs down while driving straight ahead. while driving, stay calm and take the Do not apply the brakes immedi- following steps. ately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of If the Vehicle Stalls While Driving control. 1. Reduce your speed gradually, • When the vehicle has slowed to keeping a straight line. such a speed that it is safe to do 2. Move cautiously off the road to a so, brake carefully and pull off the road. safe place. - 3. Turn on your hazard warning • Drive off the road as far as possi flasher. ble and park on firm level ground. 4. Try to start the vehicle again. If If you are on a divided highway, your vehicle will not start, contact do not park in the median area an authorized Kia dealer or seek between the two traffic lanes. other qualified assistance. • When the vehicle is stopped, turn on your emergency hazard flashers, set the parking brake and put If the engine stalls at a crossroad the transmission in P (for Intelli- or crossing gent Variable Transmission) or in • If the engine stalls at a crossroad reverse (Manual Transmission). or crossing, set the shift lever in • Have all passengers get out of the the N (Neutral) position and then vehicle. Be sure they all get out on push the vehicle to a safe place. the side of the vehicle that is • If your vehicle has a manual away from traffic. transmission not equipped with a • When changing a flat tire, follow ignition lock switch, the vehicle the instruction provided later in can move forward by shifting to this section. the 2 (second) or 3 (third) gear and then turning the starter without depressing the clutch pedal.

6 4 What to do in an emergency If the engine will not start

If the engine will not start If engine turns over normally but does not start If engine doesn't turn over or turns 1. Check the fuel level. over slowly 2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK position, check all connec- 1. If your vehicle has an Intelligent tors at the ignition coils and spark Variable Transmission, be sure the plugs. Reconnect any that may be shift lever is in N (Neutral) or P disconnected or loose. (Park) and the emergency brake is 3. Check the fuel line in the engine set. compartment. 2. Check the battery connections to 4. If the engine still does not start, be sure they are clean and tight. call an authorized Kia dealer or 3. Turn on the interior light. If the seek other qualified assistance. light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is discharged. 4. Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could cause damage to your vehicle. Refer to "Jump start- 6 ing" on page 6-6.

WARNING Push/pull start Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. Push or pull starting may cause the catalytic converter to overload and create a fire hazard.

6 5 What to do in an emergency Emergency starting

Emergency starting WARNING When the vehicle will not start Frozen batteries because of low battery power, you Do not attempt to jump start the may need to jump start the vehicle. vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen as the battery may rupture Jump starting or explode. Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order. WARNING Battery Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery. The battery produces hydrogen gas which will explode if exposed to flame or sparks.

WARNING

ODEEV088002NR Battery cables Jump starting can be dangerous if Do not connect the jumper cable done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid from the negative terminal of the - harm to yourself or damage to your booster battery to the negative ter vehicle or battery, follow these jump minal of the discharged battery, - starting procedures. If in doubt, we directly. This can cause the dis strongly recommend that you have charged battery to overheat and crack, degradation. a competent technician or towing service jump start your vehicle. Make sure to connect one end of the jumper cable to the negative termi- WARNING nal of the booster battery, and the other end to a metallic point, far Battery away from the battery. Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode.

6 6 What to do in an emergency Emergency starting

WARNING 5. Start vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2,000 Sulfuric acid risk rpm, then start the vehicle with Automobile batteries contain sulfu- the discharged battery. ric acid. When jump starting your If the cause of your battery dis- vehicle, be careful not to get sulfuric charging is not apparent, you should acid on yourself, your clothing, or on have your vehicle checked by an the vehicle. This acid is poisonous authorized Kia dealer. and highly corrosive. NOTICE Jump-starting Make sure to connect one end of the 1. Make sure the booster battery is jumper cable to the negative termi- 12-volt and that its negative ter- nal of the booster battery, and the minal is grounded. other end to a metallic point, far 2. If the booster battery is in away from the battery. another vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to come in contact. 3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical Push-starting loads. Your Manual Transmission-equipped 4. Connect the jumper cables in the 6 exact sequence shown in the illus- vehicle should not be push-started tration. First connect one end of a because it might damage the emis- jumper cable to the positive ter- sion control system. Vehicles minal of the discharged battery equipped with Dual Clutch Trans- (1), then connect the other end to mission/Intelligent Variable Trans- the positive terminal of the mission cannot be push-started. booster battery (2). Follow the directions in this section Proceed to connect one end of the for jump-starting. other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery (3), then the other end to a WARNING solid, stationary, metallic point Tow starting vehicle away from the battery (4). Never tow a vehicle to start it. Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the cor- When the engine starts, the vehicle rect battery terminals or the cor- can suddenly surge forward and rect ground. Do not lean over the could cause a collision with the tow battery when making connec- vehicle. tions.

6 7 What to do in an emergency If the engine overheats

If the engine overheats is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you If your temperature gauge indicates stop). overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or WARNING knocking, the engine will probably be too hot. Under the hood While the engine is running, If this happens, you should: keep hair, hands and clothing 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon away from moving parts as it is safe to do so. such as the fan and drive 2. Place the shift lever in P (for Intelligent Variable Transmission) belts to prevent injury. or in Neutral for (Manual Trans- 7. If the water pump drive belt is mission) and set the parking - brake. broken or engine coolant is leak ing out, stop the engine immedi- 3. If the air conditioning is on, turn it ately and call the nearest off. authorized Kia dealer for assis- 4. If engine coolant is running out tance. under the vehicle or steam is 8. If you cannot find the cause of coming out from underneath the the overheating, wait until the hood, stop the engine. Do not engine temperature has returned open the hood until the coolant to normal. If coolant has been has stopped running or the lost, carefully add coolant to the steaming has stopped. reservoir to bring the fluid level in 5. If there is no visible loss of engine the reservoir up to the halfway coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be mark. sure the engine cooling fan is 9. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of over- operating. heating. If overheating happens 1)If the fan is not running, turn again, call an authorized Kia the engine off. dealer for assistance. 6. Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing. 1)If it is not missing, check to see that it is tight. 2)If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory, check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it

6 8 What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

- WARNING Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys tem (TPMS) Radiator cap - Do not remove the radiator The tire pressure monitoring sys - cap when the engine is hot. tem detects the pressure of vehi This may result in coolant cle's tires and displays it on the LCD being blown out of the opening and display. cause serious burns.

Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

OSK3068002NR

OSK3068003NR 1. Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator 2. Low tire pressure position telltale (Shown on the LCD display)

6 9 What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Tire Pressure Indicator Effective Use of the Tire Pressure • You can check the tire pressure in Monitoring System (TPMS) the assist mode on the cluster. Each tire, including the spare (if pro- - Refer to "User settings mode" vided), should be checked monthly on page 4-54. when cold and inflated to the infla- • Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 tion pressure recommended by the minutes later after driving. vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle • If tire pressure is not displayed placard or tire inflation pressure when the vehicle is stopped, label. "Drive to display" message dis- (If your vehicle has tires of a differ- plays. After driving, check the tire ent size than the size indicated on pressure. the vehicle placard or tire inflation • You can change the tire pressure pressure label, you should deter- unit in the user settings mode on - the cluster. mine the proper tire inflation pres - psi, kPa, bar (Refer to "User sure for those tires.) settings mode" on page 4-54). As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a NOTICE tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire • The tire pressure may change due pressure telltale when one or more to factors such as parking condi- of your tires is significantly under- tion, driving style, and altitude above sea level. inflated. Accordingly, when the low • The tire pressure shown on the tire pressure telltale illuminates, you dashboard may differ from the should stop and check your tires as tire pressure measured by tire soon as possible, and inflate them to pressure gauge. the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire

6 10 What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) pressure, even if under-inflation has NOTICE not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres- If any of the below happens, have - sure telltale. the system checked by an autho rized Kia dealer. Your vehicle has also been equipped 1. The low tire pressure telltale / with a TPMS malfunction indicator TPMS malfunction indicator does to indicate when the system is not not illuminate for 3 seconds when - operating properly. The TPMS mal the ignition switch is turned to function indicator is combined with the ON position or engine is run- the low tire pressure telltale. When ning. the system detects a malfunction, 2. The TPMS malfunction indicator - the telltale will flash for approxi remains illuminated after blinking mately one minute and then remain for approximately 1 minute. continuously illuminated. This 3. The Low tire pressure position - sequence will continue upon subse telltale remains illuminated. quent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, Low tire pressure telltale the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as 6 Low tire pressure position telltale intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, When the tire pressure monitoring - including the installation of replace- system warning indicators are illu ment or alternate tires or wheels on minated, one or more of your tires the vehicle that prevent the TPMS is significantly under-inflated. from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

OSK3068004NR

6 11 What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

If the telltale illuminates, immedi- the tire inflation pressure and adjust ately reduce your speed, avoid hard the tires to the recommended tire cornering and anticipate increased inflation pressure. stopping distances. You should stop When filling tires with more air, con- and check your tires as soon as pos- ditions to turn off the low tire pres- sible. sure telltale may not be met. This is Inflate the tires to the proper pres- because a tire inflator has a margin sure as indicated on the vehicle's of error in performance. The low placard or tire inflation pressure tire pressure telltale will be turned label located on the driver's side off if the tire pressure is above the center pillar outer panel. If you can- recommended tire inflation pres- not reach a service station or if the sure. tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with WARNING the spare tire. Low pressure damage - Then the TPMS malfunction indica Do not drive on low pressure tires. tor and the Low Tire Pressure tell- Significantly low tire pressure can tale may turn on and illuminate cause the tires to overheat and fail after restarting and about 20 min- making the vehicle unstable result- utes of continuous driving before ing in increased braking distances you have the low pressure tire and a loss of vehicle control. repaired and replaced on the vehicle. In winter or cold weather, the low Tire Pressure Monitoring System tire pressure telltale may be illumi- (TPMS) malfunction indicator nated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire The low tire pressure telltale will inflation pressure in warm weather. illuminate after it blinks for approxi- It does not mean your TPMS is mal- mately one minute when there is a functioning because the decreased problem with the Tire Pressure temperature leads to a proportional Monitoring System. lowering of tire pressure. If the system is able to correctly When you drive your vehicle from a detect an underinflation warning at warm area to a cold area or from a the same time as system failure cold area to a warm area, or the then it will illuminate both the TPMS outside temperature is greatly malfunction and low tire pressure higher or lower, you should check position telltales e.g. if Front Left

6 12 What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) sensor fails, the TPMS malfunction Tire replacement with TPMS indicator illuminates, but if the If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear Right Pressure telltale will come on. Have tire is under-inflated, the low tire the flat tire repaired by an autho- - pressure position telltales may illu rized Kia dealer as soon as possible minate together with the TPMS or replace the flat tire with the malfunction indicator. spare tire. Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as CAUTION possible to determine the cause of Repair Agents the problem. Never use a puncture-repairing • The TPMS malfunction indicator agent not approved by Kia to repair may be illuminated if the vehicle is and/or inflate a low pressure tire. moving around electric power The sealant not approved by Kia supply cables or radios transmit- may damage the tire pressure sen- ters such as at police stations, sor. government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military Each wheel is equipped with a tire installations, airports, or trans- pressure sensor mounted inside the 6 mitting towers, etc. This can tire behind the valve stem. You interfere with normal operation must use TPMS specific wheels. It is of the Tire Pressure Monitoring recommended that you always have System (TPMS). your tires serviced by an authorized • The TPMS malfunction indicator Kia dealer. may be illuminated if snow chains Even if you replace the low pressure are used or some separate elec- tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire tronic devices such as notebook Pressure telltale will remain on until computer, mobile charger, remote the low pressure tire is repaired and starter or navigation etc., are placed on the vehicle. used in the vehicle. This can interfere with normal operation of the After you replace the low pressure Tire Pressure Monitoring System tire with the spare tire, the TPMS - (TPMS). malfunction indicator may illumi nate after a few minutes because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated.

6 13 What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Once the low pressure tire is inflated be sure the tire is cold before inflat- again to the recommended pressure ing to the recommended pressure. and installed on the vehicle or the A cold tire means the vehicle has TPMS sensor mounted on the been sitting for 3 hours and driven replaced spare wheel is initiated by for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS 3 hour period. malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will turn off Never use tire sealant if your vehicle within a few minutes of driving. is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System. The liquid seal- If the indicator has not disappeared ant can damage the tire pressure after a few minutes of driving, sensors. please visit an authorized Kia dealer. • The TPMS cannot alert you to If an original mounted tire is severe and sudden tire damage replaced with the spare tire, the caused by external factors such TPMS sensor on the replaced spare as nails or road debris. wheel should be initiated and the • If you feel any vehicle instability, TPMS sensor on the original immediately take your foot off mounted wheel should be deacti- the accelerator, apply the brakes vated. If the TPMS sensor on the gradually and with light force, and original mounted wheel located in slowly move to a safe position off the spare tire carrier still activates, the road. the tire pressure monitoring system may not operate properly. Have the NOTICE tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized Kia dealer. Protecting TPMS Tampering with, modifying, or dis- You may not be able to identify a abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring low tire by simply looking at it. System (TPMS) components may Always use a good quality tire pres- interfere with the system's ability sure gauge to measure the tire's to warn the driver of low tire pres- inflation pressure. Please note that sure conditions and/or TPMS mal- a tire that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure mea- functions. Tampering with, surement than a tire that is cold modifying, or disabling the Tire (from sitting stationary for at least Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile components may void the warranty (1.6 km) during that 3 hour period). for that portion of the vehicle. Allow the tire to cool before mea- suring the inflation pressure. Always

6 14 What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire

This device complies with Part 15 If you have a flat tire of the FCC rules. If you have a flat tire, you can Operation is subject to the following change the flat tire to a spare tire two conditions: using tools. 1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and Jack and tools (if equipped) 2. This device must accept any interference received, including The jack and wheel lug nut wrench - interference that may cause are stored in the luggage compart undesired operation. ment. 3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

OSK3068005NR 6 Remove the panel indicated in the illustration. 1. Jack handle 2. Jack 3. Wheel lug nut wrench

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only. Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury.

6 15 What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire

WARNING WARNING Tire Jack Running vehicle on jack Do not place any portion of your Do not start or run the engine of the body under a vehicle that is only vehicle while the vehicle is on the supported by a jack since the vehicle jack as this may cause the vehicle to can easily roll off the jack. Use vehi- fall off the jack. cle support stands. To prevent the jack from "rattling" while the vehicle is in motion, store WARNING it properly. Changing tires Never attempt vehicle repairs in the Removing and storing the spare traffic lanes of a public road or high- tire (if equipped) way.

• Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on a firm level ground. If you cannot find a firm, level place off the road, call a towing service company for assistance.

• Be sure to use the correct front OSK3068040NR and rear jacking positions on the • Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt vehicle; never use the bumpers or counterclockwise to remove. any other part of the vehicle for • Store the tire in the reverse order jack support. of removal. • Do not allow anyone to remain in • To prevent the spare tire and the vehicle while it is on the jack. tools from "rattling" while the • Make sure any children present vehicle is in motion, store them are in a secure place away from properly. the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack.

6 16 What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire

WARNING Touching surface of the luggage room floor Do not touch the metal surface of the luggage room floor while the engine is operating or hot. Doing so could result in serious bodily injury. Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down or wear globes to OSK3068042NR remove the spare tire from the luggage room. 5. Block both the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite from the jack position. Changing tires (if equipped) 1. Park on a level surface and apply WARNING the parking brake firmly. Jack location 2. Place the transmission shift lever To reduce the possibility of injury, in P (Park) with intelligent variable be sure to use only the jack provided transmission and R (Reverse) with with the vehicle in the correct jack manual transmission. 6 position; never use any other part of 3. Activate the hazard warning flashers. the vehicle for jack support.

WARNING Changing a tire • To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed. OSK3068041NR • We recommend that the wheels 4. Remove the wheel lug nut of the vehicle be blocked, and that wrench, jack and spare tire from no person remain in a vehicle that the vehicle. is being jacked.

6 17 What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do not remove any nut until the tire has been raised off the ground.

OSK3068008NR 8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire OSK3068006NR just clears the ground. This mea- 7. Place the jack at the front (1) or surement is approximately 1 in rear (2) jacking position closest to (30 mm). the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to line up with the jack.

OSK3068009NR Before removing the wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta- ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage. 9. Loosen the wheel nuts and OSK3068007NR remove them with your fingers. 10.Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away. 11.To put the wheel on the hub, pick up the spare tire, line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them. If this is difficult, tip

6 18 What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire

the wheel slightly and get the top 16.Position the wrench as shown in hole in the wheel lined up with the the drawing and tighten the top stud. wheel nuts. Be sure the socket is 12.Jiggle the wheel back and forth seated completely over the nut. until the wheel can slide over the Do not stand on the wrench han- other studs. dle or use an extension pipe over Wheels may have sharp edges. the wrench handle. Handle them carefully to avoid 17.Go around the wheel, tightening possible severe injury. Before put- every nut following the numerical ting the wheel into place, be sure sequence shown in the image that there is nothing on the hub until they are all tight. Double- or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel, check each nut for tightness. etc.) that prevents the wheel from fitting solidly against the hub.

WARNING Installing a wheel Make sure the wheel makes good contact with the hub when installed. If the contact of the mounting sur- 6 face between the wheel and hub is OSK3068010NR not good, the wheel nuts could come 18.After changing wheels, have an loose and cause the loss of a wheel. authorized Kia dealer tighten the Loss of a wheel may result in loss of wheel nuts to their proper torque control of the vehicle. as soon as possible. 19.To prevent the jack, wheel lug 13.To install the wheel, hold it on nut wrench and spare tire from the studs, put the wheel nuts on rattling while the vehicle is in the studs and tighten them finger motion, store them properly. tight. 20.Check the inflation pressures as 14.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is soon as possible after installing completely seated, then tighten the spare tire. Adjust it to the the nuts as much as possible with specified pressure, if necessary. your fingers again. Refer to "Tires and wheels" on 15.Insert the wrench into the jack page 8-4. and lower the vehicle to the Wheel nut tightening torque: ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise. 79~94 lbf6ft (11~13 kgf6m)

6 19 What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire

If you have a tire gauge, remove the lug nuts or wheels. If in doubt, con- valve cap and check the air pressure. sult an authorized Kia dealer. If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest WARNING service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, Wheel studs adjust it until it is correct. Always If the studs are damaged, they may reinstall the valve cap after checking lose their ability to retain the wheel. or adjusting the tire pressure. If the This could lead to the loss of the cap is not replaced, dust and dirt wheel and a collision resulting in may get into the tire valve and air serious injuries. may leak from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another and install it as soon as possible. Important - use of compact spare tire After you have changed the wheels, - always secure the flat tire in its Your vehicle is equipped with a com place and return the jack and tools pact spare tire. This compact spare - to their proper storage locations. tire takes up less space than a regu lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than CAUTION a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only. Reusing lug nuts • You should drive carefully when Make certain during wheel removal the compact spare is in use. The that the same nuts that were compact spare should be replaced removed are reinstalled - or, if by the proper conventional tire replaced, that nuts with metric and rim at the first opportunity. threads and the same chamfer con- • The operation of this vehicle is figuration are used. Your vehicle has not recommended with more than metric threads on the wheel studs one compact spare tire in use at and nuts. Installation of a non-met- the same time. ric thread nut on a metric stud will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud WARNING so that it must be replaced. Spare tire The compact spare tire is for emer- Note that most lug nuts do not have gency use only. Do not operate your metric threads. Be sure to use vehicle on this compact spare at extreme care in checking for thread speeds over 50 mph (80 km/h). The style before installing aftermarket

6 20 What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire original tire should be repaired or smaller than the diameter of a replaced as soon as possible to avoid conventional tire and reduces the failure of the spare possibly leading ground clearance approximately 1 to bodily injury or death. inch (25 mm), which could result in damage to the vehicle. The compact spare should be • Do not take this vehicle through inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa). an automatic vehicle wash while the compact spare tire is installed. NOTICE • Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of Check the inflation pressure after the smaller size, a tire chain will installing the spare tire. Adjust it to not fit properly. This could dam- the specified pressure, as neces- age the vehicle and result in loss sary. of the chain. • Do not use the compact spare tire When using a compact spare tire, on any other vehicle because this observe the following precautions: tire has been designed especially • Under no circumstances should for your vehicle. you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a • The compact spare tire's tread life higher speed could damage the is shorter than a regular tire. 6 tire. Inspect your compact spare tire • Ensure that you drive slowly regularly and replace worn com- enough for the road conditions to pact spare tires with the same avoid all hazards. Any road haz- size and design, mounted on the ard, such as a pothole or debris, same wheel. could seriously damage the com- • The compact spare tire should not pact spare. be used on any other wheels, nor • Any continuous road use of this should standard tires, snow tires, tire could result in tire failure, loss wheel covers or trim rings be used of vehicle control, and possible with the compact spare wheel. If personal injury. such use is attempted, damage to • Do not exceed the vehicle's maxi- these items or other vehicle com- mum load rating or the load-car- ponents may occur. rying capacity shown on the • Do not use more than one com- sidewall of the compact spare pact spare tire at a time. tire. • Do not tow a trailer while the • Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire is installed. compact spare tire diameter is

6 21 What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire

Jack label Type A

OSK3068043NR Type B

OSK3068044NR Type C

OSK3068045NR * The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack. 1. Model Name 2. Maximum allowable load 3. When using the jack, set your parking brake. 4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. 6. The designated locations under the frame 7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point. 8. Move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with intelligent variable transmission. 9. The jack should be used on firm level ground. 10.Jack manufacturer 11.Production date 12.Representative company and address

6 22 What to do in an emergency Towing

Towing used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear. If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commer- WARNING cial tow-truck service. Side and curtain Air bag If your vehicle is equipped with side Towing service and curtain air bag, ignition switch to LOCK or ACC position when the vehicle is being towed. The side and curtain air bag may deploy when the ignition switch is ON, and the rollover sensor detects the situation as a rollover.

CAUTION Towing

6 OSK3068017NR Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent OSK3068018NR damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies (1) or flatbed is recommended. On FWD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheel OSK3068019NR on the ground (without dollies) and • Do not tow the vehicle backwards the front wheels off the ground. If with the front wheels on the - any of the loaded wheels or suspen ground as this may cause damage sion components are damaged or to the transmission. the vehicle is being towed with the • Do not tow with sling-type equip- front wheels on the ground, use a ment. Use wheel lift or flatbed towing dolly under the front wheels. equipment. When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not

6 23 What to do in an emergency Towing

• Do not tow the vehicle with four Towing without Wheel Dollies when wheels in contact with the ground using a Towing Service if it is the vehicle equipped with When towing your vehicle in an - DCT or IVT. Otherwise, the trans emergency without wheel dollies: mission will be seriously damaged. 1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC Also, make sure not to tow the position vehicle connecting it with other 2. Place the transmission shift lever vehicles including camper vans. in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.

WARNING CAUTION • If you tow the vehicle while the Towing gear position front wheels are touching the Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may ground, the vehicle motor may cause internal damage to the vehi- generate electricity and the cle. motor components may be damaged or a fire may occur. • When a vehicle fire occurs due to Using removable towing hook (if the battery, there is a risk of a equipped) second fire. Contact the fire department when towing the vehicle.

Dinghy towing

OSK3068032NR

OSK3068033NR Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels on the ground) behind a motor home. To avoid serious damage to your vehicle, do not tow your vehicle with four wheels on the ground.

6 24 What to do in an emergency Towing

Front Emergency towing If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Front

OSK3068020NR Rear

OSK3068022NR Rear 6

OSK3068021NR 1. Open the liftgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case. 2. Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper. 3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is

fully secured. OSK3068023NR 4. Remove the towing hook and If towing is necessary, have it done install the cover after use. by an authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.

6 25 What to do in an emergency Towing

Towing in this manner may be done • Fasten the towing cable or chain only on hard-surfaced roads for a securely to the hook. short distance and at low speed. • Do not jerk the hook. Apply it Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steadily and with even force. steering and brakes must all be in • To avoid damaging the hook, do - good condition. not pull from the side or at a ver • Do not use the tow hooks to pull a tical angle. Always pull straight vehicle out of mud, sand or other ahead. conditions from which the vehicle • Use a towing strap less than 16 cannot be driven out under its feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or own power. red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm) • Avoid towing a vehicle heavier wide) in the middle of the strap than the vehicle doing the towing. for easy visibility. • The drivers of both vehicles Front should communicate with each other frequently.

CAUTION Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for towing may damage the body of your vehicle.

• Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner OSK3068024NR while maintaining tension on the Rear tow rope or chain to start or drive the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may be damaged. • Attach a towing strap to the tow hook. • Use only a cable or chain specifi- cally intended for use in towing vehicles. Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided. • Before emergency towing, check OSK3068025NR if the hook is not broken or damaged.

6 26 What to do in an emergency Towing

• Drive carefully so that the towing Emergency towing precautions strap is not loosened during tow- 1. Turn the ignition switch to ACC so ing. the steering wheel isn't locked. • The driver must be in the vehicle 2. Release the parking bake. for steering and braking opera- 3. Press the brake pedal with more tions when the vehicle is towed force than normal since you will and passengers other than the have reduced brake performance. driver must not be allowed to be 4. More steering effort will be on board. required because the power steering system will be disabled. WARNING 5. If you are driving down a long hill, Emergency Towing Precautions the brakes may overheat and Use extreme caution when towing brake performance will be the vehicle. reduced. Stop often and let the brakes cool off. • Avoid sudden starts or erratic 6. If the car is being towed with all driving maneuvers which would four wheels on the ground, it can place excessive stress on the be towed only from the front. Be emergency towing hook and tow- sure that the reduction gear is in ing cable or chain. The hook and neutral. Be sure the steering is towing cable or chain may break 6 unlocked by the ignition switch in and cause serious injury or dam- the ACC position. A driver must be age. in the towed vehicle to operate • If the disabled vehicle is unable to the steering and brakes. be moved, do not forcibly con- 7. The vehicle should be towed at a tinue the towing. We recommend speed of 16 mph (25 km/h) or less that you contact an authorized within the distance of 12.4 mile Kia dealer or a commercial tow (20 km). truck service for assistance. • Tow the vehicle as straight ahead as possible. • Keep away from the vehicle during towing.

6 27 What to do in an emergency Towing

CAUTION CAUTION Intelligent Variable Transmission Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT) • If the car is being towed with all Vehicles with Intelligent Variable four wheels on the ground, it can Transmission (IVT) can only be be towed only from the front. towed to an ordinary vehicle when Be sure that the transmission is in there is no IVT transmission oil leak- neutral. Be sure the steering is age. If towing to an ordinary vehicle unlocked by placing the ignition in the event of oil leakage, the switch in the ACC position. A transmission may be damaged. If driver must be in the towed vehi- towing to an ordinary vehicle in the cle to operate the steering and event of oil leakage, the transmis- brakes. sion may be damaged. • To avoid serious damage to the Intelligent Variable Transmission limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph (15 km/h) and drive less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing. • Before towing, check the Intelli- gent Variable Transmission for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the Intelligent Variable Transmis- sion fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used.

6 28 Maintenance 7

Maintenance Engine compartment ...... 7-4 Maintenance services...... 7-5 Owner maintenance ...... 7-7 Scheduled maintenance service...... 7-8 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...... 7-15 Engine oil and filter ...... 7-19 • Checking the engine oil level...... 7-19 Engine coolant...... 7-21 • Checking the coolant level...... 7-22 • Changing the coolant ...... 7-23 Brake fluid...... 7-24 • Checking the brake fluid level...... 7-24 Washer fluid...... 7-25 • Checking the washer fluid level...... 7-25 Parking brake ...... 7-26 • Checking the parking brake ...... 7-26 Air cleaner filter ...... 7-26 • Replacing air cleaner filter ...... 7-26 Climate control air filter ...... 7-27 • Inspecting and replacing climate control air filter ...... 7-27 Wiper blades ...... 7-29 • Replacing front windshield wiper blade...... 7-29 • Replacing rear window wiper blade...... 7-31 Battery ...... 7-31 Tires and wheels...... 7-34 • Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 7-35 7 Maintenance

• Tire rotation ...... 7-36 • Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-36 • Tire replacement ...... 7-37 • Wheel replacement ...... 7-37 • Tire traction...... 7-38 • Tire maintenance...... 7-38 • Tire sidewall labeling...... 7-38 • Tire terminology and definitions ...... 7-41 • All season tires...... 7-44 • Summer tires ...... 7-44 • Snow tires...... 7-44 • Tire chains...... 7-45 • Radial-ply tires...... 7-45 • Low aspect ratio tire...... 7-46 Fuses...... 7-47 • Replacing inner panel fuse...... 7-49 • Replacing engine compartment fuse ...... 7-50 • Fuse/relay panel description ...... 7-52 Light bulbs...... 7-61 • Headlamp bulb ...... 7-64 • Replacing Headlamp (High/Low beam) bulb (Headlamp Type A,B)...... 7-65 • Replacing Position lamp/DRL/Front turn signal lamp bulb (Type A, B)...... 7-65 • Position lamp / Day time running lamp (LED type) replacement (Headlamp Type B)...... 7-65 • Replacing Headlamp (LED type) (Headlamp Type C)...... 7-66 • Replacing front fog lamp bulb...... 7-66 • Replacing side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb ...... 7-66 Maintenance 7

• Replacing stop/tail and turn signal lamp (bulb type) bulb (Rear combination lamp Type A)...... 7-67 • Replacing tail/back-up lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type A) ...... 7-67 • Replacing stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb (Rear combination lamp Type B) ...... 7-68 • Replacing high mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb ...... 7-69 • Replacing high mounted stop lamp (bulb type) bulb...... 7-69 • Replacing license plate lamp bulb...... 7-70 • Replacing map lamp (bulb type) bulb...... 7-71 • Replacing map lamp (LED type) bulb ...... 7-71 • Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb ...... 7-71 • Replacing room lamp (bulb type) bulb...... 7-72 • Replacing room lamp (LED type) bulb...... 7-73 • Replacing glove box lamp...... 7-73 • Replacing liftgate room lamp bulb ...... 7-73 Appearance care ...... 7-74 • Exterior care...... 7-74 • Interior care...... 7-80 Emission control system ...... 7-82 California perchlorate notice ...... 7-85 Maintenance Engine compartment

MAINTENANCE

Engine compartment Gasoline Engine (Gamma 1.6 TGDI)

OSK3078001NR Gasoline Engine (Nu 2.0L MPI)

OSK3078053NR * The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake / clutch fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Negative battery terminal 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Engine oil dipstick 9. Radiator cap 10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir

7 4 Maintenance Maintenance services

Maintenance services information to establish your compliance with the servicing and main- You should exercise the utmost care tenance requirements of your to prevent damage to your vehicle vehicle warranties. and injury to yourself whenever Detailed warranty information is performing any maintenance or provided in your Warranty & Con- inspection procedures. sumer Information manual. Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing Repairs and adjustments required - of your vehicle, we strongly recom as a result of improper maintenance mend that you have an authorized or a lack of required maintenance Kia dealer perform this work. are not covered. - An authorized Kia dealer has fac We recommend you have your vehi- - tory-trained technicians and genu cle maintained and repaired by an ine Kia parts to service your vehicle authorized Kia dealer. An authorized properly. For expert advice and Kia dealer meets Kia's high service quality service, see an authorized quality standards and receives tech- Kia dealer. nical support from Kia in order to Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- provide you with a high level of ser- cient servicing may result in opera- vice satisfaction. tional problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, NOTICE 7 an accident, or personal injury. NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert The National Highway Traffic Safety Owner's responsibility Administration (NHTSA) has issued a general warning to all vehicle own- NOTICE ers of all brands regarding the risks Maintenance Service and Record associated with vehicle underbody Retention are the owner's responsi- corrosion. From your initial pur- bility. chase, take the following steps to You should retain documents that prevent unsafe corrosion damage to show proper maintenance has been your vehicle: performed on your vehicle in accor- • Wash the undercarriage of your dance with the scheduled mainte- vehicle regularly during the winter nance service charts shown on the and whenever your vehicle has following pages. You need this

7 5 Maintenance Maintenance services

been exposed to such salts or NOTICE chemicals. • Do a thorough washing of the Improper owner maintenance during undercarriage at the end of the the warranty period may affect winter. warranty coverage. For details, read • Use professional service techni- the separate Warranty & Consumer Information manual provided with cians or governmental inspection the vehicle. If you're unsure about stations to annually inspect for any servicing or maintenance proce- corrosion. dure, have it done by an authorized • Immediately seek an inspection of Kia dealer. your vehicle if you become visually aware of corrosion flaking or scaling or if you become aware of WARNING a change in vehicle performance, Maintenance work such as soft or spongy brakes, Do not wear jewelry or loose cloth- fluids leaking, impairment of ing while working under the hood of directional control, suspension your vehicle with the engine run- noises or rattling metal straps. ning. These items can become • NHTSA further advises that after entangled in moving parts, if you a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essen- must run the vehicle in the engine tial that you take these indicated while working under the hood, make maintenance steps to ensure that certain that you remove all jewelry you protect yourself from unsafe (especially rings, bracelets, watches, corrosion conditions. and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near cooling fans. Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section WARNING gives instructions only for the main- Touching metal parts - tenance items that are easy to per Do not touch metal parts (including form. strut bars) while the vehicle is oper- As explained earlier in this section, ating or hot. Doing so could result in - several procedures can be done only serious bodily injury. Turn the vehi cle off and wait until the metal parts by an authorized Kia dealer with cool down to perform maintenance special tools. work on the vehicle.

7 6 Maintenance Owner maintenance

Owner maintenance WARNING The following lists are vehicle checks Hot coolant - and inspections that should be per Be careful when checking your - formed by the owner or an autho engine coolant level when the rized Kia dealer at the frequencies engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant indicated to help ensure safe, and steam may blow out under - dependable operation of your vehi pressure. cle. Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your While operating your vehicle: - dealer as soon as possible. • Check for vibrations in the steer ing wheel. Notice any increased These Owner Maintenance Checks steering effort or looseness in the are generally not covered by war- steering wheel, or change in its ranties and you may be charged for straight-ahead position. labor, parts and lubricants used. • Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or "pulls" to one side When you stop for fuel: when traveling on smooth, level • Check the engine oil level. road. • Check the coolant level in coolant • When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one reservoir. side, increased brake pedal travel • Check the windshield washer fluid or "hard-to-push" brake pedal. level. 7 • If any slipping or changes in the • Look for low or under-inflated operation of your transmission tires. Check if the front of the occurs, check the transmission radiator and condenser are clean fluid level. and not blocked with leaves, dirt • Check the automatic transmission or insects etc. If any of the above P (Park) function. parts are extremely dirty or you • Check the parking brake. are not sure of their condition, • Check for fluid leaks under your take your vehicle to an authorized vehicle (water dripping from the Kia dealer. air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

At least monthly: • Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir.

7 7 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service

• Check the operation of all exterior Scheduled maintenance service lights, including the stoplights, Follow the Normal Maintenance turn signals and hazard warning Schedule if the vehicle is usually flashers. operated where none of the follow- • Check the inflation pressures of all ing conditions apply. tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, If any of the following conditions or are damaged. apply, follow the Maintenance Under • Check for loose wheel lug nuts. Severe Usage Conditions. • Repeated driving short distance - At least twice a year (i.e., every of less than 5 miles (8 km) in nor mal temperature or less than 10 Spring and Fall): miles (16 km) in freezing tem- • Check the radiator, heater and air perature. conditioning hoses for leaks or • Extensive engine idling or low damage. speed driving for long distances. • Check the windshield washer • Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, spray and wiper operation. Clean unpaved, graveled or salt-spread the wiper blades with clean cloth roads. dampened with washer fluid. • Driving in areas using salt or other • Check the headlight alignment. corrosive materials or in very cold • Check the lap/shoulder belts for weather. wear and function. • Driving in heavy dust condition. • Driving in heavy traffic area. • Driving on uphill, downhill, or At least once a year: mountain road repeatedly. • Clean the body and door drain • Towing a trailer or using a holes. camper, or roof rack. • Lubricate the door hinges and • Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other check the hood hinges. commercial use of vehicle towing. • Lubricate the door and hood locks • Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h). and latches. • Frequently driving in stop-and-go • Lubricate the door rubber weath- condition. erstrips. If your vehicle is operated in any of • Check the air conditioning system. the prior listed conditions, you • Inspect and lubricate automatic should inspect, replace or refill more transmission linkage and controls. frequently, using the severe usage • Clean the battery and terminals. maintenance schedule instead of • Check the brake fluid level. the normal usage maintenance schedule.

7 8 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service

Normal maintenance schedule - Non Turbo Models The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R: Replace or change

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Months 12 24 36 48 60R 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MilesV1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 KmV1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months, after that, Drive belts*1 inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months Engine oil and Nu 2.0L R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R engine oil filter MPI Fuel additives*2 Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I Spark plugs Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km) Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, after that, Coolant (Engine) replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 7 Brake lines, hoses and con- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I nections Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I and boots Drive shaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Suspension ball joints and I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I mounting bolts Air conditioner compressor/ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I refrigerant Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Cooling system - - - I - I - I - I - I - I - Intelligent Variable Trans- No check, No service required mission (IVT) fluid Manual transmission fluid*3 - - - I - I - I - I - I - I -

7 9 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Months 12 24 36 48 60R 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MilesV1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 KmV1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Vapor hose and fuel filler cap - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel tank air filter*4 - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel lines, hoses and con- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I nections Parking brake I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I *1. The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced. *2. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3. Manual transmission fluid should be changed anytime it has been submerged in water. *4. Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended as the level of maintenance will be dependent upon the quality fuel used in the vehicle.

7 10 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R: Replace I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

Maintenance Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition operation Engine oil and Every 3,750 miles (6,000 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, Nu 2.0L MPI R engine oil filter km) or 6 months I, J, K Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K Every 60,000 miles Automatic transmission fluid R A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J (100,000 km) Every 75,000 miles Dual clutch transmission fluid R C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J (120,000 km) Every 75,000 miles Manual transmission fluid R C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J (120,000 km) Brake discs and pads, calipers and I More frequently C, D, E, G, H rotors Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H Steering gear rack, linkage and I More frequently C, D, E, F, G boots Suspension ball joints and I More frequently C, D, E, F, G mounting bolts 7 Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Climate control air filter I More frequently C, E, G

Severe Driving Conditions A: Repeatedly driving short distance E: Driving in heavy dust condition. of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal F: Driving in heavy traffic area. temperature or less than 10 miles (16 G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or moun- km) in freezing temperature. tain roads. B: Extensive low speed driving for long H: Towing a trailer or using a camper distances. on roof rack. C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, I: Driving for patrol car, taxi, commer- unpaved, graveled or salt-spread cial car or vehicle towing. roads. J: Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) D: Driving in areas using salt or other K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go corrosive materials or in very cold conditions weather.

7 11 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service

Normal maintenance schedule - Turbo Models The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R: Replace or change

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MilesV1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 KmV1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months, after that, Drive belts *1 inspect every 12,000 miles (20,000 km) or 24 months Engine oil and Gamma R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R engine oil filter 1.6L T-GDI Fuel additives *2 Add every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I Spark plugs Replace every 42,000 miles (70,000 km) Valve clearance *3 Inspect every 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, after that, Coolant (Engine) replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake lines, hoses and connec- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I tions Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage and I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I boots Drive shaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Suspension ball joints and I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I mounting bolts Air conditioner compressor/ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I refrigerant Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Intercooler, in/out Gamma hose, air intake I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.6L T-GDI hose Cooling system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

7 12 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MilesV1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 KmV1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Automatic transmission fluid No check, No service required Dual clutch transmission fluid Inspect every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 30 months Vapor hose and fuel filler cap - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel tank air filter *4 - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel lines, hoses and connec- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I tions Parking brake I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I *1. The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced. *2. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3. Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the operation. *4. Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.

7 13 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Turbo Models The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R: Replace I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

Maintenance Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition operation Engine oil and Gamma 1.6L Every 3,750 miles (6,000 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, R engine oil filter T-GDI km) or 6 months I, J, K Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K Every 60,000 miles Automatic transmission fluid R A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J (96,000 km) Every 75,000 miles Dual clutch transmission fluid R C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J (120,000 km) Brake discs and pads, calipers and I More frequently C, D, E, G, H rotors Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H Steering gear rack, linkage and I More frequently C, D, E, F, G boots Suspension ball joints and mount- I More frequently C, D, E, F, G ing bolts Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E, G

Severe Driving Conditions A: Repeatedly driving short distance F: Driving in heavy traffic area. of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or moun- temperature or less than 10 miles (16 tain roads. km) in freezing temperature. H: Towing a trailer or using a camper B: Extensive low speed driving for long on roof rack. distances. I: Driving for patrol car, taxi, commer- C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, cial car or vehicle towing. unpaved, graveled or salt-spread J: Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) roads. K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go D: Driving in areas using salt or other conditions corrosive materials or in very cold weather. E: Driving in heavy dust condition.

7 14 Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items

Explanation of scheduled main- Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec- tenance items tions Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and The following parts require sched- connections for leakage and dam- uled maintenance. age. Have an authorized Kia dealer replace any damaged or leaking Engine oil and filter parts immediately. The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in Vapor hose and fuel filler cap the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe con- The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those inter- ditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required. vals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor- Drive belts rectly replaced. Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil Vacuum crankcase ventilation saturation and replace if necessary. hoses (if equipped) Drive belts should be checked peri- Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- odically for proper tension and dence of heat and/or mechanical adjusted as necessary. damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and Fuel filter 7 excessive swelling indicate deterio- Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped with ration. Particular attention should a lifetime fuel filter that is inte- be paid to examine those hose sur- grated with the fuel tank. Regular faces nearest to high heat sources, maintenance or replacement is gen- such as the exhaust manifold. erally not needed. This may vary Inspect the hose routing to assure depending on fuel quality. If you that the hoses do not come in con- experience any of the following: fuel tact with any heat source, sharp flow restriction, surging, loss of edges or moving components which power, or a hard starting issue, might cause heat damage or inspection and, if necessary, mechanical wear. Inspect all hose replacement may be needed. Have connections, such as clamps and the fuel filter inspected or replaced couplings, to make sure they are by an authorized Kia dealer. secure, and that no leaks are pres-

7 15 Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ent. Hoses should be replaced Manual transmission fluid (if immediately if there is any evidence equipped) of deterioration or damage. Inspect the manual transmission fluid according to the maintenance Air cleaner filter schedule. A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is Automatic transmission fluid (if replaced. equipped) Automatic transmission fluid should Spark plugs not be checked under normal usage Make sure to install new spark plugs conditions. But in severe conditions, of the correct heat range. the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at Valve clearance (if equipped) the beginning of this section. Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if NOTICE necessary. An authorized Kia dealer should perform the operation. Automatic transmission fluid color is usually red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transmission fluid will Cooling system begin to look darker. - Check the cooling system compo It is the normal condition and you nents, such as the radiator, coolant should not judge the need to replace reservoir, hoses and connections for the fluid based upon the changed leakage and damage. Replace any color. damaged parts.

Coolant CAUTION The coolant should be changed at Transmission fluids the intervals specified in the main- The use of a non-specified fluid tenance schedule. could result in transmission malfunction and failure. Use only specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" on page 8-6.)

7 16 Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items

Dual clutch transmission Fluid 2. Monitor the brake system for - Inspect the dual clutch transmission signs of corrosion by having regu lar professional inspections and fluid according to the maintenance watching for signs of problems, schedule. including loss of brake fluid, unusual leaks and soft or spongy Brake hoses and lines feel in the brake pedal. Visually check for proper installa- 3. Replace the entire brake pipe tion, chafing, cracks, deterioration assembly if you find severe corro- and any leakage. Replace any dete- sion that causes scaling or flaking riorated or damaged parts immedi- of brake components. ately. Brake/clutch fluid NOTICE Check the brake fluid level in the NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert brake fluid reservoir. The level - NHTSA has warned all vehicle own should be between "MIN" and "MAX" ers of all brands that they must marks on the side of the reservoir. maintain their vehicles in a manner Use only hydraulic brake fluid con- which will prevent brake hose and forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi- brake line failures due to corrosion cation. when such vehicles are exposed to winter road salt and related chemicals. While serious corrosion condi- Parking brake 7 tions typically only manifest Inspect the parking brake system themselves as safety issues after 7 including the parking brake lever (or years of vehicle use, the corrosion pedal) and cables. process starts immediately and thus underbody cleaning mainte- Exhaust pipe and muffler nance must commence from your vehicle's first exposure to road salts Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, and chemicals. NHTSA urges vehicle muffler and hangers for cracks, owners to take the following steps deterioration, or damage. Start the to prevent corrosion: engine and listen carefully for any 1. Wash the undercarriage of your exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con- vehicle regularly throughout the nections or replace parts as neces- winter and do a thorough washing sary. in the spring to remove road salt and other de-icing chemicals.

7 17 Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items

Brake discs, pads, calipers and Checking fluid levels rotors When checking engine oil, engine Check the pads for excessive wear, coolant, brake fluid, and washer discs for run out and wear, and cali- fluid, always be sure to clean the pers for fluid leakage. area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or Suspension mounting bolts draining any lubricant or fluid. This Check the suspension connections is especially important in dusty or for looseness or damage. Retighten sandy areas and when the vehicle is to the specified torque. used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ engine and other mechanisms that lower arm ball joint could be damaged. With the vehicle stopped and off, check for excessive free-play in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.

Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.

7 18 Maintenance Engine oil and filter

Engine oil and filter CAUTION The engine oil and filter should be • Do not overfill the engine oil. It changed at the intervals specified in may damage the engine. the maintenance schedule. If the • Do not spill engine oil, when add- vehicle is being driven in severe con- ing or changing engine oil. If you ditions, more frequent oil and filter drop the engine oil on the engine changes are required. room, wipe it off immediately. • When you wipe the oil level gauge, Checking the engine oil level you should wipe it with a clean 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level cloth. When mixed with debris, it ground. can cause engine damage. 2. Start the engine and allow it to 5. Pull the dipstick out again and ach normal operating tempera- re check the level. The level should ture. be between F and L. Gamma 1.6L T-GDI WARNING Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for a 7 few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, OSK3078002NR and re-insert it fully. Nu 2.0L MPI

OSK3078088NR

7 19 Maintenance Engine oil and filter

6. If it is near or at L, add enough oil Changing the engine oil and filter to bring the level to F. Have engine oil and filter changed by Gamma 1.6L T-GDI an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

WARNING Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused OSK3078003NR cancer in laboratory animals. Always Nu 2.0L MPI protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

OSK3078071NR Do not overfill. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" on page 8-6.)

7 20 Maintenance Engine coolant

Engine coolant which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution. The high-pressure cooling system • The cooling circuit of a vehicle has a reservoir filled with year equipped with a heat pump sys- round antifreeze coolant. The reser- tem may freeze in extremely low voir is filled at the factory. temperature when the concen- Check the antifreeze protection and tration of the antifreezing liquid is coolant level at least once a year, at below 45%. the beginning of the winter season, For mixture percentage, refer to the - and before traveling to a colder cli following table. mate. Ambient Tem- Mixture Percentage (volume) WARNING perature Antifreeze Water Radiator/Inverter cap 5 /F (-15 /C) 35 65 -13 /F (-25 /C) 40 60 Never attempt to remove the radia- -31 /F (-35 /C) 50 50 tor or inverter cap while the engine is operating or hot. Doing so might -49 /F (-45 /C) 60 40 lead to cooling system and engine damage and could result in serious WARNING personal injury from escaping hot Radiator cap coolant or steam.

Recommended coolant 7 When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or damage. • Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the OSK3078004NR specified coolant. Do not remove the radiator cap • Do not use a solution that con- when the engine and radiator are tains more than 60% antifreeze hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam or less than 35% antifreeze, may blow out under pressure which may result in serious injury.

7 21 Maintenance Engine coolant

NOTICE Checking the coolant level - Make sure the coolant cap is prop WARNING erly closed after refill or coolant. Removing radiator cap Otherwise the engine could be overheated while driving. Never attempt to remove the radiator cap while the engine 1. Check if the radiator cap label is is operating or hot. Doing so might straight In front. lead to cooling system damage and Engine room front view could result in serious personal injury from escaping hot coolant or steam.

1. Turn the vehicle off and wait until it cools down. 2. Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop.

ODEEV098003NR 2. Maker sure that the tiny protru- sions inside the coolant cap are securely interlocked. Engine room rear view

OSK3078004NR 3. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. 4. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick OSK3078005NR towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.

7 22 Maintenance Engine coolant

WARNING Changing the coolant Have the coolant changed by an Cooling fan authorized Kia dealer according to Use caution when working the Maintenance Schedule at the near the blade of the cooling beginning of this chapter. fan. The electric motor (cooling fan) is controlled by coolant temperature, refrigerant CAUTION pressure and vehicle speed. it may Put a thick cloth or fabric around sometimes operate even when the the radiator cap before refilling the vehicle is not running. coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine - 5. Check the condition and connec parts such as the alternator. tions of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. 6. Replace any swollen or deterio- rated hoses. 7. Check the coolant level. The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine room is cool. 8. If the coolant level is low, add enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing 7 and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling system inspection.

7 23 Maintenance Brake fluid

Brake fluid 2. If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with The brake fluid acts to transmit accumulated mileage. This is a force to the brake when the driver normal condition associated with depresses the brake pedal. Brake the wear of the brake linings. If fluid must be maintained periodi- the fluid level is excessively low, cally to ensure that the brakes have the brake system checked operate smoothly. by an authorized Kia dealer. Use only the specified brake fluid. Checking the brake fluid level (Refer to "Recommended lubricants Check the fluid level in the reservoir and capacities" on page 8-6.) periodically. The fluid level should be Never mix different types of fluid. between MAX and MIN marks on the In the event the brake system side of the reservoir. requires frequent additions of fluid, the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. When changing and adding brake fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have your eyes examined OSK3078006NR by a doctor as soon as possible. 1. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap CAUTION thoroughly to prevent brake fluid Brake fluid contamination. Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint CAUTION damage will result. Proper fluid Only use brake fluid in the brake Brake fluid, which has been exposed system. Small amounts of improper to open air for an extended time fluids can cause damage to the should never be used as its quality brake system. cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.

7 24 Maintenance Washer fluid

Washer fluid WARNING Washer fluid is used when wiping Flammable Fluid the windshield of the vehicle with a Do not allow the washer fluid to windshield wiper. You should check come in contact with open flames or and refill washer fluid periodically to sparks. The windshield washer fluid make sure that it doesn't run out. reservoir is flammable under certain circumstances. This can result in a Checking the washer fluid level fire.

WARNING Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. • Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on

OSK3078087NR the windshield and may cause The reservoir is translucent so that loss of vehicle control. you can check the level with a quick visual inspection. WARNING • Check the fluid level in the washer 7 fluid reservoir and add fluid if Windshield fluid necessary. Plain water may be Do not drink the windshield washer - used if washer fluid is not avail fluid. The windshield washer fluid is able. However, use washer solvent poisonous to humans and animals. with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.

7 25 Maintenance Parking brake

Parking brake Air cleaner filter Inspect the parking brake system A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is including the parking brake lever (or recommended when the filter is pedal) and cables. replaced.

Checking the parking brake Replacing air cleaner filter 1. Check the stroke of the parking Air cleaner filter must be replaced brake by counting the number of when necessary, and should not be "clicks'' heard while fully applying washed. it from the released position.

OSK3078072NR OSK3058007NR You can clean the filter when Also, the parking brake alone inspecting the air cleaner element. should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. Clean the filter by using compressed 2. If the stroke is more or less than air. specified, have the parking brake 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover adjusted by an authorized Kia attaching clips and open the cover. dealer. Stroke: 5~7 "clicks" at a force of 44 lbs. (20 kg, 196 N)

OSK3078073NR 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.

7 26 Maintenance Climate control air filter

Climate control air filter The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier.

OSK3078074NR 3. Replace the air cleaner filter. Inspecting and replacing climate 4. Lock the cover with the cover control air filter attaching clips. When you replace the climate con- Replace the filter according to the trol air filter, replace it performing Maintenance Schedule. the following procedure, and be If the vehicle is operated in careful to avoid damaging other extremely dusty or sandy areas, components. replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals. (Refer to "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models" on page 7-11.) 7 CAUTION Air filter maintenance • Do not drive with the air cleaner removed; this will result in exces- OSK3048012NR sive engine wear. • When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. • Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a non-genuine part could damage the air flow sensor.

7 27 Maintenance Climate control air filter

1. Open the glove box. 4. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Other- wise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

OSK3078007NR 2. With the glove box open, pull the support strap (1). Push in Both sides (2) of the glove box as shown.

OSK3078008NR 3. Replace the climate control air filter.

OSK3078009NR

7 28 Maintenance Wiper blades

Wiper blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a When the wipers no longer clean good cleaner or mild detergent, and adequately, the blades may be worn rinse thoroughly with clean water. or cracked, and require replacement. To prevent damage to the wiper CAUTION arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manu- Wiper blades ally. To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kero- The use of a non-specified wiper sene, paint thinner, or other sol- - blade could result in wiper malfunc vents on or near them. tion and failure.

Blade inspection Replacing front windshield wiper blade Type A 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip.

ODEEV098012NR Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic vehicle washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean. ODEEV098013NR Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial vehicle washes. If the blades

7 29 Maintenance Wiper blades

CAUTION Type B 1. Raise the wiper arm. Wiper arms 2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then • Do not allow the wiper arm to fall pull down the blade assembly and against the windshield, since it remove it. may chip or crack the windshield. • Do not pull wiper arm forward, since arm could chip hood paint.

2. Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward.

ODEEV098016NR 3. Install the new blade assembly.

ODEEV098016NR 3. Lift it off the arm.

ODEEV098017NR 4. Return the wiper arm on the windshield. 5. Turn ignition to the ON position and wiper arms will return to the normal operating position. ODEEV098015NR 4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.

7 30 Maintenance Battery

Replacing rear window wiper blade Battery 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out The battery powers the engine in the wiper blade assembly. order to move the vehicle as well as supplying power to the various devices installed in the vehicle.

For best battery service

ODEEV098018NR 2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place.

OSK3078010NR • Keep the battery securely mounted. • Keep the battery top clean and dry. • Keep the terminals and connec- 7 tions clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from ODEEV098019NR the battery immediately with a 3. Make sure the blade assembly is solution of water and baking soda. installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. • If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, dis- To prevent damage to the wiper connect the battery cables. arms or other components, have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade.

7 31 Maintenance Battery

- WARNING An inappropriately dis posed battery can be Risk of explosion harmful to the environ- Keep lit cigarettes and all ment and human health. other flames or sparks Dispose the battery according to away from the battery. your local law(s) or regulation. The battery contains The battery contains lead. hydrogen -- a highly com- Do not dispose of it after bustible gas which will use. Please return the bat- explode if it comes in contact with a tery to an authorized Kia dealer to flame or spark. be recycled. Keep batteries out of the reach of children because Never attempt to recharge the bat- batteries contain highly tery when the battery cables are corrosive SULFURIC ACID connected. and electrolytes. Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin, eyes, WARNING clothing or paint finish. Risk of electrocution Wear eye protection when Never touch the electrical ignition charging or working near a system while the vehicle is running. battery. Always provide This system works with high volt- ventilation when working age which can "zap" you. in an enclosed space.

Always read the following NOTICE instructions carefully when If you connect unauthorized elec- handling a battery. tronic devices to the battery, the If any electrolyte gets into battery may be discharged. Never your eyes, flush your eyes use unauthorized devices. with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If electrolyte gets WARNING on your skin, thoroughly wash the Recharging battery contacted area. If you feel pain or Never attempt to recharge the bat- burning sensation, get medical tery when the battery cables are attention immediately. connected.

7 32 Maintenance Battery

WARNING lyte of any cell exceeds 120 /F (49 /C). Battery lead compound • Wear eye protection when check- Battery posts, terminals, and ing the battery during charging. related accessories contain lead and • Disconnect the battery charger in lead compounds. Wash hands after the following order. handling. 1. Turn off the battery charger main switch. 2. Unhook the negative clamp Battery recharging from the negative battery ter- Your vehicle has a maintenance- minal. free, calcium-based battery 3. Unhook the positive clamp from • If the battery becomes discharged the positive battery terminal. in a short time (because, for • Before performing maintenance example, the headlights or inte- or recharging the battery, turn rior lights were left on while the off all accessories and stop the vehicle was not in use), recharge it vehicle. by slow charging (trickle) for 10 • The negative battery cable must hours. be removed first and installed last • If the battery gradually dis- when the battery is disconnected. charges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being Reset items used, recharge it at 20~30 A for The following items should be reset two hours. 7 after the battery has been dis- When recharging the battery, charged or the battery has been observe the following precautions: disconnected. • The battery must be removed • Auto up/down window (Refer to from the vehicle and placed in an "Window opening and closing" on area with good ventilation. page 4-25) • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or • Trip computer (Refer to "Trip flame near the battery. information (Trip computer)" on • Watch the battery during page 4-60) charging, and stop or reduce the • Climate control system (Refer to charging rate if the battery cells "Automatic climate control sys- begin gassing (boiling) violently or tem" on page 4-115) if the temperature of the electro-

7 33 Maintenance Tires and wheels

Tires and wheels WARNING For proper maintenance, safety, and Tire underinflation maximum fuel economy, you must Inflate your tires consistent with always maintain recommended tire the instructions provided in this inflation pressures and stay within manual. Regularly check the tire - the load limits and weight distribu inflation pressure, and correct it as tion recommended for your vehicle. needed: at least twice a month and before any long trips on the road. If Recommended cold tire inflation you fail to observe this precaution, pressures you may be driving on underinflated All tire pressures should be checked tires, which may not only compro- when the tires are cold. "Cold Tires" mise your vehicle's driving stability, means the vehicle has not been but also lead to tire damage and the driven for at least three hours or risk of an accident. This risk is much driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds. Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle Failure to maintain specified pres- handling, and minimum tire wear. sure may result in excessive wear, For recommended inflation pres- poor handling, reduced fuel econ- sure, refer to "Tires and wheels" on omy, deformation of tire and/or page 8-4. wheel, harsh ride conditions, possi- All specifications (sizes and pres- bility for additional damage from sures) can be found on a label road hazards, or result in tire failure. attached to the driver's side center pillar. Tire pressure Always observe the following: • Check tire pressure when the tires are cold. (After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn't been driven more than 1 mile (1.6 km) since startup.) • Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires.

ODEEV098028NR

7 34 Maintenance Tires and wheels

• Never overload your vehicle. Be 1. Remove the valve cap from the careful not to overload a vehicle tire valve stem. luggage rack if your vehicle is 2. Press the tire gauge firmly onto - equipped with one. the valve to get a pressure mea • Warm tires normally exceed rec- surement. If the cold tire inflation - ommended cold tire pressures by pressure matches the recom mended pressure on the tire and 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not loading information label, no fur- release air from warm tires to ther adjustment is necessary. adjust the pressure or the tires 3. If the pressure is low, add air until will be underinflated. you reach the recommended amount. WARNING 4. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in Tire Inflation the center of the tire valve. Overinflation or underinflation can 5. Recheck the tire pressure with reduce tire life, adversely affect the tire gauge. vehicle handling, and lead to sudden 6. Be sure to put the valve caps back tire failure. This could result in loss on the valve stems. They help of vehicle control and potential prevent leaks by keeping out dirt injury. and moisture. Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and Checking tire inflation pressure damage. Always use a tire pressure Check your tires once a month or gauge. 7 more. Tires with too much or too little Use a good quality gauge to check pressure wear unevenly causing tire pressure. You cannot tell if your poor handling, loss of vehicle con- tires are properly inflated simply by trol, and sudden tire failure leading looking at them. Radial tires may to accidents, injuries, and even look properly inflated even when death. The recommended cold tire they're underinflated. pressure for your vehicle can be Check the tire's inflation pressure found in this manual and on the tire when the tires are cold. "Cold" label located on the driver's side means your vehicle has been sitting center pillar. or at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile (1.6 km).

7 35 Maintenance Tires and wheels

Tire rotation front to rear and not from right to To equalize tread wear, it is recom- left. mended that the tires be rotated every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) or WARNING sooner if irregular wear develops. Mixing tires During rotation, check the tires for Do not mix bias ply and radial ply correct balance. tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling charac- When rotating tires, check for teristics. uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect - tire pressure, improper wheel align Wheel alignment and tire balance ment, out of-balance wheels, severe The wheels on your vehicle were braking or severe cornering. Look aligned and balanced carefully at the for bumps or bulges in the tread or factory to give you the longest tire side of tire. Replace the tire if you life and best overall performance. find either of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is In most cases, you will not need to visible. After rotation, be sure to have your wheels aligned again. bring the front and rear tire pres- However, if you notice unusual tire sures to specification and check lug wear or your vehicle pulling one way nut tightness. or the other, the alignment may need to be reset. Refer to "Tires and wheels" on page 8-4. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, Disc brake pads should be inspected your wheels may need to be rebal- for wear whenever tires are anced. rotated. CAUTION Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels.

ODEEV098029NR Use only approved wheel weights. Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from

7 36 Maintenance Tires and wheels

Tire replacement Replacing just one tire can seriously If the tire is worn evenly, a tread affect your vehicle's handling. wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. NOTICE We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects driving performance.

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original ODEEV098030NR factory units in diameter, rim width This shows there is less than 1/16 and offset. inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this hap- A wheel that is not the correct size pens. may adversely affect wheel and bearing life, braking and stopping Do not wait for the band to appear abilities, handling characteristics, across the entire tread before ground clearance, body-to-tire replacing the tire. clearance, snow chain clearance, The ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) speedometer and odometer calibra- 7 works by comparing the speed of tion, headlight aim and bumper the wheels. The tire size affects height. wheel speed. When replacing tires, all 4 tires must use the same size CAUTION originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can Wheels - cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake Sys- Wheels that do not meet Kia specifi tem) and ESC (Electronic Stability cations may fit poorly and result in Control) to work irregularly. damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control. It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that is not possible, or necessary, then replace the two front or two rear tires as a pair.

7 37 Maintenance Tires and wheels

Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear. Slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle. ODEEV098031NR The TIN can be used to identify the Tire maintenance tire in case of a recall. In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to 1. Manufacturer or brand name decrease tire wear. Manufacturer or Brand name is shown. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment. 2. Tire size designation A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire When you have new tires installed, size designation. You will need this make sure they are balanced. This information when selecting replace- will increase vehicle ride comfort ment tires for your vehicle. The fol- and tire life. Additionally, a tire lowing explains what the letters and should always be rebalanced if it is numbers in the tire size designation removed from the wheel. mean.

Tire sidewall labeling Example tire size designation: This information identifies and (These numbers are provided as an describes the fundamental charac- example only; your tire size desig- teristics of the tire and also provides nator could vary depending on your the tire identification number (TIN) vehicle.) for safety standard certification. P235/65R17 108T • P: Applicable vehicle type (tires marked with the prefix "P" are intended for use on passenger

7 38 Maintenance Tires and wheels

vehicles or light trucks; however, Speed Rating not all tires have this marking). Maximum Speed • 235: Tire width in millimeters. Symbol • 65: Aspect ratio. The tire's section S 112 mph (180 km/h) height as a percentage of its T 118 mph (190 km/h) width. H 130 mph (210 km/h) • R: Tire construction code (Radial). V 149 mph (240 km/h) • 17: Rim diameter in inches. Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h) • 108: Load Index, a numerical code - associated with the maximum 3. Checking tire life (TIN: Tire Iden load the tire can carry. tification Number) • T: Speed Rating Symbol. See the Any tires that are over 6 years old, speed rating chart in this section based on the manufacturing date, for additional information. should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on Wheel size designation the tire sidewall (possibly on the Wheels are also marked with inside of the wheel), displaying the important information that you DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series need if you ever have to replace one. of numbers on a tire consisting of - The following explains what the let numbers and English letters. The ters and numbers in the wheel size manufacturing date is designated designation mean. by the last four digits (characters) Example wheel size designation: of the DOT code. 7.0JX17 7 • 7.0: Rim width in inches. DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO • J: Rim contour designation. The front part of the DOT means a • 17: Rim diameter in inches. plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four Tire speed ratings numbers indicate week and year The chart below lists many of the manufactured. different speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicle For example: tires. The speed rating is part of the DOT XXXX XXXX 1619 represents tire size designation on the sidewall that the tire was produced in the of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tire's designed maximum 16th week of 2019. safe operating speed.

7 39 Maintenance Tires and wheels

WARNING can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, Tire age always use a tire that has the same Replace tires within the recom- load rating as the factory installed mended time frame. Failure to tire. replace tires as recommended can result in sudden tire failure, which 7. Uniform tire quality grading could lead to a loss of control and an accident. Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi- 4. Tire ply composition and mate- mum section width. rial For example: The number of layers or plies of • TREADWEAR 200 rubber- coated fabric in the tire. • TRACTION AA Tire manufacturers also must indi- • TEMPERATURE A cate the materials in the tire, which Tires degrade over time, even when include steel, nylon, polyester, and they are not being used. Regardless others. The letter "R" means radial of the remaining tread, we recom- ply construction; the letter "D" mend that tires be replaced after means diagonal or bias ply con- approximately six (6) years of nor- struction; and the letter "B" means mal service. Heat caused by hot cli- belted-bias ply construction. mate or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging 5. Maximum permissible inflation process. pressure This number is the greatest amount Tread wear of air pressure that should be put in The tread wear grade is a compara- the tire. Do not exceed the maxi- tive rating based on the wear rate mum permissible inflation pressure. of the tire when tested under con- Refer to "Tire and loading informa- trolled conditions on a specified - tion label" on page 5-143 for rec- government test course. For exam ommended inflation pressure. ple, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1<) as well on the government course as a tire 6. Maximum load rating graded 100. This number indicates the maximum The relative performance of tires load in kilograms and pounds that depends upon the actual conditions

7 40 Maintenance Tires and wheels of their use, however, and may sudden tire failure. The grade C cor- depart significantly from the norm responds to a level of performance due to variations in driving habits, which all passenger vehicle tires service practices and differences in must meet under the Federal Motor road characteristics and climate. Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. These grades are molded on the Grades B and A represent higher side-walls of passenger vehicle levels of performance on the labo- tires. The tires available as standard ratory test wheel than the mini- or optional equipment on your vehi- mum required by law. cle may vary with respect to grade. Tire terminology and definitions Traction - AA, A, B & C Refer to the following for detailed The traction grades, from highest to definitions of the terms that are lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those found in the tire description. grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured Air Pressure The amount of air under controlled conditions on spec- inside the tire pressing outward on ified government test surfaces of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in asphalt and concrete. A tire marked pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- C may have poor traction perfor- pascal (kPa). mance. The traction grade assigned to this Accessory Weight This means the tire is based on straight-ahead combined weight of optional acces- braking traction tests, and does not sories. Some examples of optional include acceleration, cornering, accessories are automatic - 7 hydroplaning, or peak traction char transmission, power seats, and air acteristics. conditioning. Temperature -A, B & C Aspect Ratio The relationship of a The temperature grades are A (the tire's height to its width. highest), B and C representing the Belt A rubber coated layer of cords tire's resistance to the generation of that is located between the plies heat and its ability to dissipate heat and the tread. Cords may be made when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor labora- from steel or other reinforcing tory test wheel. materials. Sustained high temperature can Bead The tire bead contains steel cause the material of the tire to wires wrapped by steel cords that degenerate and reduce tire life, and hold the tire onto the rim. excessive temperature can lead to

7 41 Maintenance Tires and wheels

Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in always face outward when mounted which the plies are laid at alternate on a vehicle. angles less than 90 degrees to the Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for centerline of the tread. air pressure. Cold Tire Pressure The amount of Light truck (LT) tire A tire desig- air pressure in a tire, measured in nated by its manufacturer as pri- pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- marily intended for use on pascals (kPa) before a tire has built lightweight trucks or multipurpose up heat from driving. passenger vehicles. Curb Weight This m eans the weight Load ratings The maximum load of a motor vehicle with standard that a tire is rated to carry for a and optional equipment including given inflation pressure. the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but without passengers Load Index An assigned number - and cargo. ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity DOT Markings A c ode molded into of a tire. the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the Maximum Inflation Pressure The U.S. Department of Transportation maximum air pressure to which a - motor vehicle safety standards. The cold tire may be inflated. The maxi DOT code includes the Tire Identifi- mum air pressure is molded onto cation Number (TIN), an alphanu- the sidewall. meric designator which can also Maximum Load Rating The load rat- identify the tire manufacturer, pro- ing for a tire at the maximum per- duction plant, brand and date of missible inflation pressure for that production. tire. GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating The sum of curb weight; accessory for the Front Axle. weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight. GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating - for the Rear axle. Normal Occupant Weight The num ber of occupants a vehicle is Intended Outboard Sidewall T he side designed to seat multiplied by 150 of an asymmetrical tire that must pounds (68 kg).

7 42 Maintenance Tires and wheels

Occupant Distribution Designated Recommended Inflation Pressure seating positions. Vehicle manufacturer's recom- Outward Facing Sidewall The side of mended tire inflation pressure and a asymmetrical tire that has a par- shown on the tire placard. ticular side that faces outward Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in when mounted on a vehicle. The which the ply cords that extend to outward facing sidewall bears white the beads are laid at 90 degrees to lettering or bears manufacturer, the centerline of the tread. brand, and/or model name molding Rim A metal support for a tire and that is higher or deeper than the upon which the tire beads are same moldings on the inner facing seated. sidewall. Sidewall The portion of a tire Passenger (P-Metric) Tire A t ire between the tread and the bead. used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose Speed Rating An alphanumeric code vehicles. assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel operate. cords. Traction The friction between the Pneumatic tire A me chanical device tire and the road surface. The made of rubber, chemicals, fabric amount of grip provided. and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive Tread The portion of a tire that 7 wheel, provides the traction and comes into contact with the road. contains the gas or fluid that sus- Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands, tains the load. sometimes called "wear bars," that Production options weight The show across the tread of a tire combined weight of installed regular when only 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of production options weighing over 5 tread remains. lbs. (2.3 kg) in excess of the stan- UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading dard items which they replace, not Standards, a tire information sys- previously considered in curb weight tem that provides consumers with or accessory weight, including heavy ratings for a tire's traction, tem- duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, perature and treadwear. Ratings are heavy duty battery, and special determined by tire manufacturers trim. using government testing proce-

7 43 Maintenance Tires and wheels dures. The ratings are molded into Summer tires the sidewall of the tire. Kia specifies summer tires on some Vehicle Capacity Weight The num- models to provide superior perfor- ber of designated seating positions mance on dry roads. multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus Summer tire performance is sub- the rated cargo and luggage load. stantially reduced in snow and ice. Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Summer tires do not have the tire Load on an individual tire due to curb traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow) and accessory weight plus maxi- on the tire side wall. if you plan to mum occupant and cargo weight. operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, Kia recommends the use Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire of snow tires or all season tires on Load on an individual tire that is all four wheels. determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight, Snow tires accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and driving by 2. If you equip your vehicle with snow tires, they should be the same size Vehicle Placard A label permanently and have the same load capacity as attached to a vehicle showing the the original tires. original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure. Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor han- All season tires dling may result. Kia specifies all season tires on Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 some models to provide good per- kPa) more air pressure than the formance for use all year round, pressure recommended for the including snowy and icy road condi- standard tires on the tire label on tions. the driver's side of the center pillar, or up to the maximum pressure All season tires are identified by ALL shown on the tire sidewall, which- SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and ever is less. Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than Do not drive faster than 75 mph all season tires and may be more (120 km/h) when your vehicle is appropriate in some areas. equipped with snow tires.

7 44 Maintenance Tires and wheels

WARNING chain to avoid contact with the vehicle body. - Do not use summer tires at tem • To prevent body damage, peratures below 45 /F (7 /C) or retighten the chains after driving when driving on snow or ice. At 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km). temperatures below 45 /F (7 /C), • Do not use tire chains on vehicles summer tires can lose elasticity, and equipped with aluminum wheels. therefore traction and braking In unavoidable circumstance, use power as well. Change the tires on a wire type chain. your vehicle to winter or all- • Use wire chains less than 0.47 weather tires of the same size as inches (12 mm) to prevent dam- the standard tires of the vehicle. age to the chain's connection. Both types of tires are identified by the M+S (Mud and Snow) marking. Radial-ply tires Using summer tires at very cold temperatures could cause cracks to Radial-ply tires provide improved form, thereby damaging the tires tread life, road hazard resistance permanently. and smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction, Tire chains and are selected to complement the Tire chains, if necessary, should be ride and handling characteristics of installed on the front wheels. your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have 7 Be sure that the chains are installed the same load carrying capacity, as in accordance with the manufac- bias-ply or bias belted tires of the - turer's instructions. same size, and use the same rec ommended inflation pressure. To minimize tire and chain wear, do not continue to use tire chains when Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias- - they are no longer needed. ply or bias belted tires is not recom • When driving on roads covered mended. Any combinations of with snow or ice, drive at less radial-ply and bias-ply or bias than 20 mph (30 km/h). belted tires when used on the same • Use the SAE "S" class or wire vehicle will seriously deteriorate chains. vehicle handling. The best rule to • If you hear noise caused by chains follow is: Identical radial-ply tires contacting the body, retighten the should always be used as a set of four.

7 45 Maintenance Tires and wheels

Longer wearing tires can be more stone, drive slowly so that the susceptible to irregular tread wear. tires and wheels are not dam- It is very important to follow the tire aged. rotation interval shown in this sec- • If the tire is impacted, we recom- tion to achieve the tread life poten- mend that you inspect the tire tial of these tires. Cuts and condition or contact an authorized punctures in radial-ply tires are Kia dealer. repairable only in the tread area, • To prevent damage to the tire, because of sidewall flexing. Consult inspect the tire condition and your tire dealer for radial-ply tire pressure every 1,900 miles (3,000 repairs. km). • It is not easy to recognize the tire Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped) damage with your own eyes. But Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect if there is the slightest hint of tire ratio is lower than 50, are provided damage, even though you cannot for sporty looks. see the tire damage with your Because the low aspect ratio tires own eyes, have the tire checked - are optimized for handling and or replaced because the tire dam braking, it may be more uncomfort- age may cause air leakage from able to ride in and there is more the tire. • If the tire is damaged by driving noise compare with normal tires. on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not CAUTION be covered by the warranty. Because the sidewall of the low • You can find out the tire informa- aspect ratio tire is shorter than the tion on the tire sidewall. normal, the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow the instructions below. • When driving on a rough road or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels. • When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb

7 46 Maintenance Fuses

Fuses This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel A vehicle's electrical system is pro- bolster, the other in the engine tected from electrical overload compartment near the battery. damage by fuses. If any of your vehicle's lights, acces- Blade type sories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will melt. If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side ODEEV098032NR fuse panel. Cartridge type If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia dealer. Three kinds of fuses are used: blade ODEEV098077NR type for lower amperage rating, Multi fuse cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings.

WARNING 7 Fuse replacement • Never replace a fuse with any- ODEEV098078NR thing but another fuse of the BFT same rating. • A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly a fire. • Never install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It ODEEV098079NR may cause extensive wiring dam- * Left side: Normal, Right side: age and a possible fire. Blown • Do not arbitrarily modify or add- on electric wiring to the vehicle.

7 47 Maintenance Fuses

NOTICE CAUTION • When replacing a fuse, Turn igni- • Do not input any other objects tion to the OFF position and turn except fuses or relays into fuse/ off switches of all electrical relay terminals such as a screw- devices then remove battery (-) driver or wiring. It may cause con- terminal. tact failure and system • The actual fuse/relay panel label malfunction. may differ from equipped items. • Do not plug in screwdrivers or aftermarket wiring into the terminal originally designed for fuse WARNING and relays only. The electrical Electrical Fire system and wiring of the vehicle Always ensure replacements fuses interior may be damaged or and relays are securely fastened burned due to contact failure. when installed. Failure to do so can • If you directly connect the wire on result in a vehicle fire. the taillight or replace the bulb which is over the regulated capac- Do not remove fuses, relays and ity to install trailers etc., the inner terminals fastened with bolts or junction block can get burned. nuts. The fuses, relays and terminals may be fastened incompletely, and it may cause a possible fire. If WARNING fuses, relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts are blown, we Electrical wiring repairs recommend that you consult with All electrical repairs should be per- an authorized Kia dealer. formed by authorized Kia dealerships using approved Kia parts. Using other wiring components, CAUTION especially when retrofitting multi- When replacing a blown fuse or media or theft alarm system, car relay, make sure the new fuse or phone or radio may cause vehicle relay fits tightly into the clips. Fail- damage and increase the risk of a ure to tightly install the fuse or vehicle fire. relay may cause damage to the wiring and electric systems.

7 48 Maintenance Fuses

NOTICE Remodeling Prohibited Do not rewire your vehicle in any way as doing so may affect the performance of several safety features in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehicle may also void your warranty and cause you to be responsible for any subsequent vehicle damage which may result. OSK3078075NR 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Replacing inner panel fuse Spare fuses are provided in the 1. Turn the ignition switch and all engine compartment fuse panel. other switches off. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same 2. Open the fuse panel cover. rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer. If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the power outlet 7 fuse. If the head lamp, turn signal lamp, OSK3078011NR stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight lamp, HMSL do not work and the - out. Use the removal tool pro fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in vided on the engine fuse panel the engine compartment. If a fuse is cover. blown, it must be replaced.

7 49 Maintenance Fuses

NOTICE CAUTION If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig- Always securely install the fuse nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction panel cover in the engine compart- even without any problem to the ment to protect against electrical lamps, have the vehicle checked by failure which may occur from water an authorized Kia dealer for assis- contact. Listen for the audible click- tance. ing sound to ensure fuse panel cover is securely fastened.

Replacing engine compartment fuse Multi fuse 1. Turn the Turn ignition and all other switches off. 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up.

OSK3078077NR If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off. OSK3078076NR 2. Disconnect the negative battery 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it cable. if it is blown. To remove or insert 3. Remove the nuts shown in the the fuse, use the fuse puller in the picture above. engine compartment fuse panel. 4. Replace the fuse with a new one 4. Push in a new fuse of the same of the same rating. rating, and make sure it fits 5. Reverse these steps to reinstall tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, the multi fuse. consult an authorized Kia dealer.

7 50 Maintenance Fuses

NOTICE NOTICE Do not disassemble nor assemble The electronic system may not the multi fuse when it is secured function correctly even when the with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or engine compartment and internal partial assembly torque may cause fuse box's individual fuses are not a fire. Have the vehicle checked by disconnected. In such case the cause an authorized Kia dealer. of the problem may be disconnec- tion of the main fuse (BFT type), which is located inside the positive Main fuse battery terminal (+) cap. Since the main fuse is designed more intricately than other parts, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE Do not disassemble nor assemble the multi fuse when it is secured

OSK3078078NR with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or If the main fuse is blown, it must be partial assembly torque may cause removed as follows: a fire. Have the vehicle checked by 7 1. Turn the ignition switch and all an authorized Kia dealer. other switches off. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above. 4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. 5. Reverse these steps to reinstall the multi fuse.

7 51 Maintenance Fuses

Battery fuse Fuse/relay panel description If the battery fuse is blown, it must Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, be removed as follows: you can find the fuse/relay label 1. Disconnect the negative battery describing fuse/relay name and cable. capacity. 2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture below.

OSK3078079NR 3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. 4. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

NOTICE If the battery fuse is blown, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION Visually inspect the battery cap to ensure it is securely closed. If the battery cap is not securely closed, moisture may enter the system and damage the electrical components.

7 52 Maintenance Fuses

Driver's side fuse panel NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label on the inside of the fuse cover. This diagram will provide you with the specific information for your vehicles. OSK3078012NR

OSK3078068NR

7 53 Maintenance Fuses

Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.

Description Fuse rating Protected component POWER OUTLET 20 A Front Power Outlet LH Sound Mood Lamp, E/R Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay), Audio, DC-DC Converter, Front/Rear USB Charger, Wireless MODULE2 10 A Charger, AMP, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Range Lamp, Power Outside Mirror Switch, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, IBU Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Mod- HEATED MIRROR 10 A ule, ECM IG1 25 A PCB Block (Fuse - ABS3, ECU5, SENSOR4, TCU2) AIR BAG1 15 A Occupant Detection Sensor, SRS Control Module A/BAG IND 7.5 A Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module IBU2 7.5 A IBU CLUSTER 7.5 A HUD, Instrument Cluster MDPS 7.5 A MDPS Unit MODULE3 7.5 A ATM Shift Lever, Stop Lamp Switch Multifunction Camera, IBU, Smart Cruise Control Radar, MODULE4 7.5 A Crash Pad Switch, Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, A/C Control Mod- ule, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Front Seat Warmer Control MODULE5 10 A Module, ATM Shift Lever Indicator, Rear Seat Warmer Mod- ule, Audio E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay, PTC Heater #1/#2 Relay), A/C1 7.5 A A/C Control Module WIPER FRT2 25 A Front Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay) WIPER RR 15 A Rear Wiper Motor, ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay) WASHER 15 A Multifunction Switch MODULE6 7.5 A IBU Front/Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventila- MODULE7 7.5 A tion Seat Control Module, Front Heated Box (Front Heated LH Relay) Front Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay), WIPER FRT1 10 A IBU, ECM/PCM ECM/PCM, A/C Control Module, Blower Resistor, Blower A/C2 10 A Motor, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay) [W/O Smart Key & IMMO.] ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm START 7.5 A Relay), [With Smart Key or IMMO.] Transmission Range Switch, IBU,ECM/PCM, E/R Junction Block (Start Relay) Power Window LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window P/WINDOW LH 25 A Module

7 54 Maintenance Fuses

Description Fuse rating Protected component Power Window RH Relay, Passenger Safety Power Window P/WINDOW RH 25 A Module TAILGATE OPEN 10 A Tail Gate Open Relay SUNROOF 20 A Sunroof Motor AMP 25 A [W/O ISG] AMP, [With ISG] DC-DC Converter Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation S/HEATER FRT 20 A Seat Control Module P/SEAT (DRV) 25 A Driver Seat Manual Switch P/SEAT (PASS) 25 A Passenger Seat Manual Switch S/HEATER RR 20 A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (T/Turn Unlock DOOR LOCK 20 A Relay) BRAKE SWITCH 10 A Stop Lamp Switch, IBU IBU1 15 A IBU AIR BAG2 10 A SRS Control Module Hazard Switch, Key Interlock Solenoid, Rain Sensor, Data MODULE1 7.5 A Link Connector MEMORY1 10 A Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module, HUD MULTI MEDIA 15 A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, DC-DC Converter

7 55 Maintenance Fuses

Engine compartment fuse panel

OSK3078080NR

OSK3078069NR

7 56 Maintenance Fuses

Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected Alternator, E/R Junction Block (Fuse - MDPS (Motor 150 A (G4FJ) ALT Driven Power Steering), ESC (Electronic Stability Con- 180 A (G4NH) trol)1, ESC (Electronic Stability Control)2) MDPS 80 A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit PCB (Printed Circuit Board) Block (Engine Control Relay, B+5 60 A Fuse - ECU3, ECU4, HORN, A/C) B+2 60 A ICU Junction Block (IPS (1CH), IPS Control Module) B+3 60 A ICU Junction Block (IPS Control Module) ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH, B+4 50 A TAILGATE OPEN, SUNROOF, AMP, S/HEATER FRT, P/SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS) COOLING FAN 60 A [G4FH] Cooling Fan #1 Relay REAR HEATER 40 A Rear Heater Relay BLOWER 40 A Blower Relay [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] E/R IG1 40 A Junction Block (PDM (ACC) #2 Relay, PDM (IG1) #3 Relay) [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch, Start #1 Relay, [With IG2 40 A Smart Key] E/R Junction Block (PDM (IG2) #4 Relay), Start #1 Relay PTC HEATER 1 50 A PTC Heater #1 Relay PTC HEATER 2 50 A PTC Heater #2 Relay ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module, ABS (Anti-lock ABS1 40 A Brake System) Control Module, Multipurpose Check Con- 7 nector ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module, ABS (Anti-lock ABS2 40 A Brake System) Control Module POWER OUTLET 1 40 A Power Outlet Relay POWER OUTLET 2 20 A Front Power Outlet RH POWER OUTLET 3 20 A Rear Power Outlet OIL PUMP 40 A Electronic Oil Pump VACUUM PUMP 20 A Electric Vacuum Pump TCU1 15 A TCM (Transmission Control Module) H/LAMP HI 10 A Head Lamp (High) Relay FUEL PUMP 20 A Fuel Pump Relay COOLING FAN 40 A [G4NH] Cooling Fan #1/#2 Relay ICU Junction Block (Long Term Load Latch Relay, Fuse - B+1 40 A BRAKE SWITCH, MODULE1, IBU1, AIR BAG2,DOOR LOCK, S/HEATER RR)

7 57 Maintenance Fuses

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected DCT1 40 A TCM (Transmission Control Module) DCT2 40 A TCM (Transmission Control Module) [GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [NU ECU3 15 A 2.0L MPI] PCM (Power train Control Module) [GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [NU ECU4 15 A 2.0L MPI] PCM (Power train Control Module) HORN 15 A Horn Relay A/C 10 A A/C COMP Relay IGN COIL 20 A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4 SENSOR3 10 A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay) INJECTOR 15 A [NU 2.0L MPI] Injector #1/#2/#3/#4 ECU2 10 A [GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) SENSOR1 15 A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down) A/C COMP Relay, Canister Close Valve, [GAMMA 1.6L T- GDI] Oil Control Valve #1/#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, SENSOR2 10 A E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #1 Relay), Turbo Recircu- lation Valve [NU 2.0L MPI] PCM (Power train Control Module) ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module, ABS (Anti-lock ABS3 10 A Brake System) Control Module, Data Link Connector, Multipurpose Check Connector [GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [NU ECU5 10 A 2.0L MPI] PCM (Power train Control Module) [GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI] Electric Vacuum Pump [NU 2.0L SENSOR4 15 A MPI] Electronic Oil Pump [GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI] TCM (Transmission Control Mod- TCU2 15 A ule), Transmission Range Switch [NU 2.0L MPI] Transmission Range Switch

7 58 Maintenance Fuses

Refer to the following table for the relay type.

Relay Name Type PTC HEATER 2 Relay MICRO COOLING FAN 2 Relay MICRO PDM 3 (IG1) Relay MICRO START #1 Relay MICRO HEAD LAMP HI Relay MICRO PDM 4 (IG2) Relay MICRO FUEL PUMP Relay MICRO PDM 2 (ACC) Relay MICRO COOLING FAN 1 Relay MINI BLOWER Relay MINI PTC HEATER 1 Relay MICRO REAR DEFPGGER Relay MICRO POWER OUTLET Relay MICRO

7 59 Maintenance Fuses

Battery terminal cover

OSK3078015NR

NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

7 60 Maintenance Light bulbs

Light bulbs rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wir- Light bulbs are installed in various ing system. parts of the vehicle to provide lighting inside and outside the vehicle as well as to alert other vehicles. CAUTION Headlamp Lens Bulb replacement precaution To prevent damage, do not clean the Please keep extra bulbs on hand headlamp lens with chemical sol- with appropriate wattage ratings in vents or strong detergents. case of emergencies. Refer to "Bulb wattage" on page 8- 3. NOTICE When changing lamps, first turn off • If the light bulb or lamp connector is removed while the lamp is still the vehicle at a safe place, firmly on, the fuse box's electronic sys- apply the parking brake and detach tem may log it as a malfunction. the battery's negative (-) terminal. Therefore, a lamp malfunction incident may be recorded as a WARNING Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in Working on the lights the fuse box. Prior to working on the light, firmly • It is normal for an operating lamp apply the parking brake, ensure that to flicker momentarily. This is due 7 the vehicle start/stop button is in to a stabilization function of the OFF position and turn off the lights vehicle's electronic control device. to avoid sudden movement of the If the lamp lights up normally vehicle and burning your fingers or after momentarily blinking, then receiving an electric shock. it is functioning as normal. However, if the lamp continues to Use only bulbs of the specified flicker several times or turns off wattage. completely, there may be an error in the vehicle's electronic control CAUTION device. Please have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia Light replacement dealer immediately. Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the same wattage

7 61 Maintenance Light bulbs

NOTICE Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to We recommend that the headlight the vehicle. If non-genuine parts or aiming be adjusted by an authorized substandard bulbs are used, it may Kia dealer after an accident or after lead to blowing a fuse or other wir- - the headlight assembly is rein ing damages. stalled. Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to the vehicle. If additional lights are NOTICE installed, it may lead to lamp malfunctions and flickering. Addition- After driving in heavy rain or washing, headlamp and taillamp lenses ally, the fuse box and other writing could appear frosty. This condition may be damaged. is caused by the temperature dif- ference between the lamp inside Light bulb position (Front) and outside. This is similar to the Head lamp - Type A condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn't indicate a problem with your vehicle. If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

If you don't have the necessary tools, the correct bulbs and the OSK3078016NR expertise, consult an authorized Kia Head lamp - Type B dealer. In many cases, it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true if you have to remove the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s).

OSK3078017NR

7 62 Maintenance Light bulbs

Head lamp – Type C Light bulb position (Rear) Rear combination lamp - Type A

OSK3078018NR

Fog lamp OSK3078020NR Rear combination lamp - Type B

OSK3078019NR 7 1. Front turn signal lamp (Bulb Type) OSK3078021NR 2. Headlamp (Low/High) License plate lamp 3. Position lamp/Daytime running lamp (Bulb Type) 4. Side marker (Bulb/LED Type) 5. Front turn signal lamp (LED Type) 6. Headlamp (LED) (Sub Low) 7. Headlamp (LED) (Low) 8. Position lamp/Daytime running lamp (LED Type) 9. Front fog lamp (LED Type) 10.Front fog lamp (Bulb Type) OSK3078038NR

7 63 Maintenance Light bulbs

High mounted stop lamp Headlamp bulb

OSK3078022NR OSK3078081NR 1. Tail lamp (Bulb type) 2. Tail and stop lamp (Bulb type) WARNING 3. Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) Halogen bulbs 4. Back-up lamp (Bulb type) Handle halogen bulbs with care. 5. Side marker (Bulb/LED Type) • Halogen bulbs contain pressurized 6. Tail lamp (LED type) gas that will produce flying pieces 7. Stop lamp (LED type) of glass if broken. 8. License plate lamp (Bulb type) • Always handle them carefully, and 9. High mounted stop lamp (Bulb or avoid scratches and abrasions. If LED type) the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass Light bulb position (Side) with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp. • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. • Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool

OSK3078027NR down before handling it. 1. Side repeater lamp (LED type)

7 64 Maintenance Light bulbs

Replacing Headlamp (High/Low Type B beam) bulb (Headlamp Type A,B) If the Headlamp (High/Low) (1) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

Type A / Type B

OSK3078065NR 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the bulb socket-connector by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Remove the bulb from the lamp assembly. OSK3078040NR 4. Install a new bulb. 5. Connect the bulb socket-connec- Replacing Position lamp/DRL/Front tor. turn signal lamp bulb (Type A, B) Type A Position lamp / Day time running lamp (LED type) replacement (Headlamp Type B) If the position lamp + DRL (LED) (1) 7 does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OSK3078041NR

OSK3078023NR

7 65 Maintenance Light bulbs

The LED lamps cannot be replaced Replacing front fog lamp bulb (if as a single component because it is equipped) an integrated unit. The LED lamps If the front fog lamp (1) does not have to be replaced with the unit. A operate, have the vehicle checked by skilled technician should check or an authorized Kia dealer. repair the position lamp + DRL (LED), Type A for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Replacing Headlamp (LED type) (Headlamp Type C) If the Low/High beam lamp, Day time running lamp/Position lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OSK3078026NR Type B

OSK3078024NR The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because it is OSK3078066NR an integrated unit. The LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit. Replacing side repeater lamp (LED A skilled technician should check or type) bulb repair the head lamp (LED), for it If the side repeater lamp (LED), does may damage related parts of the not operate, have the vehicle vehicle. checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

7 66 Maintenance Light bulbs

3. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle. 4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.

OSK3078027NR The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the side repeater lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of OSK3078033NR the vehicle. 5. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on Replacing stop/tail and turn signal the bulb align with the slots in the lamp (bulb type) bulb (Rear combi- socket. nation lamp Type A) 6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it 7 1. Open the liftgate. into the socket and rotating it - 2. Loosen the lamp assembly retain until it locks into place. ing screws with a screwdriver. 7. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly and turning the socket clockwise. 8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.

Replacing tail/back-up lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type A) 1. Open the liftgate. 2. Remove the service cover assem- OSK3078054NR bly to the body of the vehicle.

7 67 Maintenance Light bulbs

(Loosen the lamp assembly Back-up lamp retaining screws and remove the lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle for back-up lamp)

OSK3078090NR 4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it OSK3078083NR counterclockwise until the tabs on 3. Remove the socket from the the bulb align with the slots in the assembly by turning the socket socket. Pull the bulb out of the counterclockwise until the tabs on socket. the socket align with the slots on 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it the assembly. into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. Tail lamp 6. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 7. Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole.

Replacing stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb (Rear combination lamp Type B) OSK3078055NR If the stop and tail lamp (LED) (1,2),does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

7 68 Maintenance Light bulbs

The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the high mounted stop lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

OSK3078028NR Replacing high mounted stop lamp The LED lamps cannot be replaced (bulb type) bulb as a single component because it is 1. Open the liftgate. an integrated unit. The LED lamps 2. Remove the cover. have to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the stop and tail lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Replacing high mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb

If the high mounted stop lamp (LED) 7 (1), does not operate, have the vehi- OSK3078056NR cle checked by an authorized Kia 3. Loosen the retaining bolts and remove the hose (1). dealer.

OSK3078057NR OSK3078029NR

7 69 Maintenance Light bulbs

4. Pull out the bulb-socket from the Replacing license plate lamp bulb high mounted stop lamp assembly using the driver.

OSK3078036NR 1. Remove the lamp assembly by OSK3078058NR using a flat-blade screwdriver. 5. Replace the bulbs by pulling it out 2. Remove the socket from the from the socket. assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 3. Remove the bulb from bulb- socket by pulling it out. 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the bulb-socket. 5. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. - OSK3078059NR Push the socket into the assem 6. Reinstall in the reverse order. bly and turn the socket clockwise. 6. Install the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.

7 70 Maintenance Light bulbs

Replacing map lamp (bulb type) Replacing map lamp (LED type) bulb bulb If the map lamp (LED) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OSK3078084NR 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from

lamp housing. OSK3078085NR 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it The LED lamps cannot be replaced straight out. as a single component because they 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the are part of an integrated unit. The lamp housing notches and snap LED lamps have to be replaced with the lens into place. the unit. A skilled technician should check or NOTICE repair the map lamp (LED), for it 7 Be careful not to dirty or damage may damage related parts of the the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- vehicle. ings. Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb

ODEEV098065NR

7 71 Maintenance Light bulbs

WARNING WARNING Interior lamps Interior lamps Prior to working on the Interior Prior to working on the Interior lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button is depressed to avoid burning your is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric fingers or receiving an electric shock. shock.

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lamp assembly gently pry the lens cover from from interior. lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Install the lamp assembly to inte- 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the rior. lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place. NOTICE NOTICE Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- Be careful not to dirty or damage ings. the ODE076049 lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

Replacing room lamp (bulb type) bulb

ODEEV098066NR

7 72 Maintenance Light bulbs

Replacing room lamp (LED type) Replacing glove box lamp bulb If the Room lamp (LED) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OSK3078044NR 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lamp assembly from interior.

ODEEV098067NR 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. The LED lamps cannot be replaced 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. as a single component because they 4. Install the lamp assembly to inte- are part of an integrated unit. The rior. LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit. CAUTION A skilled technician should check or Be careful not to dirty or damage repair the Room lamp (LED), for it - the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous 7 may damage related parts of the ings. vehicle.

Replacing liftgate room lamp bulb

OSK3078045NR

7 73 Maintenance Appearance care

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Appearance care gently pry the lens cover from Use the information in the following lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it sections to keep the exterior and straight out. interior of your vehicle clean. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the Exterior care lamp housing notches and snap Use the information in the following the lens into place. sections to maintain the exterior of If the Liftgate room lamp (LED) does your vehicle. Keeping the exterior not operate, have the vehicle clean is not only aesthetically pleas- checked by an authorized Kia dealer. ing, but it also helps to prolong the The LED lamps cannot be replaced life of the vehicle. as a single component because they are part of an integrated unit. The Exterior general caution LED lamps have to be replaced with It is very important to follow the the unit. label directions when using any A skilled technician should check or chemical cleaner or polish. Read all repair the Liftgate room lamp (LED), warning and caution statements for it may damage related parts of that appear on the label. the vehicle. Finish maintenance NOTICE Washing Be careful not to dirty or damage To help protect your vehicle's finish the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- from rust and deterioration, wash it ings. thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean.

7 74 Maintenance Appearance care

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, High-pressure washing industrial pollution and similar When using high-pressure washers, deposits can damage your vehicle's make sure to maintain sufficient finish if not removed immediately. distance from the vehicle. Even prompt washing with plain Insufficient clearance or excessive water may not completely remove pressure can lead to component all these deposits. A mild soap, safe damage or water penetration. for use on painted surfaces, may be Do not spray the camera, sensors or used. its surrounding area directly with a After washing, rinse the vehicle high pressure washer. Shock applied thoroughly with lukewarm or cold from high pressure water may water. Do not allow soap to dry on cause the device to not operate the finish. normally. After washing the vehicle, test the Do not bring the nozzle tip close to brakes while driving slowly to see if boots (rubber or plastic covers) or they have been affected by water. If connectors as they may be dam- braking performance is impaired, aged if they come into contact with dry the brakes by applying them high pressure water. lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed. WARNING CAUTION After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if • Do not use strong soap, chemical they have been affected by water. If detergents or hot water, and do braking performance is impaired, not wash the vehicle in direct sun- 7 dry the brakes by applying them light or when the body of the lightly while maintaining a slow for- vehicle is warm. ward speed. • Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle, especially with high-pressure water. Water may leak through the windows and wet the interior. • To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.

7 75 Maintenance Appearance care

CAUTION metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster. Wetting engine compartment Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.

CAUTION Drying vehicle • Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the OSK3078047NR finish. • Water washing in the engine com- • Do not use steel wool, abrasive partment including high pressure cleaners, acid detergents or water washing may cause the strong detergents containing high failure of electrical circuits located alkaline or caustic agents on in the engine compartment. chrome-plated or anodized alumi- • Never allow water or other liquids num parts. This may result in to come in contact with electrical/ damage to the protective coating electronic components inside the and cause discoloration or paint vehicle as this may damage them. deterioration. • To prevent damage to the charging door, make sure to close and lock the vehicle doors when Finish damage repair washing (high-pressure washing, automatic car washing, etc.) the Deep scratches or stone chips in the vehicle. painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major Waxing repair expense. Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint. NOTICE Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality If your vehicle is damaged and liquid or paste wax, and follow the requires any metal repair or manufacturer's instructions. Wax all replacement, be sure the body shop

7 76 Maintenance Appearance care applies anti-corrosion materials to and whenever your vehicle has the parts repaired or replaced. been exposed to such salts or chemicals. • Do a thorough washing of the Bright-metal maintenance undercarriage at the end of the To remove road tar and insects, use winter. a tar remover, not a scraper or • Use professional service techni- other sharp object. cians or governmental inspection stations to annually inspect for To protect the surfaces of bright corrosion. metal parts from corrosion, apply a • Immediately seek an inspection of coating of wax or chrome preserva- your vehicle if you become visu- tive and rub to a high luster. ally aware of corrosion flaking or During winter weather or in coastal scaling or if you become aware of areas, cover the bright metal parts a change in vehicle performance, with a heavier coating of wax or such as soft or spongy brakes, preservative. If necessary, coat the fluids leaking, impairment of parts with non-corrosive petroleum directional control, suspension jelly or other protective compound. noises or rattling metal straps.

Underbody maintenance Aluminum wheel maintenance Road salt and other corrosive chem- The aluminum wheels are coated icals are used in cold weather states with a clear protective finish. 7 to melt snow and prevent ice accu- • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, mulation. If these chemicals are not polishing compound, solvent, or regularly removed, they will corrode wire brushes on aluminum the vehicle underbody and over time wheels. They may scratch or damage fuel lines, the fuel tank damage the finish. retention system, the vehicle sus- • Clean the wheel when it has pension, the exhaust system, and cooled. even the body frame. • Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly The National Highway Traffic Safety with water. Also, be sure to clean Administration has warned all vehi- the wheels after driving on salted cle owners of all brands of the need roads. This helps prevent corro- to take the following steps: sion. • Wash the undercarriage of your vehicle regularly during the winter

7 77 Maintenance Appearance care

• Avoid washing the wheels with of the common causes of acceler- high speed vehicle wash brushes. ated corrosion are road salts, dust • Do not use any alkaline or acid control chemicals, ocean air and detergents It may damage and industrial pollution. corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective fin- Moisture breeds corrosion ish. Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is Corrosion protection accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are Protecting your vehicle from corro- just above freezing. In such condi- sion tions, the corrosive material is kept By using the most advanced design in contact with the vehicle's surface and construction practices to com- by moisture that evaporates slowly. bat corrosion, we produce vehicles Mud is particularly corrosive of the highest quality. However, this because it dries slowly and holds is only part of the job. To achieve moisture in contact with the vehicle. the long-term corrosion resistance Although the mud appears to be your vehicle can deliver, the owner's dry, it can still retain the moisture cooperation and assistance is also and promote corrosion. required. High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not Common causes of corrosion properly ventilated so the moisture The most common causes of corro- can be dispersed. For all these rea- sion on your vehicle are: sons, it is particularly important to • Road salt, dirt and moisture that keep your vehicle clean and free of is allowed to accumulate under- mud or accumulations of other neath the vehicle. materials. This applies not only to • Removal of paint or protective the visible surfaces but particularly coatings by stones, gravel, abra- to the underside of the vehicle. sion or minor scrapes and dents To help prevent corrosion which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion. You can help prevent corrosion from beginning by observing the following: High-corrosion areas If you live in an area where your Keep your vehicle clean vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protec- The best way to prevent corrosion is tion is particularly important. Some to keep your vehicle clean and free

7 78 Maintenance Appearance care of corrosive materials. Attention to you wash your vehicle in the garage the underside of the vehicle is par- or drive it into the garage when it is ticularly important. still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can con- If you live in a high-corrosion area — where road salts are used, near the tribute to corrosion unless it is well ocean, areas with industrial pollu- ventilated so moisture is dispersed. tion, acid rain, etc.—, you should - take extra care to prevent corrosion. Keep paint and trim in good condi In winter, hose off the underside of tion your vehicle at least once a month Scratches or chips in the finish and be sure to clean the underside should be covered with "touch-up" thoroughly when winter is over. paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare When cleaning underneath the vehi- metal is showing through, the cle, give particular attention to the attention of a qualified body and components under the fenders and paint shop is recommended. other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just damp- Bird droppings: Bird droppings are ening the accumulated mud rather highly corrosive and may damage than washing it away will accelerate painted surfaces in just a few hours. corrosion rather than prevent it. Always remove bird droppings as Water under high pressure and soon as possible. steam are particularly effective in 7 removing accumulated mud and Don't neglect the interior corrosive materials. Moisture can collect under the floor When cleaning lower door panels, mats and carpeting and cause cor- rocker panels and frame members, rosion. Check under the mats peri- be sure that drain holes are kept odically to be sure the carpeting is open so that moisture can escape dry. Use particular care if you carry and not be trapped inside to accel- fertilizers, cleaning materials or erate corrosion. chemicals in the vehicle. These should be carried only in Keep your garage dry proper containers and any spills or Don't park your vehicle in a damp, leaks should be cleaned up, flushed poorly ventilated garage. This cre- with clean water and thoroughly ates a favorable environment for dried. corrosion. This is particularly true if

7 79 Maintenance Appearance care

Interior care Taking care of leather seats Use the information in the following • Vacuum the seat periodically to sections to maintain the interior of remove dust and sand on the your vehicle. seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and main- Interior general precautions tain its quality. • Wipe the natural leather seat Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cover often with dry or soft cloth. cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand • Sufficient use of a leather protec- - cleaner, and air freshener from con tive may prevent abrasion of the tacting the interior parts because cover and helps maintain the - they may cause damage or discolor color. Be sure to read the instruc- ation. If they do contact the interior tions and consult a specialist parts, wipe them off immediately. If when using leather coating or necessary, use a vinyl cleaner, see protective agents. product instructions for correct • Leather with bright colors (beige, usage. cream beige) is easily contaminated and clear in appearance. CAUTION Clean the seats frequently. Electrical components • Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack. Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle Cleaning the leather seats as this may damage them. Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contami- CAUTION nant. Leather • Cosmetic products (sunscreen, When cleaning leather products foundation, etc.) (steering wheel, seats etc.), use - Apply cleansing cream on a - neutral detergents or low alcohol cloth and wipe the contami content solutions. If you use high nated point. Wipe off the cream alcohol content solutions or acid/ with a wet cloth and remove alkaline detergents, the color of the water with a dry cloth. leather may fade or the surface • Beverages (coffee, soft drink, may get stripped off. etc.)

7 80 Maintenance Appearance care

- Apply a small amount of neutral Cleaning the upholstery and inte- detergent and wipe until con- rior trim taminations do not smear. • Oil Vinyl - Remove oil instantly with Remove dust and loose dirt from absorbable cloth and wipe with vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum stain remover for natural cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a leather only. vinyl cleaner. • Chewing gum Fabric - Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually. Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap Fabric seat cover (if equipped) solution recommended for uphol- Please clean the fabric seats regu- stery or carpets. Remove fresh larly with a vacuum cleaner in con- spots immediately with a fabric spot sideration of fabric material cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive characteristics. If they are heavily immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be soiled with beverage stains, etc., use affected. Also, its fire-resistant a suitable interior cleaner. To pre- properties can be reduced if the vent damage to seat covers, wipe material is not properly maintained. off the seat covers down to the Using anything but recommended seams with a large wiping motion cleaners and procedures may affect and moderate pressure using a soft the fabric's appearance and fire- 7 sponge or microfiber cloth. resistant properties. Velcro closures on clothing or sharp Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web- objects may cause snagging or bing scratches on the surface of the seats. Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for Make sure not to rub such objects cleaning upholstery or carpet. Fol- against the surface. low the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken it.

7 81 Maintenance Emission control system

Cleaning the interior window glass Emission control system If the interior glass surfaces of the The emission control system of vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- your vehicle is covered by a written ered with an oily, greasy or waxy limited warranty. Please see the film), they should be cleaned with a warranty information contained in glass cleaner. Follow the directions the Warranty & Consumer Informa- on the glass cleaner container. tion manual in your vehicle. Your vehicle is equipped with an CAUTION emission control system to meet all Rear window applicable emission regulations. Do not scrape or scratch the inside There are three emission control of the rear window. This may result systems, as follows. in damage of the rear window 1. Crankcase emission control sys- defroster grid. tem 2. Evaporative emission control system 3. Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized Kia dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test (With Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system) • To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system off by pressing the ESC switch. • After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system

7 82 Maintenance Emission control system

back on by pressing the ESC Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) switch again. The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control 1. Crankcase emission control sys- Module (ECM); when the engine tem coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- The positive crankcase ventilation orated fuel is not taken into the system is employed to prevent air engine. After the engine warms up pollution caused by blow-by gases during ordinary driving, the PCSV being emitted from the crankcase. opens to introduce evaporated fuel This system supplies fresh filtered to the engine. air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, 3. Exhaust emission control system the fresh air mixes with blow-by The Exhaust Emission Control Sys- gases, which then pass through the tem is a highly effective system PCV valve into the induction system. which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle per- 2. Evaporative emission control formance. (including ORVR: Onboard Refuel- ing Vapor Recovery) system Vehicle modifications The Evaporative Emission Control This vehicle should not be modified. System is designed to prevent fuel Modification of your vehicle could vapors from escaping into the affect its performance, safety or atmosphere. (The ORVR system is durability and may even violate gov- 7 designed to allow the vapors from ernmental safety and emissions the fuel tank to be loaded into a regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting canister while refueling at the gas from any modification may not be station, preventing the escape of covered under warranty. fuel vapors into the atmosphere.) • If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle Canister to operate abnormally, wire dam- Fuel vapors generated inside the age, battery discharge and fire. fuel tank are absorbed and stored in For your safety, do not use unau- the onboard canister. When the thorized electronic devices. engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve.

7 83 Maintenance Emission control system

Engine exhaust gas precautions • When the engine stalls or fails to (carbon monoxide) start, excessive attempts to • Carbon monoxide can be present restart the engine may cause with other exhaust fumes. There- damage to the emission control fore, if you smell exhaust fumes system. of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired Operating precautions for catalytic immediately. If you ever suspect converters exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle, drive it only with all WARNING the windows fully open. Have your Catalytic converter vehicle checked and repaired Keep away from the catalytic con- immediately. verter and exhaust system while the vehicle is running or immedi- WARNING ately thereafter. The exhaust and Exhaust catalytic systems are very hot and Engine exhaust gases contain car- may burn you. bon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous WARNING and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to Fire avoid CO poisoning. • Do not park, idle or drive the vehicle over or near flammable - • Do not operate the engine in con objects, such as grass, vegetation, fined or closed areas (such as paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust garages) any more than what is system can ignite flammable necessary to move the vehicle in items under your vehicle. or out of the area. • Also, do not remove the heat sink • When the vehicle is stopped in an around the exhaust system, do open area for more than a short not seal the bottom of the vehicle time with the engine running, or do not coat the vehicle for cor- adjust the ventilation system (as rosion control. It may present a needed) to draw outside air into fire risk under certain conditions. the vehicle. • Never sit in a parked or stopped Your vehicle is equipped with a cata- vehicle for any extended time lytic converter emission control with the engine running. device.

7 84 Maintenance California perchlorate notice

Therefore, the following precautions California perchlorate notice must be observed: - • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for Perchlorate Material-special han gasoline engines. dling may apply, See • Do not operate the vehicle when www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ there are signs of engine mal- perchlorate. function, such as misfire or a Notice to California Vehicle Disman- noticeable loss of performance. tlers: Perchlorate containing mate- • Do not misuse or abuse the rials, such as air bag inflators, engine. Examples of misuse are seatbelt pre-tensioners and key- coasting with the ignition off and less remote entry batteries, must descending steep grades in gear be disposed of according to Title 22 with the ignition off. California Code of Regulations Sec- • Do not operate the engine at high tion 67384.10 (a). idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more). • Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer. • Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, 7 damaging the catalytic converter. Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle. Additionally, such actions could void your warranties.

7 85

Specifications, Consumer informa - 8 tion and Reporting safety defects

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects Dimensions...... 8-2 Engine ...... 8-2 Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 Tires and wheels...... 8-4 Gross vehicle weight ...... 8-5 Luggage volume...... 8-5 Air conditioning system...... 8-5 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 8-6 Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 8-7 Vehicle identification number (VIN)...... 8-8 Vehicle certification label ...... 8-8 Tire specification and pressure label...... 8-9 Engine number ...... 8-9 Air conditioner compressor label ...... 8-10 Refrigerant label...... 8-10 Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)...... 8-11 Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) ...... 8-13 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only) ...... 8-14 Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only)...... 8-15 Specifications, Consumer information and Dimensions Reporting safety defects

SPECIFICATIONS, CONSUMER INFORMATION AND REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Dimensions

Item Size: in (mm) Overall length 165.2 (4,195) Overall width 70.9 (1,800) 205/60R16 63.0 (1,600) Without Roof rack 215/55R17 63.5 (1,613) 235/45R18 63.6 (1,615) Overall height 205/60R16 63.0 (1,600) With Roof rack 215/55R17 63.5 (1,613) 235/45R18 63.6 (1,615) 205/60R16 62.0 (1,575) Gasoline 1.6 MPI 215/55R17 61.5 (1,563) Gasoline 2.0 MPI 235/45R18 61.4 (1,559) Front 205/60R16 62.0 (1,576) Tread Gasoline 1.6 T-GDI 215/55R17 61.6 (1,565) 235/45R18 61.5 (1,561) 205/60R16 62.4 (1,584) Rear 215/55R17 61.9 (1,572) 235/45R18 61.7 (1,568) Wheelbase 102.4 (2,600)

Engine

Item Gasoline 1.6 (T-GDI) Gasoline 2.0 (MPI) Displacement: cu in (cc) 97.08 (1591) 121.9 (1999) Bore x Stroke: in (mm) 3.03 x 3.36 (77 x 85.4) 3.18 x 3.81 (81 x 97.0) Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 No. of cylinders 4, In-line 4, In-line

8 2 Specifications, Consumer information and Bulb wattage Reporting safety defects

Bulb wattage

Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Type A Headlamp (Low/High) 55/60 H19 Type B Headlamp (Low/High) 60 HB3LL Type C Headlamp (Low/High) LED LED Front turn signal lamps (Bulb) 21 PY21W PY21/5W Front position lamps 5 (LED*) Type A, B (LED*) Front PY21/5W Daytime running lamps 21 (LED*) (LED*) Front fog lamps LED LED Type C Front turn signal lamps LED LED Front fog lamps* 51 HB4 Side repeater lamps (Outside Mirror)* 5 WY5W Side repeater lamps (Side Panel)* 5 WY5W Rear tail/stop lamps 5/21 P21/5W Bulb Type Rear tail lamps 5 W5W Rear stop lamps LED LED LED Type Rear tail lamps LED LED Rear Rear turn signal lamps 27 PY27W Back-up lamps 16 W16W High mounted stop lamps 5 (LED*) W5W (LED*) License plate lamps 5 W5W Rear fog lamps 21 H21W Map lamps 10 (LED*) W10W (LED*) 8 FESTOON Room lamps 10 (LED*) (LED*) Interior Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON FESTOON Luggage lamp 10 (LED*) (LED*)

* If equipped

8 3 Specifications, Consumer information and Tires and wheels Reporting safety defects

Tires and wheels

Load Speed Inflation pressure [bar (psi, kPa)] Wheel lug nut Tire Wheel torque Item Capacity capacity Normal load*1 Maximum load size size lbf6ft (kgf6m, LI*2 kg SS*3 km/h Front Rear Front Rear N6m) 205/ 6.5JV16 92 630 H 210 60R16 Full size 215/ 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.5 7.0JX17 94 670 V 240 tire 55R17 (33/230) (33/230) (36/260) (36/260) 79~94 (11~13, 235/ 7.5JV18 94 670 V 240 107~127) 45R18 Compact T125/ 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.0TV16 97 730 M 130 spare tire 80D16 (60, 420) (60, 420) (60, 420) (60, 420) *1. Normal load: Up to 3 persons *2. Load Index *3. Speed Symbol

- CAUTION • We recommend that when replac ing tires, use the same originally When replacing tires, use the same supplied with the vehicles. If not, size originally supplied with the that affects driving performance. vehicle. • When driving in high altitude Using tires of a different size can grades, it is natural for the atmo- damage the related parts or make spheric pressure to decrease. them work irregularly. Therefore, please check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary. NOTICE Additionally required tire air pres- • It is permissible to add 3 psi (21 sure per km above sea level: 1.5 kPa) to the standard tire pressure psi(10.5 kPa)/km specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically loose 1 psi (7 kPa) for every 12 /F (-11 /C) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

8 4 Specifications, Consumer information and Gross vehicle weight Reporting safety defects

Gross vehicle weight

Item G1.6 (T-GDI) G1.6 T-GDI G2.0 MPI Gross vehicle weight 7DCT 6MT IVT lbs. (kg) 4,101 (1,860) 3,858 (1,750) 4,023 (1,825)

Luggage volume

Item 1.6 Engine 2.0 Engine

Luggage volume (SAE) Min: 24.2 cu ft (686 l) cu ft (l) MAX: 62 cu ft (1,758 l) MIN: Behind seat upright with out luggage under tray MAX: Behind seat folded with out luggage under tray

Air conditioning system

Items Weight of Volume oz (g) Classification Refrigerant 15.8700.88 (450025) R-1234yf Compressor lubricant 4.2300.35 (120010) PAG Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

8 5 Specifications, Consumer information and Recommended lubricants and capacities Reporting safety defects

Recommended lubricants and capacities To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification *1*2 4.75 US qt. Without GPF: ACEA A5/B5 Engine oil 1.6 L T-GDI Recommends Gasoline (4.5 l) With GPF: ACEA C2/C5 Engine 4.23 US qt. 2.0 L MPI SAE 5W20 / API Latest (ILSAC Latest) (4.0 l) API GL-4, SAE 70W Manual Gasoline 1.8~1.9 US qt. (Recommended SK HK MTF 70W, SHELL transmission 2.0 L Engine (1.7~1.8 l) SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W MTF, GS CALTEX GS fluid MTF HD 70W) API GL-4, SAE 70W Dual clutch 2.01 ~ 2.11 HK DCTF 70W (SK) transmission 1.6 L T-GDI US qt. SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF (H.K.SHELL) fluid (1.9l~2.0 l) GS DCTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX) 6.9 US qt. Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT) IVTF SP-CVT1*3 (6.5 l) 6.2 US qt. 1.6 T-GDI DCT (5.9 l) Mixture of antifreeze and water (Phos- Gasoline 5.8 US qt. Coolant IVT phate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for Engine (5.5 l) 2.0 L aluminum radiator) 5.8 US qt. M/T (5.5 l) Required Brake/Clutch fluid FMVSS116 DOT-4 amount 14.27 US qt. Fuel Refer to "Fuel requirements" on page 1-2. (54 l) *1. Refer to "Recommended SAE viscosity number" on page 8-7. *2. Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3. Use only specified genuine Continuously variable Transmission fluid. The use of non-specified fluid (even marked as compatible with genuine) could result in shift quality deterioration and vibrations, eventually, the transmission failure.

8 6 Specifications, Consumer information and Recommended SAE viscosity number Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has number an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and - CAUTION engine oil flowability). Lower viscos ity engine oils can provide better Always be sure to clean the area fuel economy and cold weather per- around any filler plug, drain plug, or formance, however, higher viscosity dipstick before checking or draining engine oils are required for satisfac- any lubricant. This is especially tory lubrication in hot weather. important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on Using oils of any viscosity other unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug than those recommended could and dipstick areas will prevent dirt result in engine damage. and grit from entering the engine When choosing an oil, consider the and other mechanisms that could be range of temperature your vehicle damaged. will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers /C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature (/F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 20W-50 15W-40 Gasoline Engine Oil 8 10W-30 5W-20, 5W-30 An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to the international Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certifi- cation Mark.

8 7 Specifications, Consumer information and Vehicle identification number (VIN) Reporting safety defects

Vehicle identification number Vehicle certification label (VIN) The vehicle certification label The vehicle identification number attached on the driver's side center (VIN) is the number used in register- pillar gives the vehicle identification ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- number (VIN). ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.

Frame number

OSK3068046NR

OSK3088008NR The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.

VIN label

OSK3088002NR

8 8 Specifications, Consumer information and Tire specification and pressure label Reporting safety defects

Tire specification and pressure Engine number label The engine number is stamped on The tire label located on the driver's the engine block as shown in the side center pillar gives the tire pres- drawing. - sures recommended for your vehi 1.6 T-GDI engine cle.

OSK3088004NR OSK3088003NR 2.0 Gasoline engine The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving.

8 OSK3088007NR

8 9 Specifications, Consumer information and Air conditioner compressor label Reporting safety defects

Air conditioner compressor label Refrigerant label A compressor label informs you the The refrigerant label is located on type of compressor your vehicle is the front body trim. equipped with such as model, sup- plier part number, production number, refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).

OSK3088005NR

OSK3068047NR

8 10 Specifications, Consumer information and Consumer Assistance (U.S. only) Reporting safety defects

Consumer Assistance (U.S. only) Emergency roadside assistance Roadside Assistance is provided on hours a day, 365 days a year and is all new current model year Kia Vehi- accessible by dialing 1-800-333- cles from the date the vehicle is 4Kia (4542). delivered to the first retail buyer or Please note that you must provide otherwise put into use (inservice your Vehicle Identification Number date), whichever is earlier, for a (VIN) to verify coverage at the time period of 60 months or 60,000 of your call. The VIN can be found on miles, whichever is earlier, subject to the dash of your vehicle on the the terms, conditions and exclusions driver's side, on the door jamb of the set forth in the Kia Warranty and driver's door, your vehicle's registra- Consumer Information Manual tion or proof of insurance card. applicable to your model year vehi- Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000 cle. roadside assistance providers. KMA reserves the right to limit or Should you accidentally run out of deny services or other benefits to fuel, require a battery jump, or need any owner or driver when, in KMA's help changing a tire, a Kia Roadside judgment, the claims and/or service Assistance Representative will dis- requests are excessive in frequency patch someone to deliver a small or type of occurrence. quantity of gas, change a flat tire with your inflated spare, or arrange Toll free consumer assistance a battery jump to allow you to pro- from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Mon- ceed to your destination. We have day through Friday and is accessible access to a network of over 10,000 by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542). locksmiths to help you should you become locked out of your Kia. 8 For more information regarding - assistance available, please refer to In the event that mechanical diffi - your Kia Warranty & Consumer culty renders your vehicle undrive Information Manual. able due to a warranty-related concern, Kia's Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an authorized Kia alternative service location.

8 11 Specifications, Consumer information and Consumer Assistance (U.S. only) Reporting safety defects

Your vehicle must be accessible to paid by your insurance company or our dispatch transport vehicle, as other providers are not eligible for determined by our driver, to receive reimbursement. this service. Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under Kia's Trip NOTICE Interruption Policy. Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any Kia vehicle that Registering your vehicle in a foreign has ever been or should be issued a country "salvage" title or similar "branded" If you plan to register your vehicle in title under any state's law or has a foreign country, you should con- been declared a "total loss" or firm that it conforms to the regula- equivalent by a financial institution tions in that country. Even if you or insurance company. successfully register the vehicle in a foreign country, you may experience the following problems and Trip interruption should therefore consider the possi- Trip interruption expense benefits bility of having to deal with them: are provided in the event that a 1. The fuel specified for your vehicle warranty-related disablement may be unavailable. If other than occurs more than 150 miles from the specified fuel is used, it could your home, and the repairs require cause damage to the engine, the more than 24 hours to complete. fuel injection system, and other Reasonable reimbursement is fuel-related parts which may not included for meals, lodging, or rental be covered under your New Vehi- vehicle expenses. Trip interruption cle Emissions Limited Warranty. coverage is limited to $100 per day 2. We must, therefore, clearly state subject to a three day maximum that when you leave the country limit per incident. You must contact in which you purchased your Kia the Kia Roadside Assistance Center new and register it in another to obtain pre-authorization of country, problems arising from expenses. Once the Kia Roadside the use of fuel other than the Assistance Center gives authoriza- specified fuel are not subject to tion for trip interruption benefits, manufacturer's warranty. they will assist you in making the Because vehicles like yours may necessary arrangements. Insurance not be marketed in the new coun- deductibles, expenses, and claims try of registration, parts, servic-

8 12 Specifications, Consumer information and Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) Reporting safety defects

ing techniques and tools Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) necessary to maintain and repair The electrical system of your vehicle your vehicle may be unavailable. is designed to perform under all Even if vehicles like yours are sold reasonably expected operating con- there, mechanical specifications ditions. required by the government may vary enough from the country of However, before any additional elec- purchase to cause additional trical equipment is installed in your problems. vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia 3. There may not be an Authorized Dealer, in order to ensure that you Kia Dealer in the area in which you do not void your warranty. plan to register your vehicle. You Certain electrical equipment, or the may additionally experience diffi- way in which it is installed, may culty in obtaining services in a adversely affect the operation of foreign country for any number your vehicle, including such sys- of reasons. tems as the engine control system, Further, we cannot assume any the audio system and the electrical responsibility for problems that charging system and thus poten- result from unsatisfactory service tially void all or part of your war- or lack of service outside of the ranty. United States. We assume no responsibility for any expense you may incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its components or systems that may result from the installation of additional electrical equipment that 8 is not supplied, or recommended for installation by, Kia.

Installation of a mobile two-way radio system If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly, or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid

8 13 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only) Reporting safety defects damage to your vehicle, consult an Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Authorized Kia Dealer concerning only) the proper equipment and installa- If you believe that your vehicle has a tion. defect which could cause a crash or Kia motor vehicles are designed and could cause injury or death, you manufactured to meet or exceed all should immediately inform the applicable safety standards. National Highway Traffic Safety For your safety, however, we Administration (NHTSA) in addition strongly urge you to read and follow to notifying Kia Motors America, Inc. all directions in this Owner's Manual, If NHTSA receives similar com- particularly the information under plaints, it may open an investigation, the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and if it finds that a safety defect and "WARNING". exists in a group of vehicles, it may If, after reading this manual, you order a recall and remedy campaign. have any questions regarding the However, NHTSA cannot become operation of your vehicle, safety involved in individual problems issues and defects please contact between you, your dealer, or Kia your Kia's toll-free Consumer Assis- Motors America, Inc. tance hot line as below: To contact NHTSA, you may call the National Consumer Affairs Manager Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1- Kia Motors America, Inc. 888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- P.O. Box 52410 9153); go to http://www.safer- Irvine, CA 92619-2410 car.gov; download the SaferCar 1-800-333-4Kia (4542) mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

8 14 Specifications, Consumer information and Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only) Reporting safety defects

Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only) The following publications are available on www.KiaTechinfo.com.

Service manual This manual covers maintenance and recommended procedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It is written for the Journey- man mechanic, but is simple enough for most mechanically inclined owners to understand.

Electrical troubleshooting manual This manual complements the Ser- vice Manual by providing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical circuit in your vehicle.

Owner's manual This manual describes the overall features and operating procedures for the vehicle. 8

8 15

Abbreviation A

Abbreviation Abbreviation

ABBREVIATION EPS ABS Electronic Power Steering Anti-lock Brake System ESC AGM Electronic Stability Control Absorbent Glass Mat FCA AKI Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Anti Knock Index FCC BCW Federal Communications Commis- Blind-Spot Collision Warning sion CRS FMVSS Child Restraint System Federal Motor Vehicle Safety DAW Standards Driver Attention Warning FRT DCT Front Dual Clutch Transmission GAW DRL Gross Axle Weight Daytime Running Light GAWR DTC Gross Axle Weight Rating Diagnostic Trouble Code GVW EBD Gross Vehicle Weight Electronic Brake force Distribution GVWR ECM Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Electric Chromic Mirror HAC EDR Hill-start Assist Control Event Data Recorder HBA EFD High Beam Assist Emergency Fastening Device HMSL EPA High Mounted Stop Lamp Environmental Protection Agency HUD Head-Up Display

A 2 Abbreviation

ILSAC NHTSA International Lubricant Specifica- National Highway Traffic Safety tion Advisory Committee Administration IPS ODS Intelligent Power Switch Occupant Detection System ISG ORVR Idle Stop and Go Onboard Refueling Vapor Recov- IVT ery Intelligent Variable Transmission PCB KMA Printed Circuit Board Kia Motors America PCM LATCH Power train Control Module Lower Anchors and Tether for PCSV CHildren Purge Control Solenoid Valve LDW PCV Lane Departure Warning Positive Crankcase Ventilation LH RCCA Left Hand Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- LI Avoidance Assist Load Index RCCW - LKA Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warn ing Lane Keeping Assist RH LT Right Hand Light Truck RR MDPS Rear Motor Driven Power Steering SCC MIL Smart Cruise Control Malfunction Indicator Lamp SRS MMT Supplemental Restraint System Manganese, Mn

A 3 Abbreviation

SRSCM SRS Control Module SS Speed Symbol TBT Turn By Turn TCM Transmission Control Module TCS Traction Control System TIN Tire Identification Number TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System VIN Vehicle Identification Number VSM Vehicle Stability Management W/O without

A 4 Index I

Index INDEX automatic climate control system 4-115 air conditioning 4-121 A air conditioning refrigerant label 4-126 adjusting steering wheel angle automatic ventilation 4-122 and height 4-40 checking the amount of air air bag collision sensors 3-59 conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant 4-125 air bag warning label 3-63 climate control air filter 4-124 air bag warning light 3-44 controlling air intake 4-120 air bags 3-41 controlling fan speed 4-121 air bag collision sensors 3-59 heating and air conditioning air bag warning label 3-63 automatically 4-116 air bag warning light 3-44 manual heating and air curtain air bag 3-57 conditioning 4-117 driver’s and passenger’s front air mode selection 4-118 bag 3-53 system operation 4-122 inflation conditions 3-60 temperature control 4-119 inflation conditions of the air bag 3-60 turning off the front air climate non-inflation conditions 3-61 control 4-122 occupant detection system 3-47 operation 3-42 side air bag 3-55 B SRS care 3-62 battery 7-31 SRS components and functions 3-44 for best battery service 7-31 air cleaner filter 7-26 recharging the battery 7-33 air conditioner compressor reset items 7-33 label 8-10 battery saver function 4-89 air conditioning system 8-5 before driving 5-8 air ventilation seat 4-135 blind-spot collision warning (BCW) anti-lock brake system (ABS) 5-42 BCW alert 5-104 appearance care 7-74 detecting sensor (radar) 5-105 exterior care 7-74 limitations 5-108 interior care 7-80 operating conditions 5-103 applying the parking brake 5-41 setting and activating 5-102 armed stage 4-15 setting the warning volume of the armrest (rear) 3-15 blind-spot collision warning 5-103 assist mode 4-53 warning message 5-106 audio system 4-146 bonnet, see the hood 4-29 antenna 4-146 brake fluid 7-24 USB port 4-146 checking the brake fluid level 7-24 auto light 4-91 brake system 5-39 anti-lock brake system (ABS) 5-42 applying the parking brake 5-41

I 2 electronic stability control (ESC) 5-44 combined instrument, see good braking practices 5-49 instrument cluster 4-46 hill-start assist control (HAC) 5-49 consumer assistance 8-11 parking brake 5-40 coolant 7-21 power brakes 5-39 changing the coolant 7-23 releasing the parking brake 5-41 checking the coolant level 7-22 vehicle stability management recommended coolant 7-21 (VSM) 5-47 cooling fluid, see coolant 7-21 bulb replacement precaution 7-61 cruise control switch 5-76 bulb wattage 8-3 cruise control system 5-75 accelerating temporarily with the C cruise control on 5-78 cancelling cruise control 5-78 California Perchlorate notice 7-85 cruise control switch 5-76 camera (rear view) 4-88 decreasing the cruising speed 5-77 capacities (lubricants) 8-6 increasing cruise control set care speed 5-77 care of seat belts 3-30 resuming cruising speed at more than exterior care 7-74 approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) 5-78 interior care 7-80 setting cruise control speed 5-76 SRS care 3-62 turning cruise control off 5-79 tire care 7-34 cup holder 4-132 care of seat belts 3-30 curtain air bag 3-57 cargo area cover 4-143 center console storage 4-130 central door lock switch 4-19 D certification label 5-146 dashboard illumination, see chains - tire 5-140 instrument cluster control 4-47 check exhaust system 5-7 dashboard, see instrument checking tire inflation cluster 4-46 pressure 7-35 day/night rearview mirror child restraint system 3-31 4-42, 4-43 securing a child restraint seat with daytime running light 4-90 tether anchor 3-37 defogging (windshield) 4-126 securing a child restraint with a defroster (rear window) 4-103 lap/shoulder belt 3-39 dimensions 8-2 securing a child restraint with the disarmed stage 4-16 LATCH anchors 3-36 displays, see instrument child-protector rear door lock 4-20 cluster 4-46 climate control air filter 7-27 door locks 4-17 filter inspection 7-27 central door lock switch 4-19 replacing filter 7-27 child-protector rear door lock 4-20 clothes hanger 4-141

I 3 from inside the vehicle 4-18 from outside the vehicle 4-17 E drinks holders, see cup electric chromic mirror (ECM) holders 4-132 with UVO service 4-43 drive mode integrated control electrical equipment 8-13 system 5-99 electronic power steering 4-38 SPORT mode 5-100 electronic stability control driver attention warning (ESC) 5-44 (DAW) 5-123 emergency starting 6-6 DAW disabled 5-125 jump starting 6-6 displaying the driver’s attention jump-starting 6-7 level 5-123 push-starting 6-7 malfunction 5-125 emergency while driving 6-4 resetting 5-124 engine stalls at a crossroad or setting and activating 5-123 crossing 6-4 taking a break 5-124 flat tire while driving 6-4 driver’s 3-point system with vehicle stalls while driving 6-4 emergency locking retractor 3-22 emission control system 7-82 driver’s and passenger’s front engine 8-2 air bag 3-53 engine compartment 2-9 driver’s seat belt engine coolant temperature adjusting height 3-23 gauge 4-48 fastening seat belt 3-22 engine number 8-9 driver’s seat belt warning 3-20 engine oil 7-19 driving at night 5-137 engine oil filter 7-19 driving in flooded areas 5-138 engine overheats 6-8 driving in the rain 5-137 engine start/stop button 5-12 driving off-road 5-138 illuminated engine start/stop dual clutch transmission button 5-12 (DCT) 5-27 position 5-12 ignition key interlock system 5-37 starting and stopping the engine for operation 5-27 turbocharger intercooler 5-16 paddle shifter 5-35 starting the engine 5-15, 5-16 shift lock system 5-36 starting the engine with smart shift-lock override 5-36 key 5-16 transmission ranges 5-33 stopping the engine (manual transmission temperature 5-29 transmission) 5-18 transmission temperature gauge 5-29 explanation of scheduled warning message 5-29 maintenance items 7-15 warning messages 5-31 air conditioning refrigerant 7-18 dual clutch transmission shift brake discs, pads, calipers and indicator 4-51 rotors 7-18 brake fluid 7-17

I 4 brake hoses and lines 7-17 forward collision-avoidance assist coolant 7-16 (FCA) (SCC equipped) 5-62 cooling system 7-16 brake operation 5-65 drive shafts and boots 7-18 front radar/camera sensor 5-66 steering gear box, linkage and limitations 5-69 boots/lower arm ball joint 7-18 malfunction 5-68 suspension mounting bolts 7-18 prerequisite for activation 5-63 exterior care 7-74 recognizing pedestrians 5-73 exterior features 4-144 setting and activation 5-62 roof rack 4-144 setting initial warning activation exterior overview 2-2 time 5-63 warning message and brake control 5-63 F warning message and warning FCC 4-149 light 5-67 flat tire 6-15 front passenger and rear seat belt changing tires 6-17 fastening seat belt 3-23 jack and tools 6-15 releasing seat belt 3-25 jack label 6-22 front passenger’s seat belt jacking instructions 6-15 warning 3-21 removing and storing the spare front seat adjustment for tire 6-16 manual seat 3-8 use of compact spare tire 6-20 forward and backward 3-8 floor mat anchor(s) 4-142 seatback angle 3-9 fog light (front) 4-93 front seat adjustment for power folding the outside rearview seat 3-10 mirror 4-45 forward and backward 3-10 folding the rear seat 3-15 lumbar support for driver’s seat 3-11 forward collision-avoidance assist seat height 3-10 (FCA) (camera type) 5-51 seatback angle 3-10 brake operation 5-54 fuel filler lid 4-31 front view camera sensor 5-55 fuel gauge 4-48 limitations 5-57 fuel requirements 1-2 malfunction 5-56 fuses 7-47 prerequisite for activation 5-52 battery fuse 7-52 setting and activation 5-51 fuse/relay panel description 7-52 setting initial warning activation main fuse 7-51 time 5-52 multi fuse 7-50 warning message and brake replacing inner panel fuse 7-49 control 5-53 replacing motor compartment warning message and warning fuse 7-50 light 5-55

I 5 inside rearview mirror 4-42 G instrument cluster 4-46 gauges 4-47 gauges 4-47 glove box 4-130 instrument cluster control 4-47 good braking practices 5-49 instrument panel overview 2-7 gross vehicle weight 8-5 intelligent variable transmission (IVT) 5-21 good driving practices 5-25 H ignition key interlock system 5-25 hazard warning flasher 6-3 moving yp a steep grade from a head up display (HUD) 4-78 standing start 5-27 headlight (headlamp) escort operation 5-21 function 4-89 shift lock system 5-24 shift-lock override 5-25 headlight position 4-91 transmission ranges 5-22 headrest (front) 3-11 intelligent variable transmission adjusting the height up and down 3-12 reinstalling the headrest 3-13 shift indicator 4-50 removing the headrest 3-12 interior care 7-80 headrest (rear) 3-14 interior features 4-132 adjusting the height up and down 3- air ventilation seat 4-135 15 cargo area cover 4-143 removal and reinstallation 3-15 clothes hanger 4-141 heated steering wheel 4-40 cup holder 4-132 heating and air conditioning floor mat anchor(s) 4-142 power outlet 4-136 automatically 4-116 seat warmer 4-133 high beam assist 4-93 sun visor 4-135 highway driving 5-138 USB charger 4-137 hill-start assist control (HAC) 5-49 wireless smart phone charging system hood 4-29 4-138 closing the hood 4-30 interior light 4-100 hood open warning 4-29 automatic turn off function 4-100 opening the hood 4-29 liftgate room lamp 4-102 horn 4-41 map lamp 4-101 room lamp 4-100 vanity mirror lamp 4-102 I interior overview 2-5 ignition switch position 5-10 illuminated engine start/stop button 5-12 J illuminated ignition switch 5-9 jump starting 6-6 immobilizer 4-13 jump-starting 6-7 indicator lights 4-74

I 6 light bulbs 7-61 K bulb replacement precaution 7-61 key 4-6 position lamp/DRL (LED type) folding key 4-6 replacement (Headlamp Type B) 7-65 smart key 4-7 replacing back-up lamp bulb key positions 5-9 (Rear combination lamp Type A) 7-67 ignition switch position 5-10 replacing front fog lamp bulb 7-66 starting the engine 5-11 replacing glove box lamp 7-73 stopping the gasoline engine replacing headlamp (High/Low beam) (manual transmission) 5-12 bulb (headlamp Type A,B) 7-65 replacing headlamp (LED type) (headlamp Type C) 7-66 L replacing high mounted stop lamp label (bulb type) bulb 7-69 air conditioner compressor label 8-10 replacing high mounted stop lamp refrigerant label 8-10 (LED type) bulb 7-69 tire sidewall labeling 7-38 replacing license plate lamp bulb 7-70 tire specification and pressure replacing liftgate room lamp bulb 7-73 label 8-9 replacing map lamp (bulb type) vehicle certification label 8-8 bulb 7-71 lane keeping assist (LKA) 5-127 replacing map lamp (LED type) activation 5-128 bulb 7-71 driver’s attention 5-132 replacing position lamp/DRL/front function change 5-134 turn signal lamp bulb (Type A, B) 7-65 malfunction 5-133 replacing room lamp (bulb type) operation 5-128 bulb 7-72 warning message 5-129 replacing room lamp (LED type) bulb 7-73 LCD display 4-51 replacing side repeater lamp assist mode 4-53 (LED type) bulb 7-66 LCD display control 4-51 replacing stop and tail lamp LCD display modes 4-52 (LED type) bulb (Rear combination master warning mode 4-54 lamp Type B) 7-68 trip computer mode 4-53 replacing stop/tail and turn signal turn by turn (TBT) mode 4-53 lamp (bulb type) bulb user settings mode 4-54 (Rear combination lamp Type A) 7-67 LCD display modes 4-52 replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb 7-71 LCD displays 4-60 lighting 4-89 trip information (trip computer) 4-60 auto light 4-91 liftgate 4-21 battery saver function 4-89 closing the liftgate 4-22 daytime running light 4-90 emergency liftgate safety front fog light 4-93 release 4-22 headlight (headlamp) escort opening the liftgate 4-21 function 4-89 liftgate room lamp 4-102

I 7 headlight position 4-91 map lamp 4-101 high beam assist 4-93 master warning mode 4-54 operating high beam 4-91 mirrors 4-42 parking tail light 4-90 day/night rearview mirror 4-42, 4-43 turn signals 4-92 electric chromic mirror (ECM) with lubricants and capacities 8-6 UVO service 4-43 luggage volume 8-5 folding the outside rearview mirror 4-45 inside rearview mirror 4-42 M outside rearview mirror 4-44 maintenace engine oil 7-19 engine oil filter 7-19 O parking brake 7-26 occupant detection system 3-47 maintenance odometer 4-49 air cleaner filter 7-26 online factory authorized appearance care 7-74 manuals 8-15 battery 7-31 operating high beam 4-91 brake fluid 7-24 outside rearview mirror 4-44 climate control air filter 7-27 outside temperature gauge 4-49 coolant 7-21 emission control system 7-82 overheats 6-8 engine compartment 7-4 owner maintenance 7-7 explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7-15 fuses 7-47 P light bulbs 7-61 parking brake 5-40, 7-26 maintenance services 7-5 parking distance warning 4-84 owner maintenance 7-7 non-operational conditions 4-86 scheduled maintenance service 7-8 operation 4-84 tire maintenance 7-38 self-diagnosis 4-88 washer fluid 7-25 parking distance warning-reverse wiper blades 7-29 4-81 maintenance schedule non-operational conditions 4-82 maintenance under severe usage operation 4-81 conditions 7-11, 7-14 precautions 4-83 normal maintenance schedule 7-9, 7-12 self-diagnosis 4-83 maintenance services 7-5 parking tail light 4-90 owner maintenance precautions 7-6 position lamp/DRL (LED type) owner’s responsibility 7-5 replacement (Headlamp Type B) manual transmission 5-18 7-65 good driving practices 5-20 power brakes 5-39 manual transmission shift power outlet 4-136 indicator 4-50 power window lock button 4-27

I 8 pre-tensioner seat belt 3-26 replacing headlamp (LED type) push-starting 6-7 (headlamp Type C) 7-66 replacing high mounted stop lamp (bulb type) bulb 7-69 R replacing high mounted stop rear cross-traffic collision lamp (LED type) bulb 7-69 avoidance assist (RCCA) 5-111 replacing license plate lamp detecting sensor 5-116 bulb 7-70 limitations 5-119 replacing liftgate room lamp setting and activating 5-112 bulb 7-73 warning message 5-117 rear cross-traffic collision replacing map lamp (bulb type) warning (RCCW) 5-111 bulb 7-71 detecting sensor 5-116 replacing map lamp (LED type) limitations 5-119 bulb 7-71 operating conditions 5-113 replacing position lamp/DRL/front RCCW alert 5-113 turn signal lamp bulb (Type A, B) setting and activating 5-112 7-65 setting the initial warning activation replacing room lamp (bulb type) time 5-112 bulb 7-72 setting the warning volume of the rear replacing room lamp (LED type) cross-traffic collision warning 5-113 bulb 7-73 warning message 5-117 replacing side repeater lamp rear cross-traffic collision- (LED type) bulb 7-66 avoidance assist (RCCA) replacing stop and tail lamp RCCA alert 5-114 (LED type) bulb (Rear combination rear view monitor 4-88 lamp Type B) 7-68 recommended lubricants and replacing stop/tail and turn signal capacities 8-6 lamp (bulb type) bulb (Rear record your key number 4-6 combination lamp Type A) 7-67 refrigerant label 8-10 replacing vanity mirror lamp releasing the parking brake 5-41 bulb 7-71 remote keyless entry 4-10 reporting safety defects 8-14 battery replacement 4-12 immobilizer 4-13 resetting the sunroof 4-37 transmitter precautions 4-11 risk of burns when parking or replacing back-up lamp bulb (Rear stopping vehicle 1-5 combination lamp Type A) 7-67 road warning 6-3 replacing front fog lamp bulb 7-66 rocking the vehicle 5-136 replacing glove box lamp 7-73 roof rack 4-144 replacing headlamp (High/Low room lamp 4-100 beam) bulb (headlamp Type A,B) rotation (tire) 7-36 7-65

I 9 accelerating temporarily with S smart cruise control on 5-83 SAE viscosity number 8-7 adjusting the sensitivity 5-89 scheduled maintenance converting to cruise control mode 5-90 service 7-8 decreasing smart cruise control set maintenance under severe usage speed 5-82 conditions 7-11, 7-14 increasing smart cruise control set spee 5-82 normal maintenance d limitations 5-90 schedule 7-9, 7-12 resuming smart cruise control 5-85 seat belt precautions 3-28 setting vehicle-to-vehicle seat belt restraint system 3-19 distance 5-85 seat belts 3-19 smart cruise control switch 5-81 care of seat belts 3-30 smart cruise control temporarily driver’s 3-point system with canceled 5-83 emergency locking retractor 3-22 speed setting 5-81 driver’s seat belt warning 3-20 turning smart cruise control off 5-85 front passenger’s seat belt smart key 4-7 warning 3-21 battery replacement 4-12 pre-tensioner seat belt 3-26 functions 4-7 3-28 seat belt precautions immobilizer 4-13 seat belt restraint system 3-19 precautions 4-9 seat warmer 4-133 smooth cornering 5-137 seatback pocket (front) 3-14 snow tires 5-139 seats 3-5 snowy or icy conditions 5-139 armrest (rear) 3-15 special driving conditions 5-135 feature of seat leather 3-8 driving at night 5-137 folding the rear seat 3-15 driving in flooded areas 5-138 front seat adjustment for manual driving in the rain 5-137 seat 3-8 driving off-road 5-138 front seat adjustment for power hazardous driving conditions 5-135 seat 3-10 highway driving 5-138 headrest (front) 3-11 reducing the risk of a rollover 5-135 headrest (rear) 3-14 rocking the vehicle 5-136 important safety precautions 3-3 smooth cornering 5-137 seatback pocket (front) 3-14 speedometer 4-47 securing a child restraint seat SRS care 3-62 with tether anchor 3-37 SRS components and securing a child restraint with a functions 3-44 lap/shoulder belt 3-39 starting and stopping the engine securing a child restraint with for turbocharger intercooler 5-16 the LATCH anchors 3-36 starting difficulties, see vehicle sliding the sunroof 4-35 will not start 6-5 smart cruise control system 5-79

I 10 starting the engine with smart tire pressure indicator 6-10 key 5-16 tire replacement with TPMS 6-13 steering wheel 4-38 tire replacement 7-37 adjusting steering wheel angle and tire rotation 7-36 height 4-40 tire specification and pressure electronic power steering 4-38 label 8-9 heated steering wheel 4-40 tires and wheels 7-34, 8-4 horn 4-41 all season tires 7-44 tilt and telescopic steering 4-39 checking tire inflation pressure 7-35 storage compartment 4-129 low aspect ratio tire 7-46 center console storage 4-130 radial-ply tires 7-45 glove box 4-130 recommended cold tire inflation sunglass holder 4-130 pressures 7-34 sun visor 4-135 snow tires 7-44 sunglass holder 4-130 summer tires 7-44 sunroof 4-34 tire care 7-34 resetting the sunroof 4-37 tire chains 7-45 sliding the sunroof 4-35 tire maintenance 7-38 sunroof open warning 4-38 tire pressure 7-34 sunshade 4-37 tire replacement 7-37 tilting the sunroof 4-36 tire rotation 7-36 sunroof open warning 4-38 tire sidewall labeling 7-38 sunshade 4-37 tire terminology and definitions 7-41 tire traction 7-38 wheel alignment and tire T balance 7-36 tachometer 4-47 wheel replacement 7-37 6-23 theft-alarm stage 4-16 towing emergency towing 6-25 theft-alarm system 4-15 removable towing hook 6-24 armed stage 4-15 towing service 6-23 disarmed stage 4-16 without wheel dollies 6-24 theft-alarm stage 4-16 transmission shift indicator 4-50 tilt and telescopic steering 4-39 dual clutch transmission shift tilting the sunroof 4-36 indicator 4-51 tire and loading information intelligent variable transmission label 5-143 shift indicator 4-50 tire chains 5-140 manual transmission shift tire pressure indicator 6-10 indicator 4-50 tire pressure monitoring system transmitter, see remote keyless (TPMS) 6-9 entry 4-10 effective use of TPMS 6-10 trip computer mode 4-53 low tire pressure position telltale 6-11 malfunction indicator 6-12

I 11 trip information window opening and closing 4-25 (trip computer) 4-60 windshield defrosting and turn by turn (TBT) mode 4-53 defogging 4-126 turn signals 4-92 windshield washers 4-97 winter driving 5-139 snow tires 5-139 U snowy or icy conditions 5-139 USB charger 4-137 tire chains 5-140 user settings mode 4-54 wiper blades 7-29 blade inspection 7-29 replacing blade 7-29 V replacing rear window wiper vanity mirror lamp 4-102 blade 7-31 vehicle break-in process 1-4 wipers and washers vehicle certification label 8-8 operating windshield washer 4-98 vehicle data collection and event rear window wiper and washer 4-99 data recorders 1-5 windshield washers 4-97 vehicle identification number windshield wipers 4-96 wireless smart phone charging (VIN) 8-8 system 4-138 vehicle load limit 5-143 certification label 5-146 tire and loading information label 5-143 vehicle stability management (VSM) 5-47 vehicle weight 5-147 vehicle will not start 6-5

W warning and indicator lights 4-68 indicator lights 4-74 warning lights 4-68 warning lights 4-68 washer fluid 7-25 checking the washer fluid level 7-25 welcome system 4-103 wheel alignment and tire balance 7-36 wheel replacement 7-37 window opening and closing 4-25 windows 4-24 power window lock button 4-27

I 12

Owner's Manual | 영어/미국 2019 KIA MOTORS AMERICA. INC. 2019 KIA MOTORS